FY0001661181falsehttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#AccountingStandardsUpdate201613Memberhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#UsefulLifeShorterOfTermOfLeaseOrAssetUtilityMember3http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#AccountingStandardsUpdate202307Memberhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensehttp://organogenesis.com/20241231#ApplicableMarginMemberhttp://organogenesis.com/20241231#ApplicableMarginMemberhttp://organogenesis.com/20241231#ApplicableMarginMemberhttp://organogenesis.com/20241231#ApplicableMarginMemberP4Yhttp://fasb.org/srt/2024#ChiefExecutiveOfficerMemberfive yearhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#PropertyPlantAndEquipmentNethttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#PropertyPlantAndEquipmentNet0001661181us-gaap:BuildingMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2023-12-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:TermLoanMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2023-12-310001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-11-122024-11-120001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementUniversityMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181orgo:CpnBiosciencesLlcMemberus-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:TwoThousandEighteenStockIncentivePlanMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2022-06-300001661181us-gaap:MaterialReconcilingItemsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMember2024-11-122024-11-120001661181srt:MaximumMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:BirminghamRestructuringMember2022-03-090001661181orgo:SurgicalAndSportsMedicineMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SeptemberThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyThreeThroughAndIncludingJuneThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyFiveMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:TermLoanMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-120001661181orgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:TermLoanMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-12-310001661181srt:MinimumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateLoansMember2021-08-060001661181us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:TrademarksAndTradeNamesMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementResorbaMemberus-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181orgo:OutstandingStockBasedAwardsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:BuildingMemberorgo:MeasurementInputOperatingExpenseRatioMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:TwoThousandEighteenStockIncentivePlanMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2018-12-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-12-310001661181orgo:PrincipalMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:TwoThousandEighteenStockIncentivePlanMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-06-300001661181us-gaap:PatentsMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SeptemberThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyTwoThroughAndIncludingJuneThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyThreeMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:TermLoanMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181us-gaap:MaterialReconcilingItemsMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:OutstandingStockBasedAwardsMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:AbrLoansMembersrt:MaximumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181us-gaap:ConvertibleDebtSecuritiesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:MeasurementInputDiscountRateMemberus-gaap:BuildingMember2024-12-310001661181srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SurgicalAndSportsMedicineMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181srt:MinimumMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181srt:DirectorMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-012024-11-300001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:SeriesAMemberus-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-11-120001661181orgo:VivexBiologicsIncMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:ResearchAndDevelopmentTaxCreditMemberus-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMemberorgo:OperatingLossCarryforwardExpirationDecemberTwoThousandThirtyEightMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:BuildingMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:SmithfieldFacilityMember2024-11-012024-11-300001661181orgo:OutstandingStockBasedAwardsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-060001661181orgo:OtherMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:EmployeeCostMember2023-12-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2019-03-012019-03-2400016611812024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:TwoSevenFiveDanRoadSpeLlcMember2021-08-112021-08-110001661181us-gaap:TrademarksAndTradeNamesMembersrt:MinimumMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:OtherMember2022-12-310001661181orgo:SeriesAConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-01-012024-12-3100016611812021-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-12-310001661181srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2022-12-310001661181us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2024-06-300001661181orgo:EmployeeCostMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-11-120001661181us-gaap:OptionMemberorgo:TwoThousandThreeAndTwoThousandEighteenStockIncentivePlanMember2024-01-012024-12-3100016611812023-12-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMembersrt:MaximumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-012024-11-300001661181orgo:CustomerRelationshipMember2023-12-310001661181us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMembersrt:MinimumMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementResorbaMemberus-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMemberorgo:InternationalMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-11-120001661181srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181srt:MaximumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateLoansMember2021-08-060001661181us-gaap:NoncompeteAgreementsMember2023-12-310001661181srt:DirectorMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-300001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-122024-11-120001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181orgo:VivexBiologicsIncMember2024-04-012024-04-300001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-12-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementUniversityMember2024-12-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:SurgicalAndSportsMedicineMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:VivexBiologicsIncMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:AbrLoansMembersrt:MaximumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-060001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-12-3100016611812022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:AbrLoansMembersrt:MinimumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-060001661181orgo:OperatingLossCarryforwardExpirationDecemberTwoThousandTwentySevenThroughTwoThousandThirtyEightMemberus-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:LaJollaRestructuringMember2020-10-210001661181us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2023-12-310001661181us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-12-3100016611812023-10-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-12-310001661181orgo:BuildingAndAssociatedUnfinishedConstructionWorkMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SmithfieldFacilityMember2024-11-300001661181us-gaap:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2021-08-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementResorbaMemberus-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:DanRoadLeasesMembersrt:ScenarioForecastMember2023-01-012027-12-310001661181us-gaap:OptionMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:TermLoanMember2021-08-060001661181orgo:VivexBiologicsIncMember2023-11-012023-11-300001661181orgo:IndependentSalesAgencyNetworkMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:EmployeeCostMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-11-122024-11-120001661181orgo:OtherMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementUniversityMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:AdvancedWoundCareMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181srt:MinimumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateLoansMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181orgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181orgo:EmployeeCostMember2022-12-310001661181us-gaap:MaterialReconcilingItemsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-11-120001661181orgo:AbrLoansMembersrt:MinimumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181us-gaap:TrademarksAndTradeNamesMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2024-12-3100016611812024-10-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMembersrt:MinimumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-062021-08-0600016611812023-01-012023-12-310001661181srt:MaximumMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateLoansMember2021-08-062021-08-060001661181srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMemberus-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-12-310001661181us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:TwoThousandThreeAndTwoThousandEighteenStockIncentivePlanMembersrt:MaximumMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:SeriesAMemberus-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-11-122024-11-1200016611812023-02-032023-02-030001661181orgo:BuildingAndAssociatedUnfinishedConstructionWorkMember2024-04-012024-06-300001661181us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:PatentsMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:VivexBiologicsIncMember2023-12-012023-12-3100016611812023-10-272023-10-270001661181us-gaap:CommonClassAMemberorgo:DirectorsAndTheirAffiliatesMember2024-11-012024-11-300001661181orgo:EmployeeCostMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181orgo:DirectorsAndTheirAffiliatesMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-012024-11-300001661181us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:OptionMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:SeptemberThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyOneThroughAndIncludingJuneThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyTwoMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:TermLoanMember2021-08-062021-08-0600016611812022-12-310001661181orgo:SeriesAConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-12-3100016611812024-04-012024-06-300001661181orgo:AdvancedWoundCareMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementUniversityMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:FleetLeaseMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-11-122024-11-120001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-12-310001661181orgo:DirectorsAndTheirAffiliatesMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-11-300001661181orgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMemberorgo:TermLoanMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMembersrt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:BuildingMemberorgo:MeasurementInputOperatingExpenseRatioMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:TrademarksAndTradeNamesMember2023-12-3100016611812025-02-240001661181us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsNonrecurringMemberus-gaap:BuildingMemberorgo:MeasurementInputTerminalCapitalizationRateMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:CpnBiosciencesLlcMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:OtherMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:SubscriptionAgreementMemberus-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-11-120001661181orgo:TwoThousandThreeAndTwoThousandEighteenStockIncentivePlanMembersrt:MinimumMember2024-01-012024-12-310001661181us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember2023-01-012023-12-3100016611812024-06-300001661181us-gaap:CommonStockMemberorgo:CpnBiosciencesLlcMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181orgo:LicenseAgreementUniversityMember2024-12-3100016611812024-01-012024-12-310001661181orgo:AdvancedWoundCareMember2023-01-012023-12-310001661181us-gaap:NoncompeteAgreementsMember2024-12-310001661181us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-01-012022-12-310001661181us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:SmithfieldFacilityMembersrt:ScenarioForecastMember2025-03-310001661181us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-12-310001661181orgo:CustomerRelationshipMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:IndependentSalesAgencyNetworkMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:OtherMember2024-12-310001661181orgo:SeptemberThreeZeroTwoThousandTwentyFiveAndTheLastDayOfEachQuarterThereafterUntilAugustSixTwoThousandTwentySixMemberorgo:TermLoanMemberorgo:TwoThousandTwentyOneCreditAgreementMember2021-08-062021-08-06xbrli:pureorgo:Employeesxbrli:sharesorgo:Segmentsorgo:Optioniso4217:USDxbrli:sharesiso4217:USD

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2024

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-37906

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

98-1329150

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)

Identification No.)

85 Dan Road

Canton, MA 02021

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(781) 575-0775

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

 

ORGO

 

Nasdaq Capital Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

The aggregate market value of the voting common shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $199.9 million, computed by reference to the closing sale price of the Class A common stock as reported by The Nasdaq Capital Market on June 30, 2024, the last trading day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. The Company has no non-voting common shares.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding as of February 24, 2025 was 126,828,092.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information required to be provided in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be provided by a Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2025.

Auditor Firm Id:

49

Auditor Name:

RSM US LLP

Auditor Location:

Boston, Massachusetts

 

 


Table of Contents

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED December 31, 2024

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

48

Item 1C.

Cybersecurity

48

Item 2.

Properties

48

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

49

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

49

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

50

Item 6.

Reserved

51

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

52

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

64

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

64

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

64

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

64

Item 9B.

Other Information

66

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

66

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

67

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

67

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

67

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

67

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

67

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

68

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

71

 

 

SIGNATURES

72

 

 


Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the sections entitled "Business," "Risk Factors" and "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of our future results of operations, business strategies and operations, financing plans, potential growth opportunities, potential market opportunities and the effects of competition, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under "Risk Factors." In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "could," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "intend," "potential," "might," "would," "continue" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially.

As used herein, except as otherwise indicated by context, references to "we," "us," "our," "the Company," "Organogenesis" and "ORGO" will refer to Organogenesis Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries.

TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

All trademarks, trade names, product names, graphics and logos of Organogenesis contained herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. or its subsidiaries, as applicable, in the United States and/or other countries. All other party trademarks, trade names, product names, graphics and logos contained herein are the property of their respective owners. The use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names, product names, graphics or logos is not intended to imply, and should not be construed to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of Organogenesis by such other party.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this annual report are listed without the ®, (sm) and (TM) symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties when investing in our Class A common stock. The principal risks and uncertainties affecting our business include the following:

 

Our success will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for the costs of our products and related services will be available from government payers, private health insurers, and other third-party payers and it is uncertain whether such reimbursement will be available or, if such reimbursement is available, the rate at which it will be available. The rate of reimbursement and coverage for the use of our products has been and may continue to be unstable, unpredictable and subject to changes in government and private payer policies (including but not limited to the adoption or implementation of new or revised Medicare Local Coverage Determinations (LCDs)) that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Currently, not all of our products are covered by all payers.
Many existing and potential customers for our products are members of group purchasing organizations (GPOs) and/or integrated delivery networks (IDNs), including accountable care organizations or public-based purchasing organizations, and our business is partly dependent on major contracts with these organizations. Cost-containment efforts of our customers, GPOs, IDNs, third-party payers, and governmental organizations could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We could be subject to legal exposure if we do not comply with our reporting and payment obligations under Medicare, the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, or any other governmental pricing programs in which our products or product candidates may participate, including through additional rebate or discount requirements, fines, sanctions, and litigation.
We have remediated our previously reported material weaknesses as of December 31, 2024. However, we cannot guarantee that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future. If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.
We face significant and continuing competition, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

1


Table of Contents

 

Rapid technological change could cause our products to become obsolete, and if we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may be unable to effectively compete.
To be commercially successful, we must convince physicians that our products are safe and effective alternatives to existing treatments and that our products should be used in their procedures.
Our failure to comply with regulatory obligations could result in negative effects on our business.
The FDA may determine that certain of our products that are, or are derived from, human cells or tissues, such as Affinity, Novachor, and NuShield, do not qualify for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Services Act, or PHSA. To the extent that any of these products are deemed not to be HCT/Ps or Section 361 HCT/Ps, the FDA may require that we revise our labeling and marketing claims for these products or that we suspend sales of such products until FDA approval is obtained, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The FDA may determine that our suspension of NuCel and ReNu commercialization on May 31, 2021 was not conducted in a timely or otherwise proper manner. To the extent that our suspension of any of these products is determined not to comply with the 361 HCT/P Guidance, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Because we depend upon a limited group of suppliers and manufacturers for our products, including Apligraf, Affinity, CYGNUS, Novachor, NuShield and PuraPly Antimicrobial products, we may incur significant product development costs or experience material delivery delays if there is an interruption in supply from any one of these suppliers or manufacturers, which could materially impact sales of our products.
Uncertainty and adverse changes in the general economic conditions, including recent turmoil in the global banking system, may negatively affect our business.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. For example, although we have reported net income for each fiscal year since the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred significant losses in past years and we may incur losses in the future.
Significant disruptions of our information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our patents and other intellectual property rights may not adequately protect our products.
We engage in transactions with related parties and the transactions present possible conflicts of interest that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Enacted or future legislation, as well as other potential regulatory reform or other healthcare reform initiatives, may result in reductions in federal funding for healthcare and/or place downward pressure on the price or reimbursement that we may receive for any approved product, which could adversely affect the operation of our business.
The outstanding shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (Convertible Preferred Stock) reduce the relative voting power of holders of our Class A common stock, dilute the ownership of those holders, and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
The holders of our Convertible Preferred Stock have special rights to exercise influence over us and our board of directors.
Our Convertible Preferred Stock has rights, preferences, and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to, the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and may result in the interests of the Investors differing from holders of our Class A common stock.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Organogenesis is a leading regenerative medicine and tissue innovations company focused on empowering healing through the development, manufacturing, and sale of products for the advanced wound care, and surgical and sports medicine markets.

Our mission is to provide an integrated portfolio of healing and tissue solutions that improve lives while lowering the overall cost of health care. Several of our existing and pipeline products in our portfolio have Premarket Application (PMA) approval, or 510(k) clearance from the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Our solutions address large and growing markets driven by aging demographics and increases in comorbidities such as diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular and peripheral vascular disease. We offer our differentiated products and in-house customer support to a wide range of health care customers including hospitals, wound care centers, government facilities, ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs) and physician offices.

In the Advanced Wound Care market, we focus on the development and commercialization of products for the treatment of chronic and acute wounds. We have a portfolio of regenerative medicine products capable of supporting patients from early in the wound healing process through wound closure. Our products that address the Advanced Wound Care market include Apligraf for the treatment of venous leg ulcers (VLUs) and diabetic foot ulcers (DFUs); Dermagraft for the treatment of DFUs (manufacturing and distribution currently suspended pending transition to a new manufacturing facility or engagement of a third-party manufacturer); PuraPly AM as an antimicrobial barrier and native, cross-linked extracellular matrix scaffold for a broad variety of wound types; CYGNUS Dual as a dual-layered amniotic membrane that promotes an optimal environment for wound healing; and VIA Matrix, Affinity, Novachor, and NuShield placental allografts to address a variety of wound sizes and types as a protective barrier and extracellular matrix scaffold.

In the Surgical & Sports Medicine market, we are leveraging our broad regenerative medicine capabilities to address chronic and acute surgical wounds and tendon and ligament injuries. Our Sports Medicine products include NuShield as a surgical barrier and PuraForce as a reinforcement matrix in targeted soft tissue repairs; and Affinity, Novachor, PuraPly MZ, PuraPly AM, and PuraPly SX for management of open wounds in the surgical setting. Additionally, our Phase 3 clinical study evaluating the safety and efficacy of ReNu in symptomatic knee osteoarthritis (OA) is ongoing, and we expect to submit the biologics license application (BLA) in the second half of 2025. We also plan to evaluate the safety and efficacy of ReNu in symptomatic hip OA.

Recent Developments

License and Manufacturing Agreement with Vivex Biologics, Inc.

We enter into license and manufacturing agreements from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. In November 2023, we entered into a trademark license and manufacturing agreement with Vivex Biologics, Inc. (Vivex) to sell its CYGNUS Dual (Dual) and CYGNUS Matrix (Matrix) products, with the option to license the VIA Matrix (VIA) products. In March 2024, we exercised the option to license VIA, and accordingly in July 2024, entered into the first amendment to the trademark license and manufacturing agreement (together with the original agreement, the Vivex Agreement).

We paid an upfront licensing fee to Vivex to sell Dual and Matrix, and also agreed to pay a fixed milestone payment for Dual in the event that its average sales price (ASP) is published by certain government agencies for a specified period of time, which we remitted in December 2024. We remitted the option payment for VIA in April 2024. Additionally, we are required to pay a low double-digit royalty on the Net Sales of Dual and VIA, and a high single-digit royalty on the Net Sales of Matrix, respectively, during the royalty term, as defined in the Vivex Agreement. The royalty term is commensurate with the initial term of the contract and will continue for each subsequent renewal period. The initial term of the agreement expires on December 31, 2026 and can be renewed for up to five additional one-year terms.

Biomanufacturing facility in Smithfield, Rhode Island

In November 2024, we entered into a lease with DIV Technology Way, LLC (Davis) for a 122,000-square foot state-of-the-art biomanufacturing facility located in Smithfield, Rhode Island (Smithfield Facility). We intend to build out the Smithfield Facility for the manufacture of Dermagraft, Apligraft, and PuraPly, which we expect to commence in 2027. We are obligated under the lease to complete our build out of the Smithfield Facility within thirty-six (36) months of the lease signing, and will receive an allowance from Davis to partially offset the cost of the build out. The initial term of the lease expires in May 2041, with two ten-year renewal

3


Table of Contents

 

options. We have a one-time right of first offer to purchase the Smithfield Facility and have a right to terminate the lease for a payment to Davis of $1.3 million, if we have not secured certain anticipated state and local tax incentives by March 31, 2025.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Financing and Class A Common Stock Repurchases

On November 12, 2024, we entered into a subscription agreement with Avista Healthcare Partners III, L.P. (Avista Onshore) and AHP III Orchestra Holdings, L.P. (together with Avista Onshore, the Investors, and each an Investor) pursuant to which the Investors purchased 130,000 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Convertible Preferred Stock), for a purchase price of $1,000 per share, or aggregate gross proceeds of $130.0 million to us, prior to deduction of commissions, fees and expenses (Offering). The net proceeds will be used to fund strategic growth initiatives including, but not limited to, operating and commercial activities, clinical development programs, working capital, capital expenditures, debt repayment and for general corporate purposes. In addition, approximately $25.5 million of the net proceeds were used to fund the repurchase of an aggregate of 7,921,731 shares of Class A common stock from certain existing stockholders of the Company, including certain of its directors and their affiliates that are members of the Significant Stockholders Group. 7,421,731 of the shares of Class A common stock were repurchased at a price per share equal to $3.1597, which represented the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of market close on November 11, 2024 and 500,000 shares of Class A common stock were repurchased at a price per share equal to $4.057 per share, which represented the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of market close on November 26, 2024, pursuant to stock repurchase agreements entered into on November 12, 2024 and November 27, 2024, respectively, between us and such stockholders (Stock Repurchase Agreements, and each stock repurchase thereunder, a Repurchase).

Pursuant to the Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Certificate of Designation), each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 263.7358 shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided therein. The Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to shares of Class A common stock with respect to payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. The Convertible Preferred Stock initially has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share; provided that the liquidation preference upon a change of control on or before November 12, 2026 will be increased to be no less than $1,500 per share. Holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to a regular dividend at the rate of 8.0% per annum, compounding and payable quarterly in kind or in cash, at our election, subject to the 19.99% ownership limitations described below. Any accrued but unpaid dividends will become part of the liquidation preference of such share, as set forth in the Certificate of Designation.

Until we receive stockholder approval, as contemplated by Nasdaq listing rules, with respect to the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock in excess of the limitations imposed by such rules, holders of Convertible Preferred Stock (Preferred Stockholders) the Investors cannot convert the Convertible Preferred Stock into a number of shares of Class A common stock in excess of 26,502,042 shares, which represents 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the Subscription Agreement, or to the extent such conversion will result in a Preferred Stockholder beneficially owning greater than 19.99% of the Company’s then-outstanding shares. If, prior to receipt of the stockholder approval, a Preferred Stockholder elects to convert any Convertible Preferred Stock that would result in the issuance, when aggregated with the number of shares previously issued upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, of more than 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the Subscription Agreement, then we will, in lieu of issuing shares of Class A common stock, pay the Preferred Stockholder a cash amount equal to the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock that could not be issued due to such limitation and the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date (Cash-in-Lieu Payments), which Cash-in-Lieu Payments shall be paid no later than November 4, 2026, together with accrued interest of 10% per annum, to the extent an earlier cash payment is prohibited pursuant to the terms of our credit agreement.

The Convertible Preferred Stock is subject to certain transfer restrictions, and contains terms regarding anti-dilution, liquidation preference, and preemptive rights, and its holders will vote together with the Class A common stock on an as-converted basis. The Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Preferred Stockholders at any time after November 12, 2031, and is convertible at our option after the second anniversary of issuance if the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds 200% of the conversion price for twenty trading days out of a period of thirty consecutive trading days. The Preferred Stockholders are entitled to elect one member and one observer to our Board of Directors, subject to the terms of the Convertible Preferred Stock and applicable listing standards.

4


Table of Contents

 

Market Overview

Advanced Wound Care Market

Wounds represent a large and growing burden on the public health as well as a significant cost to the health care system. Wounds are divided into two primary types, chronic and acute. It is estimated that approximately 27 million patients suffer from chronic and acute wounds in the United States each year, excluding surgical incisions. Chronic wounds account for most of the expenses due to their complexity and length of treatment.

Chronic wounds are wounds that have not appropriately closed after four weeks of traditional treatment such as dressings. While the underlying etiology of these chronic wounds is different, at a cellular level many of the problems that result in failed healing are the same. These include uncontrolled inflammatory processes, shortages of cell types, and reduced growth factors secreted or sensitivity to those factors by cells that are critical to healing, and that result in disrupted cell signaling pathways. Chronic wounds include:

VLUs: wounds that occur in the lower extremities when blood does not circulate properly to the heart, caused by abnormal or damaged veins.
DFUs: open sores or wounds that occur in patients with diabetes and are commonly located on the bottom of the foot.
Pressure Ulcers: localized injuries to the skin and/or underlying tissues as a result of pressure or pressure in combination with shear.
Surgical Wounds: acute wounds caused by surgical incisions that become chronic wounds if they do not heal properly.

The wound care market includes traditional dressings such as bandages, gauzes, and ointments and advanced wound care products such as mechanical devices, advanced dressings, and biologics. These advanced wound care products target chronic and acute wounds not adequately addressed by traditional therapies. Our products are primarily classified as skin substitutes, which fall within the biologics category of the Advanced Wound Care market. As of 2021, the global total addressable market for both acute and chronic wounds is estimated at approximately $20 billion.

Surgical & Sports Medicine Market

A surgical or acute wound is an injury that causes a rapid break in the skin and sometimes the underlying tissue. Acute wounds can be traumatic wounds, such as abrasions, lacerations, penetrating injuries or burns, or surgical wounds (skin grafts, dehiscences, necrotizing soft tissue infections) from surgical incisions. In contrast to chronic wounds, which would normally heal but stall due to biologic factors, acute wounds can be so severe that they overwhelm the body’s normal healing capacity. Biofilm and other infectious conditions, particularly in acute wounds with a high risk of infection such as open fractures, may also pose challenges to the healing of acute wounds.

In tendon and ligament repair, conventional surgical approaches rely on mechanical fixation to temporarily approximate damaged tissues, assuming that the natural healing process will then result in a permanent repair. Patients with impaired healing may be unable to generate the necessary tissue structures, resulting in unacceptable failure rates over time.

OA and other degenerative conditions, as well as soft tissue injuries such as tendinosis and fasciitis, are currently treated by injection with steroids or hyaluronic acid (HA). However, steroids offer pain relief for only a limited period and have been shown to further degrade some types of tissues over time, worsening the underlying condition. The evidence of HA’s efficacy has been questioned, and it is clear that a significant percentage of patients do not adequately respond to HA treatment. Patients who fail these less invasive therapies have limited options and may require surgical intervention, including total joint replacement.

Orthobiologics have been shown to be an effective alternative to traditional treatments. Due to their anti-inflammatory and pro-healing effects, they go beyond mechanical intervention to support the healing process in the damaged tissue and often result in faster healing times and shorter hospital stays. The orthobiologics market includes bone morphogenetic protein, viscosupplementation with HA, synthetic bone graft substitutes, and stem cell therapy, in addition to demineralized bone matrix (DBM) and allograft. Our current product pipeline includes Sports Medicine solutions based on placental-based technologies (ReNu). There is a rapidly growing body of clinical and scientific evidence indicating the potential of these products, particularly orthobiologics, in surgical applications, resulting in increased adoption of these products. As of 2023, the total addressable OA market is estimated at approximately $7 billion.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

 

Our Commercial Products

We focus our efforts on medical conditions that involve difficult-to-heal wounds and musculoskeletal injuries. Healing difficulties arise from a variety of causes and in various types of tissue and anatomic areas. Impaired healing is commonly associated with an inability to move beyond the inflammatory stages of healing, resulting in a chronic wound or injury, an ongoing inflammatory cycle, and an inability to achieve normal tissue healing. Biofilm and other infectious conditions also play a key role in disrupting wound healing processes. Regenerative medicine is a collection of technologies aimed at generating tissue as close as possible to native or natural tissue, to replace damaged tissue, and to fill or replace defects. Demand for these technologies is increasing as physician understanding of the underlying wound healing processes grows and as demographic and population health trends result in the increased prevalence of systemic comorbidities that contribute to healing problems throughout the body. Our products use regenerative medicine technologies to provide solutions in the Advanced Wound Care (Chronic Wound) and Surgical (Acute Wound) & Sports Medicine markets.

Advanced Wound Care

Affinity and Novachor are fresh, amnion and chorion placental allografts, respectively, for application in the care of chronic and acute wounds as protective barriers and extracellular matrix (ECM) scaffolds. We believe both products are one of only a few placental tissue products containing viable amniotic cells, and are unique in that they undergo our proprietary AlloFresh process that hypothermically stores the products in their fresh state, never dried or frozen, which retains their native benefits and structure. Regulated as human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based product, or HCT/P, under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (the PHSA), these products are referred to as Section 361 HCT/Ps, or simply 361 HCT/Ps. Affinity was launched in 2014 by NuTech Medical and acquired by us in 2017. Novachor was launched in December 2021.

Apligraf is a bioengineered bi-layered skin substitute that is the only product that has, to date, received PMA approval for the treatment of both VLUs and DFUs. Launched in 1998, Apligraf drives faster healing and more complete wound closure through its tissue-engineered structure, which includes an outer layer of protective skin cells (human epidermal keratinocytes), and an inner layer of cells (human dermal fibroblasts) contained within a collagen matrix. Apligraf is the leading skin substitute product for the treatment of VLUs, and its effectiveness has been established based on an extensive clinical history with over one million units shipped. We believe Apligraf is also the first and only wound-healing therapy to demonstrate in a randomized controlled trial, or RCT, a significant change in patients’ VLU wound tissue, showing a shift from a non-healing gene profile to a healing profile. Apligraf plays an active role in healing by providing the wound with living human skin cells, growth factors and other proteins produced by the cells, and a collagen matrix.

Dermagraft is a dermal substitute grown from human dermal fibroblasts and has received PMA approval for the treatment of DFUs. Launched in 2001 by Smith & Nephew and acquired by us in 2014, this product helps to restore the compromised wound bed to facilitate healing. The living cells in Dermagraft produce many of the same proteins and growth factors that support the healing response in healthy skin. In addition to an FDA-monitored RCT demonstrating its superiority to conventional therapy in the healing of DFUs, studies based on real-world evidence and Medicare data have demonstrated its superior clinical efficacy and value as compared to competitive wound care products and conventional therapy. Dermagraft can be applied weekly (up to eight times) over a twelve-week period and contains a temporary mesh fabric that is dissolvable and becomes part of the body’s own healing processes. Manufacturing of Dermagraft was suspended in the fourth quarter of 2021 and sales of Dermagraft were suspended in the second quarter of 2022. We currently plan to transition our Dermagraft manufacturing to our newly leased biomanufacturing facility in Smithfield, Rhode Island, which we expect will begin in 2027, and will result in substantial long-term cost savings. In the period when Dermagraft is not available, we expect that customers will be willing to substitute Apligraf for Dermagraft and that the suspension of Dermagraft sales will not have a material impact on our net revenue.

NuShield is a dehydrated placental allograft and surgical barrier that is topically or surgically applied to the target tissue to provide a protective barrier and ECM scaffold to support native healing. Regulated as a 361 HCT/P, NuShield is processed using our proprietary LayerLoc process, which preserves the native structure of the amnion and chorion membranes, including the intermediate or spongy layer, and their native structural and regulatory proteins. NuShield is available in multiple sizes, can be used as a protective barrier and ECM scaffold to help support native healing of chronic and acute wounds of many sizes, and can be stored at room temperature with a five-year shelf life. NuShield was launched in 2010 by NuTech Medical and acquired by us in 2017.

PuraPly Antimicrobial, or PuraPly AM, was developed to address the challenges posed by bioburden and excessive inflammation in the wound. Functioning as an antimicrobial barrier skin substitute, PuraPly AM is a purified native porcine type I collagen matrix embedded with polyhexamethylene biguanide, or PHMB, a localized broad-spectrum antimicrobial. PuraPly AM was launched in 2016 and has received 510(k) clearance for the management of multiple wound types, including partial and full-thickness wounds, pressure ulcers, venous ulcers, diabetic ulcers, chronic vascular ulcers, tunneled/undermined wounds, surgical wounds, trauma wounds, draining wounds, and first- and second-degree burns. The combination of PHMB with a native collagen matrix helps manage bioburden while supporting healing across a wide variety of wound types, regardless of severity or duration. Line extensions include PuraPly XT, which contains additional layers of collagen matrix and a higher level of PHMB. Extra-fenestrated (EF) versions

6


Table of Contents

 

of the products allow for added conformability and fluid drainage. We also developed and received 510(k) clearance for PuraPly without PHMB, which we refer to as "PuraPly," including a micronized version, PuraPly MZ, for those patients who do not require an antimicrobial agent.

CYGNUS Dual is a dual-layered amniotic tissue graft used to treat chronic and acute wounds that can be stored at room temperature and has a five-year shelf life. It is manufactured in accordance with FDA regulations and American Association of Tissue Banks (AATB) standards using a methodology that helps maintain the inherent levels of key extracellular matrices, including carbohydrates, growth factors, and cytokines.

Surgical & Sports Medicine

We market our NuShield product for surgical and orthopedic applications. NuShield may be used as a surgical barrier or as an on-lay or wrap barrier to support soft tissue repairs. When used as a barrier membrane, the native biological characteristics of this placental tissue may help support the healing of soft tissue defects, particularly in difficult-to-heal locations or challenging patient populations.

We market our Affinity and Novachor products as placental allografts for acute surgical wounds and our PuraPly AM and PuraPly SX products as antimicrobial barriers for the management of open wounds in the surgical setting.

PuraForce is a bioengineered porcine collagen surgical matrix for use in soft tissue reinforcement applications. PuraPly MZ is a micronized particulate version of PuraPly that allows application in powder or gel form for the management of open wounds in the surgical setting.

 

Our Business Strategy

We continue to leverage our comprehensive product portfolio and relationships with key constituents to deepen our presence in the Advanced Wound Care market. We believe the breadth and flexibility of our portfolio allows and will continue to allow us to address a wide variety of wound types (chronic and acute), sizes, and reimbursement levels, offering significant new opportunities for growth. Furthermore, we believe our expanded product portfolio is enhancing the ability of our sales representatives to reach and penetrate customer accounts in various: sites of care, including, but not limited to,: operating rooms and surgical settings, physicians’ offices, wound care centers, long term care facilities, and critical access hospitals; as well as: clinical specialties, including, but not limited to, podiatry; and, various surgical categories, including: vascular, plastic, general, orthopedic, trauma, and dermatology, contributing to strong growth over time. Additionally, we believe there is significant room for expansion of the Advanced Wound Care market as a whole and our wound biologics product category in particular as more physicians and payers are educated about the benefits of regenerative medicine technologies versus traditional therapies, and as the incidence of chronic and acute wounds increases with the growing impact of societal disease states, such as diabetes, obesity, and heart disease, that cause these conditions. We continue to invest to support physician and payer education as well as preclinical and clinical trials, real-world evidence, and other research to confirm the benefits of our products. We will continue to seek expanded payer coverage for all of our products, particularly PuraPly AM/XT, Novachor, NuShield and Affinity, for which we do not yet have the broad commercial payer coverage enjoyed by Apligraf and Dermagraft.

We entered the Surgical & Sports Medicine market with the acquisition of NuTech Medical and its established and leading presence in placental-based products in 2017. We plan to continue to accelerate penetration into this market with our placental-based and collagen biomaterial products by leveraging our established commercial and operational infrastructure including our direct sales force and independent sales agencies. We also plan to continue to take advantage of significant opportunities to cross-sell within our established customer bases in both the Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine markets. We believe that the Surgical & Sports Medicine market presents a strong near-term opportunity with respect to our current product portfolio as well as a significant long-term opportunity with respect to chronic inflammatory and degenerative conditions. Given our experience in the Advanced Wound Care market and regenerative medicine in general, we believe we are well positioned to capture this opportunity.

We have a robust pipeline of products in both the Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine markets that we expect to launch in the next few years. We expect these products will deepen our portfolios and allow us to address additional clinical applications, such as patients requiring care for burns of varying degrees. In addition, we anticipate our ongoing efforts to complete clinical studies and publish research regarding our products will further enhance physician and payer receptiveness to our products over time. Our proven research and development capabilities and established technology platforms also support a robust and adaptable product pipeline for future applications.

We plan to continue to expand the reach and penetration of our products by optimizing our sales organization to serve the Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine markets. This effort should allow us to achieve more focused and effective sales coverage for specific market categories, broaden our geographic footprint, and leverage our expanding relationships with large

7


Table of Contents

 

hospital systems and GPOs. We also plan to increase our focus on sales outside of the United States, including the European Union and the Middle East. Currently, substantially all of our sales are in the United States.

We have demonstrated our ability to successfully identify and integrate assets that complement our strategy through the acquisitions of Dermagraft and TransCyte from Shire and our placental-based products from NuTech Medical. We continue to evaluate tuck-in acquisitions which complement our existing portfolios in both the Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine markets and will leverage our established commercial and manufacturing infrastructure.

 

Platform Technologies

Our proven research and development capabilities and established technology platforms support a robust and adaptable product pipeline for future applications. The platform technologies in which we have deep experience include:

Bioengineered Cultured Cellular Products: The development and production of bioengineered cultured cellular products have been a core competency since our founding. Our Apligraf, Dermagraft, and TransCyte products all draw from our expertise in this area.
Collagen Biomaterial Technology Platform: Our porcine collagen biomaterial technology platform incorporates proprietary tissue cleaning processes and allows us to bioengineer products for specific applications by controlling thickness, strength, and remodeling rates. We currently hold 510(k) clearances for a number of products in this platform with indications ranging from tendon reinforcement to plastic surgery and general surgery applications.
Placental-Based Products: Our placental-based products are based on significant expertise in the processing of placental tissues and fluids to yield products with desirable characteristics. We have expertise using the full array of available tissue types and multiple processing methodologies, including our proprietary AlloFresh and LayerLoc processing methods. Our proprietary AlloFresh process hypothermically stores our Affinity product in its fresh state, never dried or frozen, which retains its native benefits and structure. Our proprietary LayerLoc process preserves the native structure of the amnion and chorion membranes, optimized to provide excellent strength, flexibility, and handling.
Antimicrobial Technology: Our PHMB antimicrobial technology provides clinical and competitive advantage for multiple wound indications. PHMB is a broad-spectrum effective antimicrobial that prevents biofilm reformation. We have developed multiple product versions incorporating PHMB that have demonstrated clinical benefit to control bioburden and support wound healing when used following wound debridement.

Product Pipeline

We have a robust pipeline of products under development for both the Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine markets. We believe our pipeline efforts will deepen our comprehensive portfolio of offerings as well as allow us to address additional clinical applications.

PuraPly and PuraPlyAM Line Extensions

The PuraPly portfolio is comprised of a purified native collagen matrix. PuraPly AM and PuraPly SX are native collagen scaffolds that also provide an antimicrobial barrier utilizing a broad spectrum antimicrobial agent (PHMB). We have several line extensions in development.

Placental Portfolio Expansion

We have placental products under development. Our research and development (R&D) team continues to research and develop additional product concepts from our placental technology platform, as well as to collaborate with our Business Development team to assess additional product in-licensing or acquisition opportunities.

Apligraf and Dermagraft Line Extensions

We have two development projects underway to develop additional sizes of Apligraf and Dermagraft. The objective is to develop at least one additional smaller size of each product to optimize clinical utilization for smaller wounds such as DFUs. These types of changes to living cell-based products require significant development and validation work and will require FDA PMA Supplement approval for the changes. Therefore, we expect the duration of the development projects to be several years before commercial products will be available. Manufacturing of Dermagraft line extensions is dependent on the completion of manufacturing and supply capabilities for the product.

8


Table of Contents

 

FortiShield

FortiShield is a biosynthetic wound matrix made from a semi-permeable silicone membrane bonded to a kitted nylon fabric and coated with collagen, to provide a flexible dressing that is designed to adhere to the application site, provide a barrier to the external environment, and allow for excess exudate drainage. FortiShield is intended for use as a temporary protective covering, and to provide a moist wound healing environment on cleanly debrided wounds after hemostasis has been established. The primary indication for the product is as a transitional wound matrix for second degree burns. There are additional chronic and acute wound applications. The product received 510(k) clearance in May 2023. Commercial launch is dependent upon the completion of manufacturing and supply capabilities for the product.

TransCyte

TransCyte is a bioengineered tissue scaffold that promotes burn healing and has received PMA approval for the treatment of deep second- and third-degree burns. TransCyte is a flexible, durable product that provides bioactive dermal components, an outer protective barrier, increased re-epithelialization and pain relief for patients suffering from burns. Full launch is dependent on the completion of manufacturing capabilities.

ReNu

ReNu is a cryopreserved suspension derived from human amniotic membrane and cells derived from amniotic fluid. The initial target indication for ReNu is for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA. We are in the planning stages for clinical studies of ReNu to support the management of symptoms associated with hip OA, and we believe ReNu may have potential as a treatment for additional OA and tissue regeneration applications, which would need to be clinically evaluated further before any such approved uses.

Ongoing Clinical Studies

We believe gathering robust and comprehensive clinical and real-world outcomes data is an essential component of developing a competitive product portfolio and driving further penetration in the markets where we compete. We continue to invest in generating clinical data for our Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine products, and believe such data enhance sales efforts with physicians and reimbursement dynamics with payers over time. As used herein, p value is a measure of statistical significance. The lower the p value, the more likely it is that the results of a clinical trial or study are statistically significant rather than an experimental anomaly. Generally, to be considered statistically significant, such results must have a p value <0.05.

As noted above, we completed a phase 3 prospective, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, saline-controlled clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy of amniotic suspension allograft (ASA, ReNu) in patients with knee OA, and completed topline analysis in the second quarter of 2024. We reported results consistent with the predefined requirements for study success: statistically significant reduction in knee pain (p=0.0177) and statistically significant maintenance of function (p<0.0001) at six months.

We completed enrollment in a second phase 3 prospective, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, saline-controlled clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy of ASA in patients with OA of the knee in the second quarter of 2024. This clinical trial completed enrollment with 594 randomized subjects with Kellgren-Lawrence (KL) severity 2 to 4 knee OA. The study performed the prespecified interim analysis on 50% of the planned 474 subjects after six-months of follow up in the fourth quarter of 2024. The DMC recommended the clinical trial proceed without modification and without increase in sample size. The DMC also reviewed available safety data and found the safety data to be consistent with the known safety profile for ASA (ReNu). We expect to have all patients completing the study by the end of the second quarter of 2025, and to complete the initial statistical analysis and have top-line data results from the second phase 3 study to share publicly in September 2025. Our current timeline targets completion of the final clinical study report required for the BLA submission in the fourth quarter of 2025, and expect to submit the BLA by the end of 2025.

 

Commercial Infrastructure

Sales and Marketing

Our current Advanced Wound Care portfolio is sold throughout the United States via an experienced direct sales force. We use a mix of direct sales representatives and independent agencies to service the Surgical & Sports Medicine market. As of December 31, 2024, we had 256 direct sales representatives and approximately 160 independent agencies. These sales representatives are supported by teams of professionals focused on sales management, sales operations and effectiveness, ongoing training, analytics, and marketing.

9


Table of Contents

 

Sales generated by our direct sales forces in the United States have represented, and we anticipate will continue to represent, a majority of our revenues. In addition, we have obtained marketing registrations, developed commercial and distribution capabilities, and are currently selling products in several countries outside of the United States. Our Apligraf product is currently distributed by our direct sales force in Switzerland, and through independent sales agents in Saudi Arabia and Kuwait. Our NuShield product is also distributed by our direct sales force in Switzerland, and through independent sales agents in Kuwait. We have obtained marketing registration for our Dermagraft product in Mexico, but we are not currently distributing it. Additionally, we are evaluating the regulatory pathways and market potential for our products in other major markets, including the European Union.

Customer Support Services

We offer in-house customer support services, including our reimbursement support team, our medical and technical support team, and our field-based medical science liaison team. We believe that providing these essential support services in-house creates a competitive advantage by allowing us to align our support services with our sales efforts leading to improvements in the overall customer experience.

Research and Development

Our R&D team works to design products that are intended to improve patient outcomes, simplify techniques, shorten procedures, reduce hospitalization and rehabilitation times, and, as a result, reduce costs. We conduct research and development activities at our laboratory facilities in Canton, MA, Birmingham, AL, and San Diego, CA. We have an internal team that is comprised of individuals with significant experience and training at leading colleges and universities with regenerative medicine graduate programs. In addition to our internal staff, our external network of development labs, testing labs, and expert clinicians aid us in our research and development process.

The majority of our product portfolio, including Apligraf, our PuraPly product family, our collagen biomaterial technology platform product family, and all of our placental-based products, was developed by our R&D team at our three facilities. We have proven competencies to bring products to market through a broad range of regulatory classifications.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We manufacture our primary non-placental-based products and use third-party manufacturers for our placental-based products. We have significant expansion capabilities in our in-house manufacturing facilities and we believe that our contract manufacturers are well positioned to support future expansion.

We have robust internal compliance processes to maintain the quality and reliability of our products. We conduct annual internal audits, combined with external audits by regulatory agencies, to monitor our quality control practices. We are registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturing establishment and a HCT/P registered establishment. We are also accredited by the AATB and licensed with several states per their tissue banks regulations. All of our contract manufacturers are registered with the FDA as HCT/P establishments and are AATB accredited.

We utilize third-party raw material suppliers to support our internal manufacturing processes. All prospective suppliers are subject to a rigorous vetting process to ensure quality and reliability. Additionally, our approved suppliers are audited at pre-determined intervals to ensure continued reliability.

The manufacture of our products is dependent on the availability of sufficient quantities of source tissue, which is the primary component of our products. Source tissue includes donated human tissue, porcine tissue, and bovine tissue. We acquire donated human tissue directly through institutional review board-approved protocols at multiple hospitals, as well as through tissue procurement firms engaged by us or by our contract manufacturers. We have two qualified porcine tissue suppliers, and currently one source of bovine tissue. Historically, we have not experienced significant difficulty locating and obtaining the suppliers or materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements.

Government Regulation

FDA Regulation of Product Registration, Manufacture, and Promotion

We market medical products in the United States that have either been approved or cleared by the FDA prior to marketing, or do not require FDA premarket review. Our marketed products that have received marketing authorization from the FDA have done so under one of the following agency pathways: 510(k) clearance for a Class II medical device or approval of a PMA for a Class III

10


Table of Contents

 

medical device. These medical products are regulated by the FDA under the PHSA or the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) along with the FDA’s implementing regulations. These federal statutes and regulations govern, among other things, the following activities that we perform or are performed on our behalf and will continue to perform or have performed on our behalf: the production, research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, packaging, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, and promotion, distribution of our products into interstate commerce, record keeping, service and surveillance, complaint handling, repair or recall of products, adverse event reporting and other field safety corrective actions.

FDA Regulatory Review and Approval Process

With respect to the manufacture of medical devices and biologics, the FDA regulates and inspects equipment, facilities, laboratories, and processes used in the manufacturing and testing of products prior to providing approval to market products. After receiving approval from the FDA, additional regulatory review or inspection may be required if we make a material change in manufacturing equipment, location or process. Our manufacturing processes must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, for our medical device products. The QSR requires that each device manufacturer establish and implement a quality system under which the manufacturer monitors the manufacturing process and maintains records that show compliance with FDA regulations and the manufacturer’s written specifications and procedures relating to the devices. Among other things, these regulations require that manufacturers establish performance requirements before production and follow requirements applicable to design controls, testing, record keeping, documentation, manufacturing standards, labeling, complaint handling, and management review.

Manufacturers of biologics must comply with the FDA’s applicable Current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) regulations, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Manufacturers and others involved in the manufacture and distribution of such products also must register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies. Both domestic and foreign manufacturing establishments must register and provide additional information to the FDA upon their initial participation in the manufacturing process. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional preclinical studies and must also develop additional information about the physical characteristics of the biologic product candidate, as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product candidate in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents or of causing other adverse events with the use of biologic products, the PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other requirements, the sponsor must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, potency, and purity of the final biologic product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the biologic product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

In addition, we must comply with medical device reporting regulations and corrections and removal reporting regulations. Medical device reporting regulations require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their devices may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur. Corrections and removal reporting regulations require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health. The FDA may also order a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death.

Certain human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps, are regulated under Section 361 of the PHSA and are referred to as "Section 361 HCT/Ps" or simply "361 HCT/Ps," while other HCT/Ps are subject to the FDA’s regulatory requirements for medical devices and/or biologics. A product that is regulated as a 361 HCT/P may be commercially distributed without prior FDA clearance or approval. Pursuant to 21 CFR 1271.10, in order to be regulated as a 361 HCT/P, and hence exempt from premarket review, an HCT/P must be minimally manipulated, intended for homologous use, and manufactured without being combined with another article (except for water, crystalloids, or sterilizing, preserving, or storage agents). The HCT/P must also either have no systemic effect and not be dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function or, if it has a systemic effect, be intended for autologous use, for allogeneic use in a first-degree or second-degree blood relative or for reproductive use. We believe that Affinity and NuShield generally fulfill the relevant criteria under 21 CFR 1271.10. In light of the 361 HCT/P Guidance, our labeling and marketing claims for Affinity and NuShield clarify that they are intended for use as protective barriers, and thus qualify as Section 361 HCT/Ps. However, the FDA could disagree with our conclusion and require premarket approval or clearance for Affinity, NuShield, or any placental-based sheet product we presently have or may have in the future market, which would disrupt the marketing of these products, potentially expose us to regulatory sanctions, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Section 361 HCT/Ps are subject to specific FDA regulations that include cGTPs, donor eligibility determination requirements, adverse event reporting, and advertising and labeling requirements. cGTP regulations govern the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the manufacture of HCT/Ps, including but not limited to all steps in recovery, donor screening, donor testing, processing, storage, labeling, packaging, and distribution.

11


Table of Contents

 

The FDA is authorized to expedite the review of BLAs in several ways. Under the Fast Track program, the sponsor of a biologic product candidate may request the FDA to designate the product for a specific indication as a Fast Track product concurrent with or after the filing of the BLA. Biologic products are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. In addition to other benefits, such as the ability to have greater interactions with the FDA, the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track BLA before the application is complete, a process known as rolling review. We plan to request Priority Review of the ReNu BLA.

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a Fast Track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as breakthrough therapy designation, regenerative medicine advance therapy designation, priority review and accelerated approval.

Post-approval Requirements

FDA regulation of biologic products continues after approval, particularly with respect to cGMP requirements, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Other post-approval requirements applicable to biologic products include reporting of cGMP deviations that may affect the identity, potency, purity and overall safety of a distributed product, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse effects, reporting updated safety and efficacy information and complying with electronic record and signature requirements. Failure to comply with the applicable United States requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant or manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal actions and adverse publicity. These actions could include refusal to approve pending applications or supplemental applications, withdrawal of an approval, clinical hold, suspension or termination of a clinical trial by an Institutional Review Board (IRB), warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines or other monetary penalties, refusals of government contracts, mandated corrective advertising or communications with healthcare providers, debarment, restitution, disgorgement of profits or other civil or criminal penalties.

Advertising, marketing and promotional activities for devices and biologics are also subject to FDA oversight and must comply with the statutory standards of the FDCA, and the FDA’s implementing regulations. The FDA’s oversight authority review of marketing and promotional activities encompasses, but is not limited to, direct-to-consumer advertising, healthcare provider-directed advertising and promotion, sales representative communications to healthcare professionals, promotional programming and promotional activities involving electronic media. The FDA also regulates industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities that make representations regarding product safety or efficacy in a promotional context. A sponsor also must comply with the FDA’s advertising and promotion requirements, such as the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as off-label use). The FDA may take enforcement action against a company for promoting unapproved uses of a product or for other violations of its advertising and labeling laws and regulations. Enforcement actions may include product seizures, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties or regulatory letters, which may require corrective advertising or other corrective communications to healthcare professionals.

Reimbursement

Our customers primarily consist of hospitals, wound care centers, government facilities, ASCs, and physician offices, all of which rely on coverage and reimbursement for our products by Medicare, Medicaid, and other third-party payers. Governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, typically have published and defined coverage criteria and published reimbursement rates for medical products, services, and procedures that are established by law or regulation. Non-government payers have their own coverage criteria and often negotiate payment rates for medical products, services, and procedures. Many also require prior authorization as a prerequisite to coverage. In addition, in the United States, an increasing percentage of insured individuals are receiving their medical care through managed care programs, which monitor utilization and also may require prior authorization for the products and services that a member receives. Coverage and reimbursement from government and commercial payers are not assured and are subject to change.

Medicare, the federally funded program that provides healthcare coverage for senior citizens and people with disabilities, is the largest third-party payer in the United States. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) administers the Medicare program and, for Medicare Parts A and B (often referred to as "traditional Medicare") uses Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) to process claims, develop coverage policies and make payments within designated geographic jurisdictions. CMS does not currently have a national coverage determination related to skin substitutes. Coverage for our skin substitute products falls under the jurisdiction of the Part A/B MACs. Medicare coverage for these products is determined by each MAC for its specific jurisdiction; coverage by MACs can be determined either through case-by-case review of claims for medical necessity or based on local coverage determinations (LCDs). Implementation of LCDs by one or more MACs can therefore affect coverage policy for certain products or product candidates and/or certain uses of those products, depending on the scope of the LCD(s). Additionally, Medicare Advantage

12


Table of Contents

 

(MA) Plans (Medicare Part C) are required to cover items and services that are covered by Medicare Parts A and B, and MA Plans are not required to cover items and services that are not covered by Medicare Parts A and B. MA Plans also must specify any additional benefits that they provide as supplemental benefits approved by CMS.

Private payers often, but not always, follow the lead of Medicare or other governmental payers in making coverage and reimbursement determinations. Therefore, achieving favorable Medicare coverage and reimbursement can sometimes be a significant factor in obtaining favorable coverage and reimbursement for products by private payers. While most private payers currently cover Apligraf and Dermagraft, and some cover Affinity, most of those payers provide limited coverage for our other products, such as PuraPly, PuraPly AM, NuShield and CYGNUS.

Currently, Medicare makes a separate payment for our products when used in the physician office at a payment rate based on the average sales price (ASP) methodology, including ASP plus 6% for some products. In the outpatient hospital and ASC settings, Medicare payment for all our products is currently bundled into the payment for the application procedure.

Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more of our products or product candidates, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. It is difficult to predict whether changes in Medicare and/or other third-party coverage and reimbursement policies could be implemented that would affect our products and product candidates.

 

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property and operate without infringing the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patents, copyright, and other measures to protect the intellectual property rights that we consider important to our business. We also rely on know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. Other than a license from Novartis Pharma AG for trademark and domain name rights to Apligraf and an exclusive license from RESORBA Medical GmbH, or Resorba, to a United States patent for a collagen-based wound dressing containing PHMB, we do not have any additional material licenses to any technology or intellectual property rights.

As of December 31, 2024, we owned 49 issued patents globally, of which 17 were United States patents. As of December 31, 2024, we owned 21 pending patent applications, of which 9 were patent applications pending in the United States. Many of our issued patents are currently expected to expire between 2027 and 2042. The expiration of these patents is not expected to have a material impact on our business. Additionally, we own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that are used in our business and in conjunction with the sale of our products, including 14 United States trademark registrations and 36 foreign trademark registrations, as of December 31, 2024.

Seasonality

Revenues during our fourth quarter tend to be stronger than other quarters because many hospitals increase their purchases of our products during the fourth quarter to coincide with the end of their budget cycles in the United States. Satisfaction of deductibles through the course of the year also results in increased revenues later in the year. In general, our first quarter usually has lower revenues than the preceding fourth quarter, the second and third quarters have higher revenues than the first quarter, and the fourth quarter revenues are the highest in the year.

Competition

We operate in highly competitive markets that are subject to rapid technological change. Additionally, due to lower barriers to entry in the Section 361 HCT/P regulated market, competition in the placenta-based and allograft tissue field is intense and subject to new entrants and evolving market dynamics. We are aware of several companies that compete, or are developing technologies, in our current and future product areas. Our products compete primarily with skin substitute products, placental-based technology products, orthobiologics products, other advanced wound care and traditional wound care products, among others. We also compete in the marketplace to recruit and retain qualified scientific, management and sales personnel, as well as to acquire technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business.

Success in these markets depends primarily on product efficacy, ease of product use, product price, availability of coverage and adequate third-party reimbursement, customer support services for technical, clinical, and reimbursement support, and customer

13


Table of Contents

 

preference for, and loyalty to, the products. We believe that the demonstrated clinical efficacy of our products, the breadth of our product portfolio, our in-house customer support services, our customer relationships and reputation offer us advantages over our competitors. We also believe our success in obtaining third-party reimbursement, our strong position with group purchasing organizations, and the established clinical evidence for our products are competitive advantages. In addition, we believe we are one of the few regenerative medicine companies offering PMA approved and 510(k) cleared products in addition to our 361 HCT/Ps.

Human Capital Resources

Our success is realized through the engagement and commitment of our people. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 869 employees worldwide. In managing our business, we focus on a number of factors with respect to the attraction, development, and retention of our employees, including:

We are proud to be an equal opportunity employer. We seek to attract a diverse slate of candidates, including from historically underrepresented groups. We believe that diversity and inclusion in the workplace enhance employee engagement and stimulate innovation, and that people in diverse groups work better, share information more broadly and consider a wider range of views. We pride ourselves on our diverse workforce, which we believe has been and will continue to be a major contributor to our growth and innovation, and intend to continue to make diversity and inclusion a focus of our efforts regarding our workforce.
We aim to maintain an "open door" culture, and encourage employees to voice their concerns, questions, suggestions and comments. We strive to foster an atmosphere where employees openly share ideas and where people are treated with dignity and respect. Our goal is to provide a productive working environment based on mutual respect and the highest level of ethical and lawful conduct. We have also established a hotline for employees to report suspected violations of law and concerns related to accounting, auditing, compliance and ethical violations.
We provide our employees a competitive wage and evaluate our compensation programs to ensure that our employees are paid fairly for the valuable work they are doing. We are also committed to achieving internal pay equity and rewarding outstanding performance. We offer our employees competitive benefits and are proud that we have not raised employee contributions to our healthcare benefits for 8 years running.
We aim to foster a culture where learning is continuous, and we strive to promote from within. We believe in our people and their ability to accept new responsibilities and challenges and to grow with us to contribute to our success. Growth is fostered through professional development and learning programs as well as practical experience. Employees receive regular performance reviews to support their progress and development.
We recognize the benefits of a healthy workforce and offer our employees the opportunity to participate in wellness activities and programs throughout the year. We also support the mental health of our employees by offering Mental Health and Wellness training for managers and employees. We also provide an employee assistance program for employees and their families that provides free counseling sessions and offers other resources for employees. Additionally, our healthcare benefit allows for reimbursement for fitness and weight loss programs.
We prioritize the health and safety of our employees. Guided by an Environmental Health & Safety (EHS) manual that is regularly reviewed, we have a dedicated EHS team, who seek to prevent and reduce workplace risks and injuries through various programs, training, projects, services, and assistance, such as ergonomic evaluation, hazard reporting, risk assessment, and first aid training. We require all work-related injuries or illnesses to be reported. This information is reviewed bi-monthly by our EHS Team and Safety Committee for analysis and trending.

Available Information

Our Internet website address is http://www.organogenesis.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as well as proxy statements, and, from time to time, other documents as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. These SEC reports can be accessed through the "Investors" section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

14


Table of Contents

 

Item 1A. Risk factors

An investment in our securities, including our common stock, involves a high degree of risk. Investors should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents we file with the SEC.

Risks Related to Organogenesis and its business

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control.

We are subject to the following factors, among others, that may negatively affect our operating results:

the announcement or introduction of new products by our competitors;
failure of government healthcare programs and private health plans to cover our products or to timely and adequately reimburse the users of our products;
the rate of reimbursement by government and private insurers for use of our products;
any change in Medicare payment policy which provides a competitive advantage to our competitor’s products;
any change in government healthcare programs’ and private health plans’ policies regarding sales and reimbursement of durable medical equipment (DME), including a prohibition on physician-owned DME supplier entities;
our ability to upgrade and develop our systems and infrastructure to accommodate growth;
our ability to attract and retain key personnel in a timely and cost-effective manner;
our ability to offer our wound care and surgical products and supplies using our existing sales force and distribution network;
the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to the expansion of our business, operations, and infrastructure;
changes in, or enactment of new laws or regulations promulgated by federal, state, or local governments;
cost containment initiatives or policies developed by government and commercial payers that create financial incentives not to use our products;
our inability to demonstrate that our products are cost-effective or superior to competing products;
our ability to develop new products;
discovery of product defects during the manufacturing process;
initiation of a government investigation into potential non-compliance with laws or regulations;
issuance of government advisory opinions or program bulletins that could negatively affect one or more of our sales models;
sanctions imposed by federal or state governments due to non-compliance with laws or regulations;
recall of one or more of our products by the FDA due to noncompliance with FDA requirements; and
general economic conditions as well as economic conditions specific to the healthcare industry.

Rapid technological change could cause our products to become obsolete, and if we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may be unable to effectively compete.

The technologies underlying our products are subject to rapid and profound technological change. Competition intensifies as technical advances in each field are made and become more widely known. We can give no assurance that others will not develop services, products, or processes with significant advantages over the products, services, and processes that we offer or are seeking to develop. Any such occurrence could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

15


Table of Contents

 

We plan to enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands and competitive pressure and technologies, but we may not be successful. The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:

properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs;
develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;
demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products, including through the conduct of additional clinical trials;
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements;
achieve adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products; and
compete successfully against other skin substitutes and other modalities for treating wounds such as negative-pressure wound therapy and hyperbaric oxygen.

If we do not develop and, when necessary, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology, material or other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to successfully develop enhancements or new generations of our products, these enhancements or new generations of products may not be covered or reimbursed by government healthcare programs such as Medicare or private health plans, may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and/or may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

To be commercially successful, we must convince physicians that our products are safe and effective alternatives to existing treatments and that our products should be used in their procedures.

We believe physicians will only adopt our products if they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that the use of our products in a particular procedure is a favorable alternative to conventional methods. Physicians also are more interested in using cost-effective products and may practice in settings like Accountable Care Organizations, or ACOs, or Medical Homes, where they face considerable cost-containment pressure. In general, physicians may be slow to change their medical treatment practices and use of our products for many reasons, including but not limited to: their lack of experience using our products; pressure to contain costs; preference for other treatment modalities or our competitors’ products; perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures; limited availability of coverage and/or reimbursement from third-party payers; and the time that must be dedicated to training.

We believe recommendations for, and support of our products by, influential physicians are essential for market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive this support (e.g., because we are unable to demonstrate favorable long-term clinical data), physicians and hospitals may not use our products, which would significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected revenue and would prevent us from sustaining profitability.

We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance.

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the manufacturing, processing, investigating, and marketing of medical devices and human tissue products. We are, and may in the future be, subject to product liability claims and lawsuits, including potential class actions or mass tort claims, alleging that our products have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury. Product liability claims may be made by patients and their families, healthcare providers, or others selling our products. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of merit, could be costly, divert management attention, and result in adverse publicity, which could result in the withdrawal of, or reduced acceptance of, our products in the market. If we cannot successfully defend against product liability claims, we could incur substantial liability and costs. Additionally, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in harm to our business reputation, investigations by regulators, significant defense costs, distraction of and substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants, among other adverse consequences.

Although we have product liability insurance that we believe is adequate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations and we may not be able to maintain this insurance. Also, it is possible that claims could exceed the limits of our coverage or be excluded from coverage under our policy. If we are unable to maintain product liability insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect ourselves against potential product liability claims or we underestimate

16


Table of Contents

 

the amount of insurance we need, we could be exposed to significant liabilities, which may harm our business. One or more product liability claims could cause our stock price to decline and, if our liability exceeds our insurance coverage, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Interruptions in the supply of our products or inventory loss may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our products are manufactured using technically complex processes requiring specialized facilities, highly specific raw materials, and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company and government standards for the manufacture and storage of our products, subjects us to production risks.

In addition to ongoing production risks, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in non-compliance with regulatory requirements including stability requirements or specifications. Most of our products must be stored and transported within a specified temperature range. For example, if environmental conditions deviate from that range, our products’ remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their safety and efficacy could be adversely affected, making them unsuitable for use. These deviations may go undetected. The occurrence of actual or suspected production and distribution problems can lead to lost inventories, and recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays and result in a loss of our market share and negatively affect our revenues and operations.

Because we depend upon a limited group of suppliers and manufacturers for our products, including Apligraf, Affinity, CYGNUS, Novachor, NuShield and PuraPly Antimicrobial products, we may incur significant product development costs or experience material delivery delays if we lose any significant supplier, which could materially impact sales of our products.

We obtain some of the components for our products from a limited group of suppliers. These suppliers must be able to provide us with these components in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed-upon specifications, at acceptable costs, and on a timely basis. Our efforts to maintain a continuity of supply may not be successful. Manufacturing disruptions experienced by our suppliers may jeopardize our supply of these components. Due to the stringent regulations and requirements of the FDA regarding the manufacture of our products, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement sources for certain components or materials. A change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment. A reduction or interruption in manufacturing, or an inability to secure alternative sources of raw materials or components, could have a material effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In addition, one or more of our suppliers may refuse to extend us credit with respect to our purchasing or leasing equipment, supplies, products, or components, or may only agree to extend us credit on significantly less favorable terms or subject to more onerous conditions. This could significantly disrupt our ability to purchase or lease required equipment, supplies, products and components in a cost-effective and timely manner and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Any casualty, natural disaster, other disruption of any of our sole-source suppliers’ operations, or any unexpected loss of any existing exclusive supply contract, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our products are dependent on the availability of tissue from human donors, and any disruption in supply could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Many of the products that we manufacture require that we obtain human tissue. The success of our business depends upon, among other factors, the availability of tissue from human donors. Any failure to obtain tissue from our sources will interfere with our ability to effectively meet the demand for our products incorporating human tissue. The processing of human tissue for our products is very labor-intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. The availability of donated tissue could also be adversely impacted by regulatory changes, public opinion of the donor process as well as our own reputation in the industry. The challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of human tissue involve several risks, including limited control over the availability, quality, and delivery schedules. In addition, any interruption in the supply of any human tissue component could materially harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be found. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

17


Table of Contents

 

Increased prices for, or unavailability of, raw materials used in our products could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our profitability is affected by the prices of the raw materials used in the manufacture of our products. These prices may fluctuate based on a number of factors beyond our control, including changes in supply and demand, general economic conditions, labor costs, fuel-related delivery costs, competition, import duties, excises and other indirect taxes, currency exchange rates, and government regulation. Due to the highly competitive nature of the healthcare industry and the cost containment efforts of our customers and third-party payers, we may be unable to pass along cost increases for key components or raw materials through higher prices to our customers. If the cost of key components or raw materials increases, and we are unable fully to recover these increased costs through price increases or offset these increases through other cost reductions, we could experience lower margins and profitability. Significant increases in the prices of raw materials, due to inflation or otherwise, that cannot be recovered through productivity gains, price increases or other methods could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We continue to invest significant capital to maximize our sales and marketing infrastructure, and there can be no assurance that these efforts will result in significant increases in sales.

We are committed to maximizing our internal sales and marketing capabilities, including by optimizing our sales force to further support the marketing and sales of the products acquired in connection with our 2017 acquisition of NuTech Medical and our 2020 acquisition of CPN Biosciences. As a result, we continue to invest in sales and marketing resources for our products to allow us to reach new customers and potentially increase sales. These expenses impact our operating results, and there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in significantly increasing the sales of our products.

The impairment or termination of our relationships with independent sales agencies, whom we do not control, could materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and profits. We intend to develop additional relationships with independent sales agencies in order to increase revenue from certain of our products; our inability to do so may prevent us from increasing sales.

We derive a portion of our revenues through our relationships with independent sales agencies. The impairment or termination of these relationships for any reason could materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues and profits. Because the independent sales agency often controls the customer relationships within its territory, there is a risk that if our relationship with the independent sales agency ends, our relationship with the customer will be lost. Also, because we do not control an independent sales agency’s field sales agents, there is a risk we will be unable to ensure that our sales processes, regulatory compliance, and other priorities will be consistently communicated and executed by the distributor. If we fail to maintain relationships with our key independent sales agencies, or fail to ensure that our independent sales agencies adhere to our sales processes, regulatory compliance, and other priorities, this could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We may have liability for the actions of independent sales agencies in marketing our products and our lack of control over their activities impedes our ability to prevent, detect or address such non-compliance.

We intend to develop relationships and arrangements with additional independent sales agencies in order to increase our sales with respect to certain of our products. However, we may fail to develop such relationships, in which case we may not be able to increase our sales. Our success is partially dependent upon our ability to retain and motivate our independent sales agencies and their representatives to sell our products in certain territories. They may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans. Some of our independent sales agencies may not sell our products exclusively and may offer similar products from other companies. Our independent sales agencies may terminate their contracts with us, may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products, or may focus their sales efforts on other products that produce greater commissions for them, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. We also may not be able to find additional independent sales agencies who will agree to market and/or distribute those products on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to establish new independent sales agency relationships or renew current sales agency agreements on commercially acceptable terms, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, because we do not control these independent sales agencies as closely as our employees, while we may take steps to mitigate the risks associated with noncompliance by independent sales agencies, there remains a risk they do not comply with regulatory requirements or our requirements or our policies which could also adversely affect our business.

We will need to continue to expand our organization, and managing growth may be more difficult than expected.

Managing our growth may be more difficult than we expect. We anticipate that a period of significant expansion will be required to penetrate and service the markets for our existing and anticipated future products and to continue to develop new products. This expansion will place a significant strain on management, operational and financial resources. To manage the expected growth of

18


Table of Contents

 

our operations, we must both modify our existing operational and financial systems, procedures and controls and implement new systems, procedures and controls. We must also expand our finance, administrative, and operations staff. Management may be unable to hire, train, retain, motivate, and manage necessary personnel or to identify, manage, and exploit existing and potential strategic relationships and market opportunities.

In addition to expanding our organization, we are expanding our manufacturing capabilities, which requires significant capital expenditures. If these capital expenditures are higher than expected, it may adversely affect our financial condition and capital resources. In addition, if the expansion of our manufacturing facilities is delayed, for regulatory or other reasons, it may limit our ability to expand the size of our organization and to meet our corporate goals. Even if we are able to expand our manufacturing facilities as we plan, we may not realize the full expected benefit of our investment.

We may expand our business through acquisitions, licenses, investments, and other commercial arrangements in other companies or technologies. Such acquisitions or commercial arrangements may entail significant risks.

We periodically evaluate strategic opportunities to acquire companies, divisions, technologies, products, and rights through licenses, distribution agreements, investments, and outright acquisitions to grow our business. Business acquisitions involve the risk of unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business, which could be material. We may not realize the increased revenues, cost savings, and synergies that we anticipate from an acquisition in the near term or at all due to many factors. Incurring unknown liabilities or the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition could materially and adversely affect our business and we may lose our entire investment or be unable to recover our initial investment, which could include the cost of acquiring licenses or distribution rights, acquiring products, purchasing initial inventory, or investments in early-stage companies. Inability to recover our investment, or any write off of such investment, associated goodwill, or assets, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we may implement or may acquire new lines of business, or we may offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed or are evolving. In developing and marketing new lines of business and new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. External factors, such as regulatory compliance obligations, competitive alternatives, lack of market acceptance, and shifting market preferences, may also affect the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Significant disruptions of information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our business depends on the availability, reliability, and security of our information systems, networks, data, and intellectual property. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, and transmit large amounts of confidential information (including, but not limited to, personal information and intellectual property). Any disruption, compromise, or breach of our systems or data due to a cybersecurity threat or incident could adversely affect our operations, customer service, product development, sales, competitive position, and privacy and confidentiality of our stakeholders. Such a breach could expose us to business interruption, lost revenue, ransom payments, remediation costs, liabilities to affected parties, cybersecurity protection costs, lost assets, litigation, regulatory scrutiny and actions, reputational harm, customer dissatisfaction, harm to our vendor relationships, or loss of market share.

Cyberattacks have become increasingly more prevalent and much harder to detect, defend against or prevent. As the frequency of cyberattacks and resulting breaches reported by other businesses and governments increases, we expect to continue to devote significant resources to improve and maintain our information technology (IT) infrastructure. We have incurred and may in the future incur significant costs in order to implement, maintain and/or update security systems we believe are necessary to protect our IT infrastructure. As the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and are often not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. A breakdown in existing controls and procedures around our cyber-security environment may prevent us from detecting, reporting or responding to cyber incidents in a timely manner and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and value of our stock. We cannot guarantee that our implemented processes for IT and risk mitigation measures will be effective for IT systems under our control.

We also have outsourced significant elements of our operations to third parties, including significant elements of our information technology infrastructure and, as a result, we are managing many independent vendor relationships with third parties who may or could have access to our confidential information. The size and complexity of our information technology and information

19


Table of Contents

 

security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract (and the large amounts of confidential information that is present on them), make such systems potentially vulnerable to service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees or vendors, or from malicious attacks by third parties. Such attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives (including, but not limited to, industrial espionage and market manipulation) and expertise. While we have invested significantly in the protection of data and information technology, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent service interruptions or security breaches. For example, in August 2020, our information technology (IT) systems were exposed to a ransomware attack, which partially impaired certain IT systems for a short period of time. We finished investigating the incident, together with legal counsel and other incident response professionals. We did not experience any material losses related to the ransomware attack and were able to recover all data quickly, with only a minimal and temporary interruption to our business. While we have implemented measures to protect our data security and information technology systems, such measures may not prevent these events. Although we have cyber-insurance coverage that may cover certain events described above, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations and we may not be able to maintain this insurance. Also, it is possible that claims could exceed the limits of our coverage.

If a breach of our measures protecting personal data covered by HIPAA, the HITECH Act, or the CCPA occurs, we may incur significant liabilities.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and the regulations that have been issued under it, impose certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of protected health information. The requirements and restrictions apply to "covered entities" (which include health care providers and insurers) as well as to their business associates that receive protected health information from them in order to provide services to or perform certain activities on their behalf. The statute and regulations also impose notification obligations on covered entities and their business associates in the event of a breach of the privacy or security of protected health information. We occasionally receive protected health information from our customers in the course of our business.

In addition, California has enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which came into effect on January 1, 2020. Pursuant to the CCPA, certain businesses are required, among other things, to make certain enhanced disclosures related to California residents regarding the use or disclosure of their personal information, allow California residents to opt-out of certain uses and disclosures of their personal information without penalty, provide Californians with other choices related to personal data in our possession, and obtain opt-in consent before engaging in certain uses of personal information relating to Californians under the age of 16. The California Attorney General may seek substantial monetary penalties and injunctive relief in the event of our non-compliance with the CCPA. The CCPA also allows for private lawsuits from Californians in the event of certain data breaches. Aspects of the CCPA remain uncertain, and we may be required to make modifications to our policies or practices in order to comply. Aside from California, Texas and several other major states impose rigorous local medical privacy requirements.

It is possible the data protection laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, these privacy regulations may differ from country to country and state to state, and may vary based on whether testing is performed in the United States or in the local country. Complying with these various laws and regulations could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business. Further, compliance with data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. We can provide no assurance that we are or will remain in compliance with diverse privacy and security requirements in all of the jurisdictions in which we do business. If we fail to comply or are deemed to have failed to comply with applicable privacy protection laws and regulations such failure could result in government enforcement actions and create liability for us, which could include substantial civil and/or criminal penalties, as well as private litigation and/or adverse publicity that could negatively affect our operating results and business.

20


Table of Contents

 

We engage in transactions with related parties and such transactions present possible conflicts of interest that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We have entered into a significant number of transactions with related parties. Related party transactions create the possibility of conflicts of interest with regard to our management, including that:

we may enter into contracts between us, on the one hand, and related parties, on the other, that are not as a result of arm’s-length transactions;
our executive officers and directors that hold positions of responsibility with related parties may be aware of certain business opportunities that are appropriate for presentation to us as well as to such other related parties and may present such business opportunities to such other parties; and
our executive officers and directors that hold positions of responsibility with related parties may have significant duties with, and spend significant time serving, other entities and may have conflicts of interest in allocating time.

Such conflicts could cause an executive officer or a director to seek to advance his or her economic interests or the economic interests of certain related parties above ours. Conversely, we may not be able to enter into transactions with third parties on terms as favorable as the terms of existing transactions with related parties. Further, the appearance of conflicts of interest created by related party transactions could impair the confidence of our investors. It is possible that a conflict of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We incurred non-cash impairment and write down charges during 2024 which adversely affected our fiscal year 2024 operating results and we may be required to incur additional future impairment and write down charges, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our long-term assets include property and equipment of $89.1 million and $116.2 million, of which $63.3 million and $60.8 million represents the value of improvements to our leased assets, and of which $21.9 million and $59.1 million represents construction in progress (each as described more fully in Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K), as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded impairment of property and construction and a write-down of capitalized internal-use software costs in the amounts of $18.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively. We did not recognize any impairment charges with respect to our long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based on appraised value. Any such impairment could result in a non-cash charge equal to the full carrying value of the associated assets. Changes in our assumptions with respect to our expected use of our long-lived assets may result in additional impairment and write down charges in the future, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill and other amortizable intangible assets, or other assets become impaired.

We are required under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) to test goodwill for impairment at least annually and to review our goodwill, amortizable intangible assets, and other assets acquired through merger and acquisition activity, for impairment when events or changes in circumstance indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could lead to impairment of goodwill, amortizable intangible assets, and other assets acquired via acquisitions include significant adverse changes in the business climate and actual or projected operating results (affecting our company as a whole or affecting any particular segment) and declines in the financial condition of our business. We may be required in the future to record additional charges to earnings if our goodwill, amortizable intangible assets, or other investments become impaired. Any such charge would adversely impact our financial results.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2024, we had state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $7.4 million expiring from the year ended December 31, 2027 through 2038. We had state research and development tax credits of approximately $1.1 million, expiring in the year ended December 31, 2038. It is uncertain whether and to what extent applicable federal and state tax laws will limit the

21


Table of Contents

 

deductibility of our operating loss and credit carryforwards, though we are already subject to limitations in net operating loss utilization in certain states.

In addition, our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under Section 382 of the Code. In the event of an "ownership change", Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-ownership change taxable income that may be offset with pre-ownership change net operating losses of the loss corporation experiencing the ownership change. An "ownership change" is defined by Section 382 as a cumulative change in ownership of our company of more than 50% within a three-year period. As of December 31, 2021, we performed a study and determined that there is no limitation on our federal net operating losses. Current or future changes in our stock ownership may trigger an "ownership change," some of which may be outside our control. Accordingly, our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards to offset federal taxable income, if any, could be limited by Section 382, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

We previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, which has now been remediated. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results timely and accurately, which could adversely affect investor confidence in the Company, and in turn, our results of operations and our stock price.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and operate successfully as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) requires that companies evaluate and report on their systems of internal control over financial reporting.

As disclosed in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we previously identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting relating to the design and maintenance of effective controls over information technology general controls and proper segregation of duties to support the initiation and recording of transactions and the resulting impact on business process controls and applications that rely on such data. We completed our remediation efforts related to the material weakness by, among other things, implementing certain modules in a new company-wide enterprise resource planning (ERP) system to provide additional systematic controls and segregation of duties for our accounting processes; implementing additional controls to mitigate existing risks of proper segregation and change configurations; adding personnel to our accounting and finance team with the requisite accounting and internal controls knowledge and experience to sufficiently enhance our internal controls environment; designing and implementing new information technology general controls to ensure proper segregation of duties in our change management processes; engaging an outside firm to assist management with performing control design and operating effectiveness testing; reporting the results of control testing to the key stakeholders across our organization, including our Audit Committee, on testing progress and defined corrective actions; monitoring and reporting on the results of control remediation; and documenting and structuring the Company’s processes to meet SOX 404(b) requirements.

Although we have remediated this material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, any failure to maintain effective internal controls could cause a delay in compliance with our reporting obligations, SEC rules and regulations or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which could subject us to a variety of administrative sanctions, including, but not limited to, SEC enforcement action, ineligibility for short form registration, the suspension or delisting of our common stock from the stock exchange on which it is listed and the inability of registered broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, which could adversely affect our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Products and Other Government Regulations

Our products are subject to the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act and corresponding rebate obligations that took effect on January 1, 2023, and we may owe rebates, which could be material, on our Apligraf, Dermagraft, and PuraPly products and possibly other products.

Section 90004 of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, enacted in November 2021, requires manufacturers to pay a refund to the federal government if more than a certain applicable percentage of their single-use product is not administered to a patient and is discarded ("wasted") by providers. Because there is a lack of consistency and uniformity in wound sizes, it is likely that some skin substitute product is discarded with every treatment. The rebate obligation took effect January 1, 2023. In the calendar year 2024 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (MPFS) rulemaking, CMS exempted skin substitutes from this refund requirement for calendar quarters in 2025. This exemption is based on a possibility that CMS will, in future rulemaking, stop paying for skin substitutes using the ASP methodology and bundle payment into the payment for the application of the product. It is unclear whether CMS will

22


Table of Contents

 

continue exempting skin substitute products from this refund requirement in subsequent years and what impact any future regulatory actions may have on the ASP reimbursement landscape and our products and/or product candidates.

We may encounter substantial delays or difficulties in our clinical trials.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates. Clinical testing is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to the outcome. We have limited experience with clinical trials. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing.

Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

the FDA may require additional clinical trials in connection with the premarket review of product candidates;
delays in reaching a consensus with the FDA or other regulatory authorities on trial design;
delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites;
delays in opening clinical trial sites or obtaining required IRB or independent ethics committee approval at each clinical trial site;
our decision or the requirement of regulators or IRBs to suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements, a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, or the imposition of a clinical hold as a result of a serious adverse event or after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or clinical trial sites;
failure by us, any CROs we engage or any other third parties to adhere to clinical trial or regulatory requirements;
failure by us, any CROs we engage or any other third parties to perform in accordance with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, cGMPs, or applicable regulatory guidelines in the United States and other international markets;
failure by physicians to adhere to delivery protocols leading to variable results;
delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of our product candidates to the clinical trial sites, including delays by third parties with whom we have contracted to perform certain of those functions;
insufficient or inadequate supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates;
delays in having patients complete participation in a clinical trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;
clinical trial sites or patients dropping out of a clinical trial at a rate higher than we anticipate;
enrollment of clinical trial participants that are not representative of the intended user population;
selection of clinical endpoints that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;
receipt of negative or inconclusive clinical trial results;
occurrence of serious adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits;
occurrence of serious adverse events in clinical trials of the same class of agents conducted by other sponsors; and
changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols.

23


Table of Contents

 

ReNu is in Phase 3 clinical development for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA. Our anticipated timeline for these and other trials and studies on our clinical trial candidates may be subject to delays due to factors such as those discussed above.

Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenues from product sales, regulatory, development and commercialization milestones and royalties. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we may need to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Success in research and preclinical studies or early clinical trial results may not be indicative of results obtained in later trials. Likewise, preliminary, initial or interim data from clinical trials should be considered carefully and with caution since the final data may be materially different from the preliminary, initial or interim data, particularly as more patient data become available.

Results from preclinical studies or early clinical trials, including feasibility studies, or earlier conducted clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future clinical trial results, and interim results of a clinical trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. Our clinical trial candidates, including ReNu, may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite demonstrating positive results in preclinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial or earlier clinical trials or preliminary stages of clinical trials. From time to time, we have and may in the future publish or report preliminary, initial or interim data. Preliminary, initial or interim data from our clinical trials and those of our partners may not be indicative of the final results of the trial and are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and/or more patient data become available. In this regard, such data may show initial evidence of clinical benefit, but as patients continue to be followed and more patient data becomes available, there is a risk that any therapeutic effects will not be durable in patients and/or will decrease over time, or cease entirely. Preliminary, initial or interim data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from such preliminary, initial or interim data. As a result, preliminary, initial or interim data should be considered carefully and with caution until the final data are available.

There is no guarantee that any of our clinical trials will be successful. In addition, there is a high failure rate for drugs, biologic products and cell therapies proceeding through clinical trials. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in preclinical testing and earlier-stage clinical trials. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Any such setbacks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals or clearances for certain of our products will be expensive and time-consuming and may impede our ability to fully exploit our technologies or otherwise limit our ability to meet other business objectives.

As biological products and medical devices, many of the products that we market require regulatory approvals or clearances from the FDA, or from similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States, before they may legally be distributed in commerce. In particular, such products may require FDA approval of BLAs, under Section 351 of the PHSA, Premarket Approval, or PMA, submissions under Section 515 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, or may require clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Although we believe that we have all necessary regulatory approvals or clearances legally required for the products that we currently market, the introduction of new or modified products, or new or modified FDA regulatory rules, may require us to secure new approvals or clearances. Additionally, the FDA may take the position that some of the products that we currently market without premarket approval or clearance in fact require such approval or clearance. The process of obtaining an approved BLA or PMA requires the expenditure of substantial time, effort and financial resources and may take years to complete. Although obtaining clearance under section 510(k) is somewhat less burdensome, it is also associated with significant costs and resource commitments. The fee for filing a BLA, PMA or 510(k) notification, and the annual user fees for any establishment that manufactures biologics or medical devices, as well as product fees applicable to each approved product are substantial.

In May 2024, we announced that our Phase 3 RCT evaluating the safety and efficacy of ReNu, a cryopreserved ASA for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA, achieved its primary endpoint upon the analysis of positive top line data. There are significant costs associated with conducting clinical trials to support approvals that cannot necessarily be estimated with any accuracy until investigational plans have been developed. Moreover, data obtained from clinical activities may show a lack of safety or efficacy or may be inconclusive or susceptible to varying interpretations, any of which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Failure or delay can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials

24


Table of Contents

 

does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful. Even product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the required safety profile or meet the efficacy endpoints despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. We cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even with positive clinical trial results, there may be other barriers to approval or clearance, and the FDA may not grant approval or clearance on a timely basis, or at all. Even if the FDA clears or approves our products, the clinical data submitted to the FDA may not be sufficient for payers to cover and/or adequately reimburse our customers for use of our products. Additionally, the FDA may limit the indications for use in an approval or clearance, or place other conditions on an approval, that could restrict the commercial application of the products.

Regenerative medicine advanced therapy, or RMAT, designation for our product candidates may not lead to faster development or regulatory processes nor does it increase the likelihood that such product candidates will receive marketing approval.

RMAT was introduced as a new designation under the 21st Century Cures Act for the development and review of certain regenerative medicine therapies. To receive RMAT designation, a regenerative medicine product candidate must be intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition with preliminary clinical evidence indicating that the drug has the potential to address the unmet medical needs. RMAT designation does not require evidence to indicate that the drug may offer a substantial improvement over available therapies, as breakthrough designation requires.

An RMAT product candidate receives intensive guidance on an efficient product development program; involvement of senior managers and experienced staff on a proactive, collaborative and cross-disciplinary review; and a rolling review. Regenerative medicine therapies that qualify for RMAT designation may also qualify for other FDA expedited programs, including fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, accelerated approval and priority review designation, if they meet the criteria for such programs. However, RMAT designation does not assure that marketing approval will be granted and, if granted, that the approval process would be any faster than it would have otherwise been.

In January 2021, we announced RMAT designation for ReNu for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA. However, there is no guarantee that the receipt of RMAT designation will result in a faster development process, review or approval for ReNu for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA or increase the likelihood that ReNu will be granted marketing approval for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA. Likewise, any future RMAT designation or other expedited review status such as breakthrough therapy designation for any of our other product candidates neither guarantees a faster development process, review or approval nor improves the likelihood of the grant of marketing approval by FDA for any such product candidate compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures. In addition, the FDA may withdraw any RMAT or other expedited review status at any time. We may seek RMAT or breakthrough therapy designation for our other product candidates, but the FDA may not grant this status to any such product candidates.

We may seek fast track designation by the FDA for one or more of our product candidates, but we might not receive such designation, and even if we do, such designation may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

If a product is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the product demonstrates the potential to address unmet needs for this condition, the treatment sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. Even if we receive fast track designation, fast track designation does not ensure that we will receive marketing approval or that approval will be granted within any particular time frame. We may not experience a faster development, regulatory review or approval process with fast track designation compared to conventional FDA procedures. Additionally, the FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Fast track designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

A breakthrough therapy designation by the FDA for a product candidate may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it would not increase the likelihood that the product candidate will receive marketing approval.

We may seek a breakthrough therapy designation for one or more product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a product candidate that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For product candidates that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of

25


Table of Contents

 

patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Product candidates designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for priority review if supported by clinical data at the time of the submission of the new drug application.

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe that one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to product candidates considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and it would not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the product candidate no longer meets the conditions for qualification or it may decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

We must comply with applicable post-marketing regulatory obligations, which could include obtaining new regulatory approvals or clearances.

Following approval or clearance, some types of changes to the approved or cleared product, such as adding new indications or additional labeling claims or introducing manufacturing changes, are subject to FDA review and approval, which may require further nonclinical or clinical testing. The costs and other resource burdens associated with obtaining new regulatory approvals or clearances for existing or future products may limit the resources available to us to fully exploit our technologies or may otherwise limit our ability to carry out other business activities. Depending on the nature of the change, we may determine that the change may be carried out without obtaining premarket approval or clearance. The FDA or another regulatory body could disagree with our conclusion and require such premarket approval or clearance, which would disrupt the marketing of these products, potentially expose us to regulatory sanctions, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The FDA may determine that certain of our products that are, or are derived from, human cells or tissues, such as Affinity, Novachor, and NuShield, do not qualify for regulation solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Services Act, or PHSA. To the extent that any of these products are deemed not to be HCT/Ps or Section 361 HCT/Ps, the FDA may require that we revise our labeling and marketing claims for these products or that we suspend sales of such products until FDA approval is obtained, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Certain of the products that we manufacture, process and distribute are, or are derived from, human cells or tissues, including amniotic tissue. The FDA has specific regulations governing human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. In particular, HCT/Ps that meet certain criteria set forth in the FDA’s regulations at 21 C.F.R. § 1271.10 are regulated solely under Section 361 of the PHSA, so-called "Section 361 HCT/Ps", and are not subject to any premarket clearance or approval requirements. They are also subject to less stringent post-market regulatory requirements than products regulated under Section 351 of the PHSA and/or under Sections 505, 510 or 515 of the FDCA. The Company has believed that certain of our HCT/Ps, including our products derived from amniotic membrane, qualify for regulation as Section 361 HCT/Ps. However, the regulatory classification of an HCT/P as a Section 361 HCT/P depends in part on the purposes for which the product is intended and in part on the processing to which an HCT/P is subject. On November 16, 2017, the FDA issued a final guidance document entitled, "Regulatory Considerations for Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-Based Products: Minimal Manipulation and Homologous Use", or 361 HCT/P Guidance, which provides FDA’s current thinking on how to apply the existing regulatory criteria for regulation as a Section 361 HCT/P. These include, in addition to other requirements, requirements that an HCT/P be both minimally manipulated and intended for homologous use. In general, "minimal manipulation" is a standard referring to the degree to which the original characteristics of an HCT/P have been altered by processing and "homologous use" refers to the requirement that an HCT/P perform the same basic function in the donor as in the recipient. Any action by the FDA to apply the principles set forth in the 361 HCT/P Guidance to the HCT/Ps that we distribute could have adverse consequences for us and make it more difficult or expensive for us to conduct our business.

26


Table of Contents

 

In light of the 361 HCT/P Guidance, our labeling and marketing claims for our placental-based membrane products, including our Affinity, NuShield, and Novachor products, clarify that they are intended as protective barriers, and thus meet the homologous use requirement to qualify as Section 361 HCT/Ps. However, the FDA could disagree with our conclusion and require premarket approval or clearance for Affinity, NuShield, or any placental-based sheet product we market, which would disrupt the marketing of these products, potentially expose us to regulatory sanctions, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we believe it is necessary to obtain FDA approval of a BLA for NuCel and ReNu because those products may be deemed to be more than minimally manipulated, not for homologous use, or otherwise not regulated as Section 361 HCT/Ps. We continue to conduct clinical studies of ReNu to support FDA approval of a BLA for the management of symptoms associated with knee OA and, based on favorable feasibility studies that are subject to further evaluation, we believe ReNu has potential as a treatment for additional OA and tissue regeneration applications. We have discontinued clinical development of NuCel. If we obtain BLA approval for ReNu, compliance with applicable post-market regulatory requirements will involve significant time and substantial costs. Even for those products that remain regulated as Section 361 HCT/Ps, increasing regulatory scrutiny within the industry in which we operate could lead to heightened requirements, compliance with which could be costly. The costs and other resource burdens associated with any of these regulatory outcomes may limit the resources available to us to fully exploit our technologies or may otherwise limit our ability to carry out other business activities.

The 361 HCT/P Guidance originally indicated that the FDA was providing a 36-month enforcement grace period to allow time for distributors of HCT/Ps to make any regulatory submissions and obtain any premarket approvals necessary to comply with the guidance. In July 2020, the FDA announced that the enforcement grace period would be extended until May 31, 2021 as a result of the challenges presented by the COVID-19 public health emergency. On April 21, 2021, the FDA reaffirmed that the enforcement grace period would end on May 31, 2021, at which time we ceased commercial distribution of ReNu and NuCel. Although we believe our suspension of ReNu and NuCel commercialization was timely and proper, the FDA and other regulators may disagree with how or when such commercialization practices were conducted, which could expose us to regulatory sanctions, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To the extent that the FDA may determine that certain of our products that are, or are derived from, human cells or tissues do not qualify for regulation solely under Section 361 of the PHSA, the introduction of new tissue products would become more expensive, expansion of our tissue product offerings could be significantly delayed, and we could be subject to additional post-market regulatory requirements or suspension of product sales until FDA approval is obtained.

As stated above, in light of the 361 HCT/P Guidance, the FDA may determine that the types of cell- and tissue-based products that we distribute—and in particular, products derived from allografts consisting of human skin or amniotic tissue—are subject to premarket clearance or approval requirements. Should the FDA make such a determination, products of this type, including future products that we seek to introduce, will be much more costly to commercialize, as we will likely have to carry out preclinical work in animals and/or clinical trials in humans to support approval. Such preclinical work and clinical trials are expensive and time-consuming with no guarantee of success. In addition, these products will be subject to more stringent post-market regulatory requirements than those that currently apply, including but not limited to more stringent restrictions on advertising and promotion of these products, as well as more extensive adverse event reporting. In the future, we may also wish to market our existing HCT/P products for new intended uses that may render them ineligible for regulation as Section 361 HCT/Ps and cause them to require premarket clearance or approval and comply with post-market regulations under the medical device or biological product provisions of the FDCA and/or PHSA instead. Compliance with these requirements will involve significant time and substantial costs and could limit the resources available to us to fully exploit our technologies, including limiting our ability to introduce new allograft-derived products.

We conduct a range of nonclinical, as well as clinical trials, comparative effectiveness, economic and other studies of our products. Unfavorable results from these trials or studies or from similar trials or studies conducted by others may negatively affect the use or adoption of our products by physicians, hospitals, and payers, which could have a negative impact on the market acceptance of these products and their profitability.

We conduct a variety of nonclinical and clinical trials, comparative effectiveness studies and economic and other studies of our products, including our ongoing clinical trial for ReNu, in an effort to generate comprehensive clinical and real-world outcomes data and cost-effectiveness data in order to obtain product approval and drive further penetration in the markets we serve. In the event that these trials and studies, or similar trials and studies conducted by others, yield unfavorable results, those results could negatively affect the use or adoption of our products by physicians, hospitals, and payers, thereby compromising market acceptance and profitability.

27


Table of Contents

 

Our business is subject to continuing and evolving significant regulatory obligations by the FDA and other authorities, compliance with which is expensive and time-consuming and may impede our ability to fully exploit our technologies or otherwise limit our ability to meet other business objectives.

Aside from the obligation to obtain regulatory approvals or clearances, companies such as ours have ongoing regulatory obligations that are expensive and time-consuming to meet. In particular, the production and marketing of our products are subject to extensive regulation and review by the FDA and numerous other governmental authorities both in the United States and abroad. As noted above, some of the products that we distribute are considered Section 361 HCT/Ps. The FDA’s regulation of HCT/Ps includes requirements for registration and listing of products; donor screening and testing; processing and distribution, known as "Current Good Tissue Practices," or cGTP; labeling; record keeping and adverse-reaction reporting; and inspection and enforcement. Moreover, it is likely that the FDA’s regulation of HCT/Ps will continue to evolve in the future. Complying with any such new regulatory requirements may entail significant time delays and expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our other products are regulated as biologics and medical devices, which are subject to even more stringent regulation by the FDA. As noted above, these products are subject to rigorous premarket review processes, and an approval or clearance may place substantial restrictions on the indications for which the product may be marketed or the population for whom it may be marketed, may require warnings to accompany the product or may impose other restrictions on the sale and/or use of the product. In addition, most of our products are subject to continuing obligations to comply with other substantial regulatory requirements, including the FDA’s cGTP regulations, the FDA’s Current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) regulations, adverse event reporting, FDA inspections, and the FDA’s QSR, and the regulatory expectations for these types of regulatory obligations may evolve over time. For example, on January 31, 2024, the FDA issued a final rule amending the QSR for medical devices. This final rule is intended to more closely align the FDA QSR with the international consensus standard for device quality management and will become effective on February 2, 2026. We may need to dedicate considerable resources to come into compliance with the new QSR by the final rule’s effective date. The costs and other resource burdens associated with maintaining regulatory approvals or clearances for our products and otherwise meeting our regulatory obligations may limit the resources available to us to fully exploit our technologies or may otherwise limit our ability to carry out other business activities.

In some states, the manufacture, storage, or distribution of HCT/Ps requires a license or permit to operate as a tissue bank or tissue distributor. We believe that we have all required state licenses or permits applicable to the distribution of HCT/Ps, but there is a risk that there may be state or local license or permit requirements of which we are unaware or with which we have not complied. In the event that such noncompliance exists in a given jurisdiction, we could be precluded from distributing HCT/Ps in that jurisdiction and also could be subject to fines or other penalties. If any such actions were to be instituted against us, it could adversely affect our business and/or financial condition.

The American Association of Tissue Banks, or AATB, has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Compliance with these standards is a requirement in order to become an accredited tissue bank. In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations. In addition, procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the restrictions of the National Organ Transplant Act, or NOTA, which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue for valuable consideration, but permits the reasonable payment associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control and storage of human tissue and skin. We reimburse tissue banks, hospitals, and physicians for their services associated with the recovery, storage, and transportation of donated human tissue. Although we have independent third-party appraisals that confirm the reasonableness of the service fees we pay, if we were to be found to have violated NOTA’s prohibition on the sale or transfer of human tissue for valuable consideration, we, our officers, or employees, would potentially be subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Many of the products we manufacture and process are derived from human tissue and therefore have the potential for disease transmission.

The utilization of human tissue creates the potential for transmission of communicable diseases, including, but not limited to, human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV, viral hepatitis, syphilis and other viral, fungal or bacterial pathogens. We are required to comply with federal and state regulations intended to prevent communicable disease transmission.

Although we maintain strict quality controls over the procurement and processing of our tissue, there is no assurance that these quality controls will be adequate. In addition, negative publicity concerning disease transmission from other companies’ improperly processed donated tissue could have a negative impact on the demand for our products. If any of our products are implicated in the transmission of any communicable disease, our officers, employees and we could be subject to government sanctions including but not limited to recalls, and civil and criminal liability, with sanctions that include exclusion from doing business with the federal

28


Table of Contents

 

government. We could also be exposed to product liability claims from those who used or received our products as well as loss of our reputation.

Defects, failures, or quality issues associated with our products could lead to product recalls or safety alerts, adverse regulatory actions, litigation, including product liability claims, and negative publicity that could erode our competitive advantage and market share and materially adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Quality is extremely important to us and our customers due to the serious and costly consequences of product failure. Quality and safety issues may occur with respect to any of our products, and our future operating results will depend on our ability to maintain an effective quality control system and effectively train and manage our workforce with respect to our quality system. The development, manufacture, and control of our products are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by numerous government agencies, including the FDA and similar foreign agencies. Compliance with these regulatory requirements, including but not limited to the FDA’s QSR, GMPs, and adverse events/recall reporting requirements in the United States and other applicable regulations worldwide, is subject to continual review and is monitored rigorously through periodic inspections by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA and foreign regulatory authorities may also require post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the performance of approved products. Our manufacturing facilities and those of our suppliers and independent sales agencies are also subject to periodic regulatory inspections. If the FDA or a foreign authority were to conclude that we have failed to comply with any of these requirements, it could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions, such as product recalls or seizures, withdrawals, monetary penalties, consent decrees, injunctive actions to halt the manufacture or distribution of products, import detentions of products made outside the United States, export restrictions, restrictions on operations or other civil or criminal sanctions. Civil or criminal sanctions could be assessed against our officers, employees, or us. Any adverse regulatory action, depending on its magnitude, may restrict us from effectively manufacturing, marketing, and selling our products.

In addition, we cannot predict the results of future legislative activity or future court decisions, any of which could increase regulatory requirements, subject us to government investigations or expose us to unexpected litigation. Any regulatory action or litigation, regardless of the merits, may result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention from other business concerns, and place additional restrictions on our sales or the use of our products. In addition, negative publicity, including regarding a quality or safety issue, could damage our reputation, reduce market acceptance of our products, cause us to lose customers, and decrease demand for our products. Any actual or perceived quality issues may also result in issuances of physician’s advisories against our products or cause us to conduct voluntary recalls. Any product defects or problems, regulatory action, litigation, negative publicity or recalls could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may implement a product recall or voluntary market withdrawal, which could significantly increase our costs, damage our reputation and disrupt our business.

The manufacturing, marketing, and processing of our products involve an inherent risk that our products or processes may not meet manufacturing specifications, applicable regulatory requirements or quality standards. In that event, we may voluntarily implement a recall or market withdrawal or may be required to do so by a regulatory authority. A recall or market withdrawal of one of our products would be costly and would divert management resources. A recall or withdrawal of one of our products, or a similar product processed by another entity, also could impair sales of our products as a result of confusion concerning the scope of the recall or withdrawal, or as a result of the damage to our reputation for quality and safety.

We are subject to various governmental regulations relating to the labeling, marketing, and sale of our products.

Both before and after a product is commercially released, we have ongoing responsibilities under regulations promulgated by the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission, and similar United States and foreign regulations governing product labeling and advertising, distribution, sale, and marketing of our products.

Manufacturers of medical devices and biological products are permitted to promote products solely for the uses and indications set forth in the approved or cleared product labeling. Traditionally, many of our wound dressing products have been marketed and, in some cases, specifically cleared, for use in “wound management;” however, the FDA is currently reconsidering whether wound dressings may continue to use that term in device labeling and promotional materials. On November 30, 2023, the FDA issued a proposed rule that would prohibit wound dressings from using the term “wound management,” a generally well-understood and accepted term in the healthcare community that describes a context of use. If the rule is finalized, we will be required to update the labeling and promotional material for many of our wound dressings which may make it more difficult to distinguish our wound dressings from competing wound care products.

29


Table of Contents

 

In addition, a number of enforcement actions have been taken against manufacturers that promote products for off-label uses (i.e., uses that are not described in the approved or cleared labeling), including actions alleging that claims submitted to government healthcare programs for reimbursement of products that were promoted for off-label uses are fraudulent in violation of the Federal False Claims Act or other federal and state statutes and that the submission of those claims was caused by off-label promotion. The failure to comply with prohibitions on off-label promotion can result in significant monetary penalties, revocation or suspension of a company’s business license, suspension of sales of certain products, product recalls, civil or criminal sanctions, exclusion from participating in federal healthcare programs, or other enforcement actions. In the United States, allegations of such wrongful conduct could also result in a corporate integrity agreement with the United States government that imposes significant administrative obligations and costs.

We and our employees and contractors are subject, directly or indirectly, to federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including false claims laws. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws. These laws may constrain our operations, including the financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell, and distribute our products.

United States federal and state laws that affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind in return for, the purchase, recommendation, leasing or furnishing of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;
the federal physician self-referral law, which prohibits a physician from referring a patient to an entity with which the physician (or an immediate family member) has a financial relationship, for the furnishing of certain designated health services for which payment may be made by Medicare or Medicaid, unless an exception applies;
federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other government payers that are false or fraudulent;
18 U.S.C. § 1347, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit a person from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or from making false or fraudulent statements to defraud any healthcare benefit program (i.e., public or private);
federal transparency laws, including the Physician Payments Sunshine Act which requires the tracking and disclosure to the federal government by pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers of payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals as well as ownership and investment interests that are held by physicians and their immediate family members; and
state law equivalents of each of these federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical and medical device companies to comply with their industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict certain payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug and medical device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; state laws that prohibit giving gifts to licensed healthcare professionals; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts in certain circumstances, such as specific disease states.

Activities and arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, waste, and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of activities or other arrangements related to the development, marketing, or promotion of products, including pricing and discounting of products, provision of customer incentives, provision of reimbursement support, other customer support services, provision of sales commissions or other incentives to employees and independent contractors and other interactions with healthcare practitioners, other healthcare providers and patients.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrow scope of the statutory or regulatory exceptions and safe harbors available, our business activities could be challenged under one or more of these laws. Relationships between medical product manufacturers and health care providers are an area of heightened scrutiny by the government. We engage in various types of activities, including the

30


Table of Contents

 

conduct of speaker programs to educate physicians, the provision of reimbursement advice and support to customers, and the provision of customer and patient support services, that have been the subject of government scrutiny and enforcement action within the medical device industry.

Government expectations and industry best practices for compliance continue to evolve and our past activities may not always be consistent with current industry best practices. Further, there is a lack of government guidance as to whether many varied industry practices comply with these laws, and government interpretations of these laws continue to evolve, all of which create compliance uncertainties. Any non-compliance could result in regulatory sanctions, criminal or civil liability, and serious harm to our reputation. Although we have a comprehensive compliance program designed to ensure that our employees’ and commercial partners’ activities and interactions with healthcare professionals and patients are appropriate, ethical, and consistent with all applicable laws, regulations, guidelines, policies, and standards, it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in preventing such conduct, mitigating risks, or reducing the chance of governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations.

If a government entity opens an investigation into possible violations of any of these laws (which may include the issuance of subpoenas or civil investigative demands), we would have to expend significant resources to defend ourselves against the allegations. Allegations that we, our officers, or our employees violated any one of these laws can be made by individuals called "whistleblowers" who may be our employees, customers, competitors, or other parties. Government policy is to encourage individuals to become whistleblowers and file a complaint in federal court alleging wrongful conduct. The government is required to investigate all of these complaints and decide whether to intervene. If the government intervenes and we are required to pay money back to the government, the whistleblower, as a reward, is awarded a percentage of the collection. If the government declines to intervene, the whistleblower may proceed on their own and, if they are successful, they will receive a percentage of any judgment or settlement amount the company is required to pay. The government may also initiate an investigation on its own. Such actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines, and other sanctions that may materially impair our ability to run a profitable business. In particular, if our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or if we agree to settle with the government without admitting to any wrongful conduct or if we are found to be in violation of any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we, our officers and employees may be subject to sanctions, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in government health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations and the imposition of a corporate integrity agreement, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We could be subject to legal exposure if we do not comply with our reporting and payment obligations under Medicare, the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, or any other governmental pricing programs in which our products or product candidates may participate, including through additional rebate or discount requirements, fines, sanctions, and litigation.

Our products are currently reimbursed by Medicare in physician office settings at a rate of ASP plus 6%. Beginning in April 2013, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created an automatic reduction of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2%. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, this reduction was temporarily suspended from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2022, with subsequent reductions to 1% from April 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022. The 2% reduction was then reinstated and has been in effect since July 1, 2022, and will remain in effect through the first eight months in which the fiscal year 2032 sequestration order is in effect, unless additional Congressional action is taken. Sequestration applies to the government’s payment portion, which is 80% of the total payment amount. Additionally, in future years, it is possible that an up-to 4% Medicare sequestration could be ordered under Statutory Pay-As-You-GO Act of 2010 (PAYGO), which requires deficit neutrality in most laws passed by Congress. Until January 2022, we were not required to report ASP for all our skin substitute products that are paid separately as biologics because they are regulated as medical devices by the FDA, although we chose to report ASP for some of our products. However, starting with the reporting deadline for the first quarter of 2022, we have been required, and have submitted, ASP reports for all our skin substitute products that are paid separately as biologics as a result of provisions included in the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2020. Pricing requirements and rebate/discount calculations are complex, vary among products and programs, and are often subject to interpretation by governmental or regulatory agencies and the courts. The requirements of these programs, including, by way of example, their respective terms and scope, change frequently. Responding to current and future changes may increase our costs, and the complexity of compliance will be time consuming. We are liable for errors associated with our submission of pricing data and for any overcharging of government payers. Failure to make necessary disclosures and/or to identify overpayments could result in allegations against us under the federal False Claims Act and other laws and regulations. Any required refunds to the United States government or response to a government investigation or enforcement action would be expensive and time consuming and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face significant uncertainty in the industry due to government healthcare reform and other legislative action.

There have been and continue to be laws enacted by the federal government, state governments, regulators, and third-party payers to control healthcare costs, and generally, to reform the healthcare system in the United States. For example, the Affordable

31


Table of Contents

 

Care Act of 2010 (ACA) and the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 substantially changed the way healthcare is delivered and financed by both governmental and private insurers. These changes included the creation of demonstration programs and other value-based purchasing initiatives that provide financial incentives for physicians and hospitals to reduce costs, including incentives for furnishing low-cost therapies for chronic wounds even if those therapies may be less effective than our products. Since its enactment, there have been several efforts to modify or repeal all or part of ACA. Additionally, tax reform legislation was passed that includes provisions that impact healthcare insurance coverage and payment such as the elimination of the tax penalty for individuals who do not maintain health insurance coverage (the so-called "individual mandate"). On June 17, 2021, the United States Supreme Court dismissed a judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the law. It is unclear how any future litigation and other healthcare reform efforts may impact the ACA.

Additionally, on August 16, 2022, Congress passed the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA), which implements substantial changes to the Medicare program, including drug pricing reforms. Among other reforms, the IRA imposes inflation rebates on drug manufacturers for certain products reimbursed under Medicare Parts B and D if the prices of those products increase faster than inflation, and, beginning in 2026, establishes a “maximum fair price” for a fixed number of pharmaceutical and biological products covered under Medicare Parts B and D following a price negotiation process with CMS. CMS has continued to take steps to implement the IRA, including: releasing the negotiated maximum prices, which will be effective in 2026, for the first ten drugs that were subject to the IRA’s negotiation process, releasing quarterly lists of Medicare Part B products that are subject to adjusted coinsurance rates based on the inflationary rebate provisions of the IRA, and announcing a list of fifteen additional drugs that will be subject to price negotiations during 2025, with maximum prices to be effective starting in 2027.

The results of the 2024 Presidential and Congressional elections, and potential subsequent developments, further increase the uncertainty related to the healthcare regulatory environment. In addition, on June 28, 2024, the United States Supreme Court issued an opinion holding that courts reviewing agency action pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) “must exercise their independent judgment” and “may not defer to an agency interpretation of the law simply because a statute is ambiguous.” The decision will have a significant impact on how lower courts evaluate challenges to agency interpretations of law, including those by CMS and other agencies with significant oversight of the healthcare industry. The new framework is likely to increase both the frequency of such challenges and their odds of success by eliminating one way in which the government previously prevailed in such cases. As a result, significant regulatory policies may be subject to increased litigation and judicial scrutiny. Any resulting changes in regulation may result in unexpected delays, increased costs, or other negative impacts that are difficult to predict but could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. For example, certain of these changes could impose additional limitations on the rates we will be able to charge for our future products or the amounts of reimbursement available for our future products from governmental agencies or third-party payers.

Inadequate funding for the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies, including from government shutdowns, or other disruptions to these agencies’ operations, could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, the ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of CMS and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new product candidates to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Our sales into foreign markets expose us to risks associated with international sales and operations.

We are currently selling into foreign markets and plan to expand such sales. Managing a global organization is difficult, time-consuming, and expensive. Conducting international operations subjects us to risks that could be different from those faced by us in the United States. The sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subject us to extensive United States and foreign governmental trade, import and export and customs regulations and laws, including but not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against

32


Table of Contents

 

embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce. These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute, or otherwise transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons.

Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly, and failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

These risks may limit or disrupt our expansion, restrict the movement of funds, or result in the deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation. Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, including the requirements to maintain accurate information and internal controls. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. There is no assurance that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from acts committed by our employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for FCPA or other violations (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, including contract cancellations or debarment, and loss of reputation, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Reimbursement for our Products

Coverage policies and reimbursement rates for our products by government and private insurance are subject to change.

The commercial success of any product for which we have obtained regulatory approval, or for which we may obtain regulatory approval in the future, will depend substantially on the extent to which the costs of our product or product candidates are or will be paid by third-party payers, including government health care programs and private health insurers. There is a significant trend in the health care industry by public and private payers to seek to contain or reduce their costs, including by taking the following steps, among others: decreasing the portion of costs payers will cover, ceasing to provide full payment for certain products depending on outcomes, and/or not covering certain products at all. If payers implement any of the foregoing with respect to our products, it would have an adverse impact on our revenue and results of operations.

Our success will depend in part on whether and to what extent coverage and adequate reimbursement will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other third-party payers. Third-party coverage and reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to cover our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. For example, currently most private payers provide limited coverage for our PuraPly AM, PuraPly, Novachor, and NuShield products and, as a result, there may be limited use of these products for patients covered by private payers.

The continuing efforts of government agencies, private health plans, and other payers of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may adversely affect:

the availability of our products due to restricted coverage;
the ability of our customers to pay for our products;
our ability to maintain pricing so as to generate revenues or achieve or maintain profitability; and
our ability to access capital.

33


Table of Contents

 

The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may have an adverse effect on our business operations. For example, the ACA, enacted in 2010, contains provisions for Medicare demonstration programs that create financial incentives to treat patients with chronic wounds conservatively and could result in decreased utilization of our products. Furthermore, CMS has historically maintained a policy in the Medicare hospital outpatient setting that bundles the administration and product costs associated with graft skin substitutes, which similarly creates incentives that may result in decreased utilization of our products in the outpatient hospital setting. On November 7, 2024, CMS rejected a recommendation by the Advisory Panel on Hospital Outpatient Payment that CMS end this bundling policy. Accordingly, even if coverage and reimbursement are provided, market acceptance of our products has been and will be adversely affected if access to coverage and/or use of our products is administratively burdensome to obtain and/or more costly than alternative treatments. In addition, CMS in recent years has considered potential payment reform for skin substitute products in the Medicare physician office setting under the Physician Fee Schedule. Future changes to Medicare reimbursement for skin substitutes in this setting also could affect utilization of our skin substitute products.

Possible reductions in, or eliminations of, coverage or reimbursement by third-party payers, or the denial of, or provision of uneconomical reimbursement for new products, as a result of changes in coverage and reimbursement, may affect our customers’ revenue and ability to purchase our products or product candidates. Any changes in the healthcare regulatory, payment, or enforcement landscape relative to our customers’ healthcare services also have the potential to significantly affect our operations and revenue.

In addition, Medicare uses regional contractors called MACs, to process claims, develop coverage policies and make payments within designated geographic jurisdictions. On April 25, 2024, seven Medicare Part A/B MACs published new proposed LCDs for skin substitute grafts/CTPs for the treatment of DFUs and VLUs in the Medicare population. These LCDs were finalized by the MACs on November 14, 2024, and were originally set to become effective on February 12, 2025. However, on January 24, 2025, the MACs announced a delay in the implementation of the LCDs until April 13, 2025. Under the new LCDs finalized in November 2024, should they take effect as scheduled, eighteen products would remain covered, including our Apligraf and Dermagraft products for DFU and VLU, and our Affinity and NuShield products for DFU; however, more than 200 products would be classified as “non-covered,” including our PuraPly, PuraPly AM, PuraPly XT, Novachor, TransCyte, Dual and Matrix products for DFU and VLU. The LCDs as finalized apply only to DFU and VLU indications for skin substitute products; other indications would remain subject to case-by-case review of medical necessity by the MACs if the LCDs take effect. It is uncertain if there will be further delays in implementing the new LCDs and/or if the new LCDs will be revised or rescinded going forward. If implemented, the LCDs could materially impact utilization of these products, our business, and our revenue. Any future changes or other developments related to these or other LCDs also could affect utilization of our products, our business, and our revenue.

While we cannot predict the outcome of current or future legislation or regulation, we anticipate, particularly given the recent focus on healthcare reform legislation and regulatory actions, that governmental authorities will continue to introduce initiatives directed at lowering the total cost of healthcare and restricting coverage and reimbursement for our products. If we are not successful in obtaining adequate reimbursement for our products from third-party payers, the market’s acceptance of our products could be adversely affected. Inadequate reimbursement levels also likely would create downward price pressure on our products. Even if we do succeed in obtaining widespread reimbursement for our products, future changes in reimbursement policies could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Cost-containment efforts of our customers, purchasing groups, third-party payers, and governmental organizations could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Many existing and potential customers for our products within the United States are members of GPOs and/or IDNs, including accountable care organizations or public-based purchasing organizations, and our business is partly dependent on major contracts with these organizations. Our products can be contracted under national tenders or with larger hospital GPOs. GPOs and IDNs negotiate pricing arrangements with healthcare product manufacturers and distributors and offer the negotiated prices to affiliated hospitals and other members. GPOs and IDNs typically award contracts on a category-by-category basis through a competitive bidding process. At any given time, we are typically at various stages of responding to bids and negotiating and renewing GPO and IDN agreements, including agreements that would otherwise expire. Bids are generally solicited from multiple manufacturers or service providers with the intention of obtaining lower pricing. Due to the highly competitive nature of the bidding process and the GPO and IDN contracting processes in the United States, we may not be able to obtain or maintain contract positions with major GPOs and IDNs across our product portfolio. Failure to be included in certain of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, while having a contract with a major purchaser, such as a GPO or IDN, for a given product category can facilitate sales, sales volumes of those products may not be maintained. For example, GPOs and IDNs are increasingly awarding contracts to multiple suppliers for the same product category. Even when we are the sole contracted supplier of a GPO or IDN for a certain product category, members of the GPO or IDN generally are free to purchase from other suppliers. Furthermore, GPO and IDN contracts typically are terminable without cause upon 60 to 90 days’ notice. The healthcare industry has been consolidating, and the consolidation among third-party payers into larger purchasing groups will increase their negotiating and

34


Table of Contents

 

purchasing power. Such consolidation may result in greater pricing pressure on us due to pricing concessions and may further exacerbate the risks described above.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our patents and other intellectual property rights may not adequately protect our products.

Our ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology and manufacturing processes. We rely on manufacturing and other know-how, patents, trade secrets, trademarks, license agreements, and contractual provisions to establish our intellectual property rights and protect our products. These legal means, however, afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights. The failure to obtain, maintain, enforce, or defend such intellectual property rights, for any reason, could allow third parties to make competing products or impact our ability to develop, manufacture and market our own products on a commercially viable basis, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition or results of operations.

In particular, we rely primarily on trade secrets, know-how, and other unpatented technology, which are difficult to protect. Although we seek such protection in part by entering into confidentiality agreements with our vendors, employees, consultants, and others who may have access to proprietary information, we cannot be certain that these agreements will not be breached, adequate remedies for any breach would be available or our trade secrets, know-how, and other unpatented proprietary technology will not otherwise become known to or be independently developed by our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights, sales of our products may suffer and our ability to generate revenue could be severely impacted.

We have filed applications to register various trademarks for use in connection with our products in various countries and also, with respect to certain products, rely on the trademarks of third parties. These trademarks may not afford adequate protection. We or these third parties also may not have the financial resources to enforce the rights under these trademarks which may enable others to use the trademarks and dilute their value. Additionally, our marks may be found to conflict with the trademarks of third parties. In such a case, we may not be able to derive any value from such trademarks or, even, may be required to cease using the conflicting mark. The value of our trademarks may also be diminished by our own actions, such as failing to impose appropriate quality control when licensing our trademarks. Any of the foregoing could impair the value of, or ability to use, our trademarks and have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Most of the key patents related to our marketed products are expired. We have no patent protection covering, for example, our Apligraf, Dermagraft, or NuShield products. However, in addition to trade secrets, trademarks, know-how, and other unpatented technology, we have pursued and plan to continue to pursue patent protection where we believe that doing so offers potential commercial benefits. However, we may be incorrect in our assessments of whether or when to pursue patent protection. Moreover, patents may not issue from any of our pending patent applications. Even if we obtain or in-license issued patents, such patent rights may not provide valid patent protection sufficiently broad to prevent any third party from developing, using, or commercializing products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products or technologies, or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. In addition, these patent rights may be challenged, revoked, invalidated, infringed, or circumvented by third parties. Laws relating to such rights may in the future be changed or withdrawn in a manner adverse to us.

Additionally, our products or the technologies or processes used to formulate or manufacture our products may now, or in the future, infringe the patent rights of third parties. It is also possible that third parties will obtain patent or other proprietary rights that might be necessary or useful for the development, manufacture, or sale of our products. In such cases, we may need or choose to obtain licenses for intellectual property rights from others and it is possible that we may not be able to obtain these licenses on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Pending and future intellectual property litigation could be costly and disruptive and may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We operate in an industry characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation. Defending intellectual property litigation is expensive and complex, takes significant time and diverts management’s attention from other business concerns, and the outcomes are difficult to predict. We have in the past been subject to claims that our products or technology violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, and we may be subject to such assertions in the future. Any pending or future intellectual property litigation may result in significant damage awards, including treble damages under certain circumstances, and injunctions that could prevent the manufacture and sale of affected products or could force us to seek a license and/or make significant royalty or other payments in order to continue selling the affected products. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. We

35


Table of Contents

 

have in the past and may in the future choose to settle disputes involving third-party intellectual property by taking a license. Such licenses or other settlements may involve, for example, upfront payments, yearly maintenance fees and royalties. At any given time, we may be involved as either a plaintiff or a defendant in a number of intellectual property actions, the outcomes of which may not be known for prolonged periods of time. A successful claim of patent or other intellectual property infringement or misappropriation against us could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Some of our employees were previously employed at other medical device, pharmaceutical, or biotechnology companies. We may also hire additional employees who are currently employed at other medical device, pharmaceutical, or biotechnology companies, including our competitors. Additionally, consultants or other independent agents with whom we may contract may be or have been in a contractual arrangement with one or more of our competitors. Although no claims are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that we, our employees, or our independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail to defend such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not occur, and any future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives, or other personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to market existing or new products, which could severely harm our business.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe or misappropriate the patents or other intellectual property that we own or license. In response, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us, such as alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent that we own or license is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or conclude that there is no infringement. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to the patents or patent applications that we own or license. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the invention or attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know-how, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Despite our efforts, agreements may be breached and security measures may fail, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach or failure. In addition, our trade secrets and know-how may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. Moreover, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

36


Table of Contents

 

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of the patents and other intellectual property that we own or license.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators, or other third parties have an ownership interest in the patents and intellectual property that we own or license. While it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements obligating them to assign such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own; our licensors may face similar obstacles. We could be subject to ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against any claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, we may have to pay monetary damages and may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and other fees on patents and patent applications will be due to be paid to the United States Patent and Trademark Office and similar foreign agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and patent applications. We rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to foreign patent agencies. The United States Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other provisions during the patent application process. We employ law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Changes in United States patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Success in the biopharmaceutical industry is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and therefore obtaining and enforcing pharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming, and inherently uncertain.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs of prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending patents. Enacted in 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, made significant changes to United States patent law, including provisions that affect the prosecution of patent applications and also affect patent litigation. The United States Patent and Trademark Office developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, including the first to file provisions, only became effective in March 2013. The full impact of the Leahy-Smith Act on our business is not yet clear, but it could result in increased costs and more limited patent protection, either of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

37


Table of Contents

 

Moreover, recent United States Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty regarding our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty regarding the value of any patents we do obtain. Depending on decisions by the United States Congress, the federal courts, and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce any current or future patents that we may own or license.

Risks Related to Our Series A Preferred Stock

A significant number of shares of our Class A common stock may be issued and sold upon the conversion of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Such issuances would reduce the relative voting power of holders of our Class A common stock, dilute the ownership of such holders, and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

As of the closing of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock offering in November 2024, there were approximately 34,285,653 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock, subject to applicable limitations under Nasdaq rules prior to stockholder approval. Holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to a regular dividend at the rate of 8.0% per annum, subject to adjustment and payable quarterly in cash or in-kind through an increase in the liquidation preference of each share of Convertible Preferred Stock. In addition, no dividend or other distribution on the Class A common stock will be declared or paid on the Class A common stock unless, at the time of such declaration and payment, an equivalent dividend or distribution is declared and paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock.

Under various circumstances defined in the Certificate of Designation, shares of our Convertible Preferred Stock can be converted into shares of our Class A common stock. The number of shares of Class A common stock into which Convertible Preferred Stock may convert or be redeemed is based in part on the liquidation preference for the Convertible Preferred Stock, so any increase in the liquidation preference may lead to an increase in the number of deemed shares of Class A common stock held by the Investors on an “as-converted” basis.

As holders of our Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, on an as-converted basis, together with holders of our Class A common stock, on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of our Class A common stock, the issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock to the Investors, and any subsequent increase in the liquidation preference of those shares by a payment-in-kind of the dividends payable thereon, effectively reduces the relative voting power of the holders of our Class A common stock.

Any conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of our Class A common stock would dilute the ownership interest of existing holders of our Class A common stock, and any sale in the public market of shares of our Class A common stock issued upon such conversion or redemption could adversely affect the market prices of our Class A common stock. We granted the Investors customary registration rights in respect of their shares of Convertible Preferred Stock and any share of our Class A common stock issued upon any conversion thereof. These registration rights would facilitate the resale of such securities into the public market, and any such resale would increase the number of shares of our Class A common stock available for public trading. Sales by the Investors of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock.

The Investors may exercise influence over us, including through their ability to designate, and the ability of the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock to elect, a member of our board of directors.

As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding shares of our Convertible Preferred Stock represented approximately 28% of our outstanding Class A common stock, on an as-converted basis and without giving effect to limitations under applicable Nasdaq rules prior to stockholder approval. In addition, the terms of the Convertible Preferred Stock grant the Investors consent rights with respect to certain actions by us, including:

any amendment, modification, repeal or waiver of any provision of our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, bylaws or of the Certificate of Designation that would amend, modify or otherwise fail to give effect to the rights of the Preferred Stockholders pursuant to the Certificate of Designation;
any increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, except as permitted in the Certificate of Designation;

38


Table of Contents

 

the creation of any new class or series of equity securities (including any additional class or series of preferred stock or any debt that is convertible into equity securities of the company or equity-linked securities) that would be senior or pari passu to the Convertible Preferred Stock in respect of liquidation preference or dividend rights or that would provide any unique governance rights to holders of such securities that are not existing rights of the holders of Class A common stock;
the declaration or payment of any dividend to holders of Class A common stock;
any increase to the size of the Board above 12 directors prior to our 2025 annual meeting and 11 directors after such meeting;
incurrence by us (including our subsidiaries) of aggregate indebtedness in one or a series of transactions that would result in a consolidated total net leverage ratio (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) in excess of 3.5 to 1; or
the entry into, or amendment or waiver of, any agreement by us (including our subsidiaries) that would prevent or delay us from complying, or impair our ability to comply, with our obligations to make the Cash-in-Lieu Payments.

As a result, the Investors have the ability to influence the outcome of certain matters affecting our governance and capitalization. The Investors are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies, including businesses that may directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business, and they may have interests that diverge from, or even conflict with, those of our other shareholders. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

In addition, the terms of the Certificate of Designation grant the Investors certain rights to designate a director to serve on our board of directors, which director is elected by a separate class vote of the holders of shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock. For so long as the Investors hold outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock convertible into shares of Class A common stock representing at least 5.0% of the Company’s then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock, the Investors shall have the right to designate one director for election to our board of directors. Additionally at all times the Investors hold any outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Investors have a right to appoint one board observer.

The director designated by the Investors is entitled to serve on committees of our board of directors, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules. Notwithstanding the fact that all directors will be subject to fiduciary duties to us and to applicable law, the interests of the director designated by the Investors may differ from the interests of our security holders as a whole or of our other directors.

Our Convertible Preferred Stock has rights, preferences, and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to, the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and may result in the interests of the Investors differing from holders of our Class A common stock.

The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock have the right under the Certificate of Designation to receive a liquidation preference entitling them to be paid out of our assets available for distribution to stockholders before any payment may be made to holders of any other class or series of capital stock, an amount equal to the greater of (a) the liquidation preference of their preferred shares plus all accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the amount that such holders would have been entitled to receive upon our liquidation, dissolution, and winding up if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. The Convertible Preferred Stock initially had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share; provided that the liquidation preference upon a change of control on or before November 12, 2026, will be increased to be no less than $1,500 per share. In addition, regular dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock accrue and are cumulative at the rate of 8% per annum, subject to adjustment and payable quarterly. The dividend on each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is to be paid in cash or in-kind through an increase in the liquidation preference of such share.

As described herein, the Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the Preferred Stockholders. However, until we receive stockholder approval (Requisite Stockholder Approval), as contemplated by Nasdaq listing rules, with respect to the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock in excess of the limitations imposed by such rules, the Preferred Stockholders cannot convert the Convertible Preferred Stock into a number of shares of Class A common stock in excess of 26,502,042 shares, which represents 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the subscription agreement, or to the extent such conversion will result in a Preferred Stockholder beneficially owning greater than 19.99% of our then-outstanding shares (Ownership Limitations). If, prior to receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, a Preferred Stockholder elects to convert any Convertible Preferred Stock that would result in the issuance, when aggregated with the number of shares previously issued upon conversion of the

39


Table of Contents

 

Convertible Preferred Stock, of more than 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the subscription agreement, then the Company will, in lieu of issuing shares of Class A common stock, pay the Preferred Stockholder a cash amount equal to the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock that could not be issued due to such limitation and the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date (Cash-in-Lieu Payments), which Cash-in-Lieu Payments shall be paid no later than November 5, 2026, together with accrued interest of 10% per annum, to the extent an earlier cash payment is prohibited pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Credit Agreement as amended by the 2024 Amendment.

These dividend and Cash-in-Lieu Payment obligations could adversely affect our liquidity and reduce the amount of cash available for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes. Our obligations to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock could also limit our ability to obtain additional financing or increase our borrowing costs, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. The preferential rights could also result in divergent interests between the Investors and holders of shares of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

The Significant Stockholder Group exercises significant control over us, and their interests may conflict with yours in the future.

Alan A. Ades, Albert Erani, Glenn H. Nussdorf, Dennis Erani, Starr Wisdom, Josette Ades, and certain of their respective affiliates, including Organo PFG LLC, Organo Investors LLC, Dennis Erani 2012 Issue Trust, Alan Ades as Trustee of the Alan Ades 2014 GRAT, Albert Erani Family Trust dated 12/29/2012, GN 2016 Family Trust u/a/d August 12, 2016, GN 2016 Organo 10-Year GRAT u/a/d September 30, 2016 and RED Holdings, LLC, who we refer to collectively as the Significant Stockholder Group, control a significant amount of the voting power of the outstanding Class A common stock. As of February 24, 2025, the Significant Stockholder Group collectively beneficially owns approximately 40% of the Company’s Class A common stock. As a result of this voting control, the Significant Stockholder Group collectively can effectively determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, the election and removal of the Company’s directors (including the right to designate four of our directors pursuant to the terms of an agreement between the Company and the Significant Stockholder Group), as well as other matters of corporate or management policy (such as potential mergers or acquisitions, payment of dividends, asset sales, and amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws). This concentration of ownership may delay or deter possible changes in control and limit the liquidity of the trading market for the Company’s Class A common stock, which may reduce the value of an investment in its Class A common stock. This voting control could also deprive stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock as part of a potential sale of the Company. So long as the Significant Stockholder Group and their affiliates continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s combined voting power, they may continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control its decisions. The interests of the Significant Stockholder Group and their affiliates may not coincide with the interests of other holders of the Company Class A common stock.

In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Significant Stockholder Group and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other stockholders. In addition, the Significant Stockholder Group may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

Our stock price has been, and is likely to continue to be, volatile. Fluctuations in revenue or results of operations could cause additional volatility in our stock price and thus our stockholders could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price has been volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The stock market in general and the market for biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. Any unanticipated shortfall in our revenue in any fiscal quarter could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in that quarter. The effect on our net income of such a shortfall could be exacerbated by the relatively fixed nature of most of our costs, which primarily include personnel costs as well as facilities costs. These fluctuations could cause the trading price of our stock to be negatively affected. Our quarterly operating results have varied substantially in the past and may vary substantially in the future.

40


Table of Contents

 

The Company bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by the Company stockholders, which could limit the ability of the Company stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or with directors, officers or employees of the Company and may discourage stockholders from bringing such claims.

Under the Company bylaws, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum will be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for:

any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company;
any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or any wrongdoing by, any director, officer or employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders;
any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation (including as it may be amended from time to time), or the bylaws;
any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws; or
any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case, except for, (1) any action as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination) and (2) any action asserted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, for which federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

These provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws could limit the ability of the Company stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for certain disputes with the Company or with its directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against the Company and its directors, officers, and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the types of actions or proceedings listed above including, without limitation, any actions asserted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the Company’s forum selection provision with respect to any actions asserted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Provisions in the Company’s charter may inhibit a takeover of the Company, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company's Class A common stock and could entrench management.

The Company’s certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include the ability of the Board of Directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for the Company’s securities.

General Risk Factors

We have previously been, and may in the future be, subject to securities class action litigation or other litigation that could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert management’s attention, and result in harm to our business.

We may be exposed to potential liabilities and reputational risk associated with securities class action litigation. We have previously been the subject of a securities class action lawsuit, and, though that lawsuit was ultimately dismissed with prejudice, we may be subject to future lawsuits, including class action or securities derivative lawsuits as well as incur additional legal fees and may face negative impacts to our stock price and reputation. In addition, we may be obligated to indemnify and advance expenses to certain individuals involved in certain of these proceedings.

Any adverse judgment in or settlement of any future litigation could result in significant payments, fines and penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation. Such payments, damages or settlement costs, if any, related to these matters could be in excess of our insurance coverage. The amount of time that is required to resolve these lawsuits is unpredictable and any litigation or claims against us, even those without merit, may cause us to

41


Table of Contents

 

incur substantial costs, divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operation of our business, and materially harm our reputation.

We face significant and continuing competition, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We face significant and continuing competition in our business, which is characterized by rapid technological change and significant price competition. Market share can shift as a result of technological innovation and other business factors. Our customers consider many factors when selecting a product, including product reliability, clinical outcomes, economic outcomes, price, and services provided by the manufacturer. Our ability to compete depends in large part on our ability to provide compelling clinical and economic benefits to our customers and payers, develop and commercialize new products and technologies and anticipate technological advances. Product introductions or enhancements by competitors which may have advanced technology, better features, or lower pricing may make our products obsolete or less competitive. In addition, consolidation in the healthcare industry continues to lead the demand for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. The presence of this competition in our market may lead to pricing pressure, which would make it more difficult to sell our products at a price that will make us profitable or prevent us from selling our products at all. As a result, we will be required to devote continued efforts and financial resources to bring our products under development to market, deliver cost-effective clinical outcomes, expand our geographic reach, enhance our existing products, and develop new products for the advanced wound care and soft tissue repair markets. Even if we develop cost effective and/or new products, they may not be covered or reimbursed due to cost-containment and other financial pressures from payers.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

Continued expansion of our business will be expensive and we may seek funds from stock offerings, borrowings under our existing or future credit facilities or other sources. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the revenues generated by sales of our products;
the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;
the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;
the costs of developing and commercializing new products or technologies;
the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of certain products and products in development;
the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions such as our acquisitions of NuTech Medical and CPN Biosciences, and integration costs associated with such acquisitions;
the costs associated with capital expenditures; and
unanticipated general, legal, and administrative expenses.

Our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us and we may need additional funds sooner than planned. Additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, if we issue equity or convertible debt securities to raise capital, you may experience dilution, and the new equity or convertible debt securities may have rights, preferences, and privileges that are senior to or otherwise adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. In addition, if we raise capital through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop our product candidates, enhance our existing products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressure, changes in our supplier relationships, or unanticipated customer requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

42


Table of Contents

 

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees, consultants and advisors, and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on our executive officers, the loss of whose services may adversely impact the achievement of our objectives. In particular, we depend on Gary Gillheeney, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees, consultants and advisors for our business, including scientific and technical personnel, will also be critical to our success. There is currently a shortage of skilled executives and scientific personnel in our industry, which is likely to continue. As a result, competition for skilled personnel is intense and the turnover rate can be high. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous medical device companies for individuals with similar skill sets. The inability to recruit or loss of the services of any executive, key employee, consultant or advisor may impede the progress of our research, development, and sales growth objectives.

Our ability to recruit, retain and motivate our employees and consultants will depend in part on our ability to offer attractive compensation. We may also need to increase the level of cash compensation that we pay to them, which may reduce funds available for research and development and support of our sales growth objectives. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient cash available to offer our employees and consultants attractive compensation.

Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees and our inability to find suitable replacements could potentially harm our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. We do not maintain "key person" insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or any of our other employees.

Many of the companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have substantially greater financial and other resources and different risk profiles than we do. They may also provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we can offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can discover, develop and commercialize product candidates will be limited.

Uncertainty and adverse changes in the general economic conditions, including recent turmoil in the global banking system, may negatively affect our business.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. If general economic conditions in the United States decline, or if consumers fear that economic conditions will decline, sales of our products may decline. Adverse changes may occur as a result of adverse economic conditions, fluctuating oil prices, supply chain problems, inflation, political instability, declining consumer confidence, a continuation or worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic or another pandemic, unemployment, fluctuations in stock markets, contraction of credit availability, or other factors affecting economic conditions generally. These changes may negatively affect the sales of our existing or development of future products, increase the cost, and decrease the availability of financing, or increase costs associated with producing and distributing our products and potential product candidates.

Moreover, there has been recent turmoil in the global banking system over the past few years. On March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), was closed, followed on March 11, 2023 and May 1, 2023, by Signature Bank and First Republic Bank, respectively, and the FDIC was appointed as receiver for those banks. SVB is one of our lenders at which we maintained deposit and money market accounts prior to its closure and have since transferred all of our deposits previously held with the bank to other banking institutions, with the exception of $2.3 million which we maintain in one operating account at SVB. There have been reports of instability at other banks across the globe including Credit Suisse, which was acquired by UBS. Despite the steps taken to date by United States agencies to protect depositors and our current belief that we do not have exposure to loss as a result of SVB’s receivership, the follow-on effects of the events surrounding the SVB, Signature Bank and First Republic Bank failures and pressure on other banks are unknown and could include failures of other financial institutions or significant disruptions to our operations, financial position, and reputation. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the global financial crisis of 2007-2008, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including a decrease in the demand for our products and in our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy also could strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our products. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the foregoing, and the current economic climate and financial market conditions generally, could adversely impact our business. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due in part to the volatility of the stock market and any general economic downturn.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

43


Table of Contents

 

GAAP and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business are highly complex. These matters include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, leases, income taxes, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets and equity-based compensation. Changes in these rules, guidelines or interpretations could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition.

In addition, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of net revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

Our failure to comply with regulatory obligations could result in negative effects on our business.

The failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, the FDA or other governmental authorities:

imposing fines and penalties on us;
preventing us from manufacturing or selling our products;
delaying or denying pending applications for approval or clearance of our products or of new uses or modifications to our existing products, or withdrawing or suspending current approvals or clearances;
ordering or requesting a recall of our products;
issuing warning letters or untitled letters;
imposing operating restrictions, including a partial or total shutdown of production or investigation of any or all of our products;
refusing to permit to import or export of our products;
detaining or seizing our products;
obtaining injunctions preventing us from manufacturing or distributing any or all of our products;
commencing criminal prosecutions or seeking civil penalties; and
requiring changes in our advertising and promotion practices.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could also result in civil actions against us by private parties (e.g., under the federal Lanham Act and/or state unfair competition laws), and other unanticipated negative consequences. If any of these actions were to occur it could harm our reputation and cause our product sales to suffer and may prevent us from generating revenue.

Our officers, employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or activities that are improper under other laws and regulations, which would create liability for us.

We are exposed to the risk that our officers, employees, independent contractors (including contract research organizations, or CROs), principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity and/or may fail to disclose unauthorized activities to us. Misconduct by these parties could include, but is not limited to, intentional, reckless and/or negligent failures to comply with:

the laws and regulations of the FDA and its foreign counterparts requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulatory bodies, including but not limited to safety problems associated with the use of our products;

44


Table of Contents

 

laws and regulations of the FDA and its foreign counterparts concerning the conduct of clinical trials and the protection of human research subjects;
other laws and regulations of the FDA and its foreign counterparts relating to the manufacture, processing, packing, holding, investigating or distributing in commerce of medical devices, biological products and/or HCT/Ps; or
manufacturing standards we have established.

In particular, companies involved in the manufacture of medical products are subject to laws and regulations intended to ensure that medical products that will be used in patients are safe and effective, and specifically that they are not adulterated or contaminated, that they are properly labeled, and have the identity, strength, quality and purity that which they are represented to possess. Further, companies involved in the research and development of medical products are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to protect research subjects and ensure the integrity of data generated from clinical trials and of the regulatory review process. Any misconduct in any of these areas — whether by our own employees or by contractors, vendors, business associates, consultants, or other entities acting as our agents — could result in regulatory sanctions, criminal or civil liability and serious harm to our reputation. Although we have a comprehensive compliance program designed to ensure that our employees’, CRO partners’, principal investigators’, consultants’, and commercial partners’ activities and interactions with healthcare professionals and patients are appropriate, ethical, and consistent with all applicable laws, regulations, guidelines, policies and standards, it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in preventing such conduct, mitigating risks, or reducing the chance of governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines, and other sanctions that may materially impair our ability to run a profitable business.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment, manufacture and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of the Company’s income or other tax returns could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to income tax in the United States and Switzerland, and the Company’s domestic tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. The Company’s future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

changes in the valuation of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities;
expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;
tax effects of stock-based compensation;
costs related to intercompany restructurings;

45


Table of Contents

 

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; and
lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where the Company has lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where the Company has higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, the Company may be subject to audits of the Company’s income, sales and other taxes by United States federal, state, local and non-United States taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

A market for the Company’s securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of the Company’s securities.

The price of the Company’s securities may fluctuate significantly due to general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for the Company’s securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. In addition, the price of the Company’s securities can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, the Company’s general business condition and the release of the Company’s financial reports. Additionally, if the Company’s securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of the Company’s securities may be more limited than if the Company was quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

The Company’s quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, resulting in a decline in the Company’s stock price.

The Company’s quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:

labor availability and costs for hourly and management personnel;
profitability of the Company’s products, especially in new markets and due to seasonal fluctuations;
changes in interest or exchange rates;
impairment of long-lived assets;
macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and locally, including changes in regulatory coverage and pricing of our products;
negative publicity relating to our products;
changes in consumer preferences and competitive conditions; and
expansion to new markets.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the Company, its business, or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding the Company Class A common stock adversely, then the price and trading volume of the Company Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for the Company Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, the Company’s business, the Company’s market, or the Company’s competitors. Securities and industry analysts may stop publishing research on the Company. If any analyst who covers the Company were to cease coverage of the Company or fail to regularly publish reports on it, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the Company’s stock price or trading volume to decline. If any of the analysts who cover the Company change their recommendation regarding the Company’s stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about the Company’s competitors, the price of the Company Class A common stock would likely decline.

46


Table of Contents

 

Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect the Company’s business, investments and results of operations.

The Company is subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and Nasdaq. In particular, the Company is required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules is difficult, time-consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations or rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a delisting of our securities.

If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist our securities. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of the securities and would impair your ability to sell or purchase the securities when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our securities to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our securities, prevent our securities from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements. Additionally, if our securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, trading our common stock could be conducted only in the over-the-counter (OTC) market or on an electronic bulletin board established for unlisted securities such as the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

Changes to trade policy, including tariff and customs regulations, or failure to comply with such regulations may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in United States or international social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing trade, manufacturing, development and investment in the countries where we currently conduct our business or may conduct our business in the future could adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. Changes or proposed changes in United States or other countries’ trade policies may result in restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade. The United States government has recently imposed, or is currently considering imposing, tariffs on certain trade partners, including China, Mexico, and Canada. Tariffs, economic sanctions and other changes in United States trade policy have in the past and could in the future trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, and certain foreign governments have instituted or are considering imposing retaliatory measures on certain United States goods. Further, any emerging protectionist or nationalist trends (whether regulatory- or consumer-driven) either in the United States or in other countries could affect the trade environment. Our business, like many other corporations, would be impacted by changes to the trade policies of the United States and foreign countries (including governmental action related to tariffs, international trade agreements, or economic sanctions). Such changes have the potential to adversely impact the United States economy or certain sectors thereof, the global economy, and our industry, and as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

47


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Risk Management and Strategy

We recognize the importance of developing, implementing, and maintaining measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our data and to address potential cybersecurity incidents that may materially affect our business.

Our information security team manages and enhances our cybersecurity infrastructure with the ultimate goal of preventing cybersecurity incidents to the extent feasible, while simultaneously increasing our system resilience in an effort to minimize the business impact should an incident occur. We utilize cybersecurity tools, including the NIST Cybersecurity Framework, in assessing the threat landscape and continuously monitoring our environment.

We face a number of cybersecurity risks in connection with our business. We have, from time to time, experienced threats to our data and systems, including malware and computer virus attacks. However, such risks and threats have not materially affected our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition to date.

Third-party service providers and consultants

Cybersecurity partners are a key part of our cybersecurity infrastructure. We partner with cybersecurity companies and leverage their technology and expertise to better protect the Company. From time to time, we engage certain vendors to monitor our environment, which includes an outsourced security operations center. We may also from time to time engage partners for periodic penetration testing and vulnerability assessments. Our third-party service providers, suppliers, and vendors face their own risks from cybersecurity threats that could potentially impact Organogenesis. We are developing and implementing processes for overseeing and managing these risks and are committed to maintaining robust governance and oversight of these risks. Those processes include assessing the third parties’ cybersecurity practices and where applicable, requiring the third parties to implement appropriate cybersecurity controls and otherwise agree to contractual requirements designed to address cybersecurity risks in our agreements with them including conducting ongoing monitoring of their compliance with those requirements.

We have also identified the potential for cybersecurity risks stemming from the use of artificial intelligence (AI) tools developed by third parties. We have implemented policies and training programs to govern the use of AI by our employees. Additionally, the Company’s Audit Committee regularly reviews our uses of AI as part of its ongoing risk oversight responsibility.

Governance

Our cybersecurity organization, led by our Assistant Vice President of IT and our Director of Information Security, is responsible for our overall information security strategy, policy, security engineering, operations and cyber threat detection and response. Within our team, our current Director of Information Security has professional cybersecurity certifications. The Company’s Board of Directors administers risk management oversight through the Audit Committee of the Board. Our Audit Committee receives quarterly updates about the effectiveness of the Company’s cybersecurity and information security programs, vulnerability and threat detection, progress relative to the Company’s cybersecurity roadmap, and the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems. The Audit Committee discusses with Company management and the Board the Company’s processes with respect to risk assessment and risk management.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters is located on our four-building campus in Canton, Massachusetts, comprising approximately 300,000 square feet of leased and purchased space devoted to manufacturing, shipping, operations, and research and development. Three of the buildings are leased. The leases were initially set to expire on December 31, 2022, and were subsequently extended to December 31, 2027 when we exercised an option to renew these leases for an additional five-year term in December 2021. We lease the buildings in Canton from entities that are controlled by Alan A. Ades, Albert Erani, Dennis Erani and Glenn H. Nussdorf, who are also our stockholders. In addition, Messrs. Ades, Erani and Nussdorf are members of the Significant Stockholder Group, which has the right to designate four members of our Board of Directors.

In Norwood, Massachusetts, we have a leased facility of approximately 43,850 square feet for office, laboratory, and manufacturing use. The lease commenced on March 13, 2019. The rent commencement date was February 1, 2020. The initial lease

48


Table of Contents

 

term is ten years from the rent commencement date and was extended for additional five years in December 2021. We have an option to extend the term for another ten years if exercised within 16-24 months from the end of the lease term.

In November 2024, we entered into a lease for a facility in Smithfield, Rhode Island, comprising approximately 122,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space. The lease of the office space commenced at the time of the lease signing, and we expect lease commencement of the manufacturing space in 2027, upon completion of the build out of the space for commercial manufacturing purposes. The initial term of the lease expires in May 2041, with two ten-year renewal options. We have a one-time right of first offer to purchase the Smithfield Facility and have a right to terminate the lease for a payment to the landlord of $1.3 million, if we have not secured certain anticipated state and local tax incentives by March 31, 2025.

We lease smaller facilities in Alabama, California, Florida, and Massachusetts, for manufacturing, warehouse, office, and laboratory space, under agreements with varying expiration dates through 2031.

On January 22, 2025, the Company was served with a complaint captioned United States of America, State of Texas, ex rel. John Doe vs. Organogenesis Holdings, Inc., which was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas. The complaint is being brought by an employee the Company terminated. The United States and the State of Texas each declined to intervene in the case in September 2024. The complaint alleges claims pursuant to the United States False Claims Act and the Texas State Medicaid Fraud Prevention Act, seeking unquantified damages as well as fines, attorneys’ fees and other costs. The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously contest them.

We are not a party to any other material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings relating to claims arising from the ordinary course of business. These matters may include intellectual property, employment and other general claims. With respect to our outstanding legal matters, based on our current knowledge, we believe that the amount or range of reasonably possible loss will not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the outcome of such legal matters is inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

49


Table of Contents

 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our Class A common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "ORGO". As of February 24, 2025, a total of 126,828,092 shares of our Class A common stock were outstanding and we had 585 holders of record of our Class A common stock. This number does not include stockholders for whom shares are held in "nominee" or "street" name.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our 2021 Credit Agreement, as amended by the 2024 Amendment, as well as the terms of our Convertible Preferred Stock, restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock without the bank’s consent.

Stock Performance Graph(1)

The following graph shows a comparison from December 31, 2019 through December 31, 2024 of cumulative total return on assumed investments of $100.00 in cash in each of our Class A common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance. Data for the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index assume reinvestment of dividends.

COMPARISON OF FIVE YEARS CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Among Organogenesis Holdings Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index,

and the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index

img154857153_0.jpg

 

(1)
This performance graph shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

50


Table of Contents

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table presents information with respect to purchases of Class A common stock we made during the three months ended December 31, 2024. As previously disclosed, in connection with our November 2024 offering of Convertible Preferred Stock, approximately $25.5 million of the net proceeds were used to fund the repurchase of an aggregate of 7,921,731 shares of Class A common stock from certain existing stockholders of the Company, including certain of its directors and their affiliates that are members of the Significant Stockholders Group.

 

Period

Total number of shares purchased

 

Average price paid per share

Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs

 

Maximum number (or approximate dollar value) of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs

 

October 1, 2024

 

 

$--

 

 

 

 

November 1, 2024

7,921,7311

 

$ 3.21632

 

 

 

 

December 1, 2024

 

 

$--

 

 

 

 

Total

 

7,921,731

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

1. 7,421,731 shares of Class A common stock were repurchased from certain existing stockholders of the Company, including certain of its directors and their affiliates, at a price per share equal to $3.1597, which represents the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Common Stock as of market close on November 11, 2024, pursuant to stock repurchase agreements entered into on November 12, 2024 between the Company and the stockholders. 500,000 shares of Class A common stock were repurchased from an affiliate of a director of the Company at a price per share equal to $4.057, which represents the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Common Stock as of market close on November 26, 2024, pursuant to a stock repurchase agreement entered into on November 27, 2024 between the Company and the stockholder.

2. Represents a weighted average purchase price.

 

ITEM 6. RESERVED

 

51


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless the context otherwise requires, for purposes of this section, the terms we," "us," "our," "the Company," "Organogenesis" and "ORGO" will refer to Organogenesis Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries as they currently exist.

Overview

Organogenesis is a leading regenerative medicine and tissue innovations company focused on empowering healing through the development, manufacturing, and sale of products for the advanced wound care, and surgical and sports medicine markets. Our products have been shown through clinical and scientific studies to support and in some cases accelerate tissue healing and improve patient outcomes. We are advancing the standard of care in each phase of the healing process through multiple breakthroughs in tissue engineering and cell therapy. Our solutions address large and growing markets driven by aging demographics and increases in comorbidities such as diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular and peripheral vascular disease. We offer our differentiated products and in-house customer support to a wide range of health care customers including hospitals, wound care centers, government facilities, ASCs and physician offices. Our mission is to provide an integrated portfolio of healing and tissue solutions that improve lives while lowering the overall cost of health care.

We offer a comprehensive portfolio of products in the markets we serve that address patient needs across the continuum of care. We have and intend to continue to generate data from clinical trials, real-world outcomes and health economics research that validate the clinical efficacy and value proposition offered by our products. Several of our existing and pipeline products in our portfolio have PMA, or 510(k) clearance from the FDA. Given the extensive time and cost required to conduct clinical trials and receive FDA approvals, we believe that our data and regulatory approvals provide us with a strong competitive advantage. Our product development expertise and multiple technology platforms provide a robust product pipeline, which we believe will drive future growth.

In the Advanced Wound Care market, we focus on the development and commercialization of advanced wound care products for the treatment of chronic and acute wounds in various treatment settings. We have a comprehensive portfolio of regenerative medicine products capable of supporting patients from early in the wound healing process through wound closure regardless of wound type. Our Advanced Wound Care products include Apligraf for the treatment of VLUs and DFUs; Dermagraft for the treatment of DFUs (manufacturing and distribution currently suspended pending transition to a new manufacturing facility or engagement of a third-party manufacturer); PuraPly AM and PuraPly XT as antimicrobial barriers and native, cross-linked ECM scaffold for a broad variety of wound types; CYGNUS Dual as a dual-layered amniotic membrane that promotes an optimal environment for wound healing; and VIA Matrix, Affinity, Novachor, and NuShield placental allografts to address a variety of wound sizes and types as a protective barrier and extracellular matrix scaffold. We have a highly trained and specialized direct wound care sales force paired with comprehensive customer support services.

In the Surgical & Sports Medicine market, we are leveraging our broad regenerative medicine capabilities to address chronic and acute surgical wounds and tendon and ligament injuries. Our Sports Medicine products include NuShield for surgical applications in targeted soft tissue repairs; and Affinity, Novachor, PuraPly MZ, PuraPly AM, and PuraPly SX for management of open wounds in the surgical setting. We currently sell these products through independent agencies and our direct sales force.

Dermagraft

As previously disclosed, manufacturing of Dermagraft was suspended in the fourth quarter of 2021 and sales of Dermagraft were suspended in the second quarter of 2022. We currently plan to transition our Dermagraft manufacturing to our newly-leased biomanufacturing facility in Smithfield, Rhode Island, which we expect will begin in 2027, and will result in substantial long-term cost savings. If there are significant delays in the build out of the Smithfield Facility or in approval of the facility for manufacturing of Dermagraft, it could have an adverse effect on our consolidated net revenue and results of operations.

52


Table of Contents

 

Local Coverage Determinations

On April 25, 2024, seven Medicare Part A/B MACs published new proposed LCDs for skin substitute grafts/CTPs for the treatment of DFUs and VLUs in the Medicare population. These LCDs were finalized by the MACs on November 14, 2024, and were originally set to become effective on February 12, 2025. However, on January 24, 2025, the MACs announced a delay in the implementation of the LCDs until April 13, 2025. Under the new LCDs finalized in November 2024, should they take effect as scheduled, eighteen products would remain covered, including our Apligraf and Dermagraft products for DFU and VLU, and our Affinity and NuShield products for DFU; however, more than 200 products would be classified as “non-covered,” including our PuraPly, PuraPly AM, PuraPly XT, Novachor, TransCyte, Dual and Matrix products for DFU and VLU. The LCDs as finalized apply only to DFU and VLU indications for skin substitute products; other indications would remain subject to case-by-case review of medical necessity by the MACs if the LCDs take effect. It is uncertain if there will be further delays in implementing the new LCDs and/or if the new LCDs will be revised or rescinded going forward. If implemented, the LCDs could materially impact utilization of these products, our business, and our revenue. Any future changes or other developments related to these or other LCDs also could affect utilization of our products, our business, and our revenue.

License And Manufacturing Agreement

We have a trademark license and manufacturing agreement with Vivex for Dual, Matrix, and VIA. We paid an upfront licensing fee to Vivex to sell Dual and Matrix, and also agreed to pay a fixed milestone payment for Dual in the event that its average sales price (ASP) is published by certain government agencies for a specified period of time, which we remitted in December 2024. Additionally, we are required to pay a low double-digit royalty on the Net Sales of Dual and VIA, and a high single-digit royalty on the Net Sales of Matrix, respectively, during the royalty term, as defined in the Vivex Agreement. The royalty term is commensurate with the initial term of the contract and will continue for each subsequent renewal period. The initial term of the agreement expires on December 31, 2026 and can be renewed for up to five additional one-year terms.

Management’s Use of Non-GAAP Measures

Our management uses financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP (Non-GAAP), in addition to financial measures in accordance with GAAP, to evaluate our operating results. These Non-GAAP financial measures should be considered supplemental to, and not a substitute for, our reported financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance and trends and make planning decisions. Our management believes Adjusted EBITDA helps identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the items that we exclude. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and income taxes. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA, further adjusted for the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. These items include non-cash equity compensation, restructuring charges, write-off of the capitalized costs related to certain unfinished construction work and other long-term assets, fees paid in connection with settlement of previously disputed GPO fees, the cancellation fee for terminating certain agreements or pausing a certain construction project, legal and consulting fees associated with, as well as compensation expense related to retention for certain sales employees impacted by the published and subsequently withdrawn LCDs, impairment charges of a purchased building and associated unfinished construction work, and the write-down of costs previously capitalized in the development of internal-use software, that the Company determined have no future value. We have presented Adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our management and Board of Directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of certain items in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can produce a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business.

Our Adjusted EBITDA is not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets that we currently depreciate and amortize will likely have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash required to fund such replacements;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service payments on our debt;

53


Table of Contents

 

Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation expense which has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring non-cash expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the effect of earnings or charges resulting from matters that our management does not consider to be indicative of our ongoing operations. However, some of these charges and gains (such as restructuring and impairment charges) have recurred and may recur; and
Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, we consider, and you should consider, Adjusted EBITDA together with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA from net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, has been included herein.

Components of Our Consolidated Results of Operations

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. We believe the items discussed below provide insight into the factors that affect these key measures.

Revenue

We derive our net revenue from our portfolio of Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine products. We primarily sell our Advanced Wound Care products through direct sales representatives who manage and maintain the sales relationships with hospitals, wound care centers, government facilities, ASCs, and physician offices. We primarily sell our Surgical & Sports Medicine products through third-party agencies. As of December 31, 2024, we had 256 direct sales representatives and approximately 160 independent agencies.

We recognize revenue from sales of our Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine products when the customer obtains control of our product, which occurs at a point in time and may be upon procedure date, shipment, or delivery, based on the contractual terms of a contract. We record revenue net of a reserve for returns, discounts and GPO rebates, which represent a direct reduction to the revenue we recognize.

Several factors affect our reported revenue in any period, including product, payer and geographic sales mix, operational effectiveness, pricing realization, marketing and promotional efforts, the timing of orders and shipments, regulatory actions including healthcare reimbursement scenarios, competition and business acquisitions.

Cost of goods sold and gross profit

Cost of goods sold includes personnel costs, product testing costs, quality assurance costs, raw materials and product costs, manufacturing costs, and the costs associated with our manufacturing and warehouse facilities. The changes in our cost of goods sold correspond with the changes in sales units and are also affected by product mix.

Gross profit is calculated as net revenue less cost of goods sold and generally increases as revenue increases. Our gross profit is affected by product and geographic sales mix, realized pricing of our products, the efficiency of our manufacturing operations and the costs of materials used and fees charged by third-party manufacturers to produce our products. Regulatory actions, including healthcare reimbursement scenarios, which may require costly expenditures or result in pricing pressures, may decrease our gross profit.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses generally include personnel costs for sales, marketing, sales support, customer support, and general and administrative personnel, sales commissions, incentive compensation, insurance, professional fees, depreciation, amortization, bad debt expense, royalties, information systems costs, gain or loss on disposal of long-lived assets, and costs associated with our administrative facilities. We generally expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase due to increased investments in market development and the geographic expansion of our sales forces as we drive for continued revenue growth.

54


Table of Contents

 

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses include expenses for clinical trials, personnel costs for our research and development personnel, expenses related to improvements in our manufacturing processes, enhancements to our currently available products, and additional investments in our product and platform development pipeline. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We generally expect that research and development expenses will increase as we continue to conduct clinical trials on new and existing products, move products through the regulatory pathway (e.g., seek BLA approval), add personnel to support product enhancements as well as to bring new products to market, and enhance our manufacturing process and procedures.

Other expense, net

Other expense, net comprises primarily interest expense on our indebtedness that was outstanding until November 2024, including amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs, net of interest income recognized.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

In determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary, we analyze both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets including projected future taxable income, recent financial results and estimates of future reversals of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, we consider whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. We believe that our net U.S. deferred tax assets did not require a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2024.

Our U.S. provision for income taxes relates to current tax expense associated with taxable income that could not be offset by net operating losses or research and development credits. The utilization of our remaining federal net operating losses is subject to an 80% taxable income limitation and for certain states we have no net operating losses remaining to offset state taxable income or the utilization of the remaining state net operating losses are subject to a limitation. We have also recorded a foreign provision for income taxes related to our wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements by applying a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any resulting tax reserves, or unrecognized tax benefits, that are considered appropriate as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations:

 

55


 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net revenue

 

$

482,043

 

 

$

433,140

 

 

$

450,893

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

115,741

 

 

 

106,481

 

 

 

105,019

 

Gross profit

 

 

366,302

 

 

 

326,659

 

 

 

345,874

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

294,513

 

 

 

269,754

 

 

 

283,808

 

Research and development

 

 

50,271

 

 

 

44,380

 

 

 

39,762

 

Impairment of property and construction

 

 

18,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write down of capitalized internal-use software costs

 

 

3,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

367,585

 

 

 

314,134

 

 

 

323,570

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(1,283

)

 

 

12,525

 

 

 

22,304

 

Other expense, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(1,544

)

 

 

(2,190

)

 

 

(2,009

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

20

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

(13

)

Total other expense, net

 

 

(1,524

)

 

 

(2,133

)

 

 

(2,022

)

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(2,807

)

 

 

10,392

 

 

 

20,282

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

(5,447

)

 

 

(4,750

)

Net income and comprehensive income

 

 

861

 

 

 

4,945

 

 

 

15,532

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP net income to non-GAAP EBITDA and non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods presented:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net income

 

$

861

 

 

$

4,945

 

 

$

15,532

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

1,544

 

 

 

2,190

 

 

 

2,009

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(3,668

)

 

 

5,447

 

 

 

4,750

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

13,623

 

 

 

10,448

 

 

 

5,845

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

3,403

 

 

 

4,918

 

 

 

4,883

 

EBITDA

 

 

15,763

 

 

 

27,948

 

 

 

33,019

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

10,578

 

 

 

8,996

 

 

 

6,552

 

Restructuring charge (1)

 

 

 

 

 

3,796

 

 

 

2,268

 

Write-off of certain assets (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,200

 

Settlement fee (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,600

 

Facility construction project pause (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

632

 

Legal and consulting fees (5)

 

 

 

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

 

Sales retention (6)

 

 

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

 

Impairment of property and construction (7)

 

 

18,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of capitalized software costs (8)

 

 

3,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of construction in progress (9)

 

 

645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

49,787

 

 

$

42,616

 

 

$

49,271

 

(1)
Amounts reflect employee retention and benefits as well as other exit costs associated with our restructuring activities. See Note 11, Restructuring, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2)
Amount reflects the disposal of certain equipment related to construction in progress at one of our Canton, Massachusetts facilities. See Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3)
Amounts reflect the fee we paid to a GPO to settle previously disputed GPO fees. See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

56


Table of Contents

 

(4)
Amount reflects the cancellation fees incurred in connection with the Company’s decision to pause one of its manufacturing facility construction projects. See Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(5)
Amount reflects the legal and consulting fees incurred related to the published and subsequently withdrawn 2023 LCDs. See Local Coverage Determinations above.
(6)
Amount reflects the compensation expenses related to retention for those sales employees impacted by the published and subsequently withdrawn 2023 LCDs. See Local Coverage Determinations above.
(7)
Amount reflects the impairment of a purchased building and associated unfinished construction work. See Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(8)
Amount reflects the write-down of costs previously capitalized as construction in progress in the development of internal-use software, that the Company determined have no future value. See Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(9)
Amount reflects construction in progress terminated and disposed of at one of our Canton, Massachusetts facilities, resulting from the Company’s decision to move certain operations to the Smithfield Facility.

57


Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022

Revenue

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2024 to 2023

 

 

2023 to 2022

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Advanced Wound Care

 

$

453,639

 

 

$

405,514

 

 

$

422,231

 

 

$

48,125

 

 

 

12

%

 

$

(16,717

)

 

 

(4

%)

Surgical & Sports Medicine

 

 

28,404

 

 

 

27,626

 

 

 

28,662

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

(1,036

 )

 

 

(4

%)

Net revenue

 

$

482,043

 

 

$

433,140

 

 

$

450,893

 

 

$

48,903

 

 

 

11

%

 

$

(17,753

)

 

 

(4

%)

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net revenue from our Advanced Wound Care products increased by $48.1 million, or 12%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in Advanced Wound Care net revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in sales of certain products for new and existing customers.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net revenue from our Surgical & Sports Medicine products increased by $0.8 million, or 3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in Surgical & Sports Medicine net revenue was primarily due to growth in new customers and product mix.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net revenue from our Advanced Wound Care products decreased by $16.7 million, or 4%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in Advanced Wound Care net revenue was primarily attributable to a decrease in sales of certain of our products due to changes in customer buying patterns as well as the impact of the 2023 withdrawn LCDs on sales of certain of our products, partially offset by an increase in sales of certain of our products to our existing and new customers.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net revenue from our Surgical & Sports Medicine products decreased by $1.0 million, or 4%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in Surgical & Sports Medicine net revenue was primarily due to a shift in distributor focus.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2024 to 2023

 

 

2023 to 2022

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

115,741

 

 

$

106,481

 

 

$

105,019

 

 

$

9,260

 

 

 

9

%

 

$

1,462

 

 

 

1

%

Gross profit

 

$

366,302

 

 

$

326,659

 

 

$

345,874

 

 

$

39,643

 

 

 

12

%

 

$

(19,215

)

 

 

(6

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, cost of goods sold increased by $9.3 million, or 9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily driven by an increase in volume along with product mix, as well as the construction in progress terminated and disposed of at one of our Canton, Massachusetts facilities, resulting from the Company’s decision to move certain operations to the Smithfield Facility.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, gross profit increased by $39.6 million, or 12%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in gross profit resulted primarily from an increase in volume and a shift in product mix.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, cost of goods sold increased by $1.5 million, or 1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily due to product mix.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, gross profit decreased by $19.2 million, or 6%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in gross profit resulted primarily from a decrease in the pricing for certain of our products, as well as a shift in product mix.

58


 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2024 to 2023

 

 

2023 to 2022

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

$

294,513

 

 

$

269,754

 

 

$

283,808

 

 

$

24,759

 

 

 

9

%

 

$

(14,054

)

 

 

-5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $24.8 million, or 9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $19.8 million increase in royalty expense; a $4.4 million increase in building and other facilities expense; and a $3.1 million increase in the allowance for expected credit losses. These increases in expenses were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in commissions, restructuring and other headcount-related expense; and a $1.5 million decrease in amortization expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $14.1 million, or 5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $6.1 million decrease in compensation and restructuring, largely related to decreased commissions paid to our sales force; a $4.4 million decrease primarily related to disposal of certain equipment related to the construction in progress in one of the Company's Canton, Massachusetts facilities; a $1.5 million decrease in royalty expenses, and a $3.3 million decrease in travel-related expenses. These expenses were partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in legal and consulting costs primarily related to efforts to convince three MACs to withdraw the final LCDs for skin substitutes for the treatment of DFUs and VLUs.

Research and Development Expenses

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2024 to 2023

 

 

2023 to 2022

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Research and development

 

$

50,271

 

 

$

44,380

 

 

$

39,762

 

 

$

5,891

 

 

 

13

%

 

$

4,618

 

 

 

12

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, research and development expenses increased by $5.9 million, or 13%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily driven by an increase in clinical research and consulting costs associated with our pipeline products not yet commercialized, and an increase in the clinical study and related costs necessary to seek regulatory approvals for certain of our product candidates.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, research and development expenses increased by $4.6 million, or 12%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily driven by an increase in compensation expenses of $2.2 million, due to increased headcount associated with our existing Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine products, an increase of $2.4 million in other clinical research and consulting costs associated with our pipeline products not yet commercialized, and an increase in the clinical study and related costs necessary to seek regulatory approvals for certain of our product candidates.

Impairment and Write Down Expenses

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a $4.0 million write down of costs related to internal-use software and an $18.8 million impairment of a purchased building and associated unfinished construction work. There were no such costs recorded in the year ended December 31, 2023. See Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net, to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

59


 

Other Expense, Net

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2024 to 2023

 

 

2023 to 2022

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Interest expense, net

 

$

(1,544

)

 

$

(2,190

)

 

$

(2,009

)

 

$

646

 

 

 

(29

%)

 

$

(181

)

 

 

9

%

Other income (expense), net

 

 

20

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(65

%)

 

 

70

 

 

 

(538

%)

Total other expense, net

 

$

(1,524

)

 

$

(2,133

)

 

$

(2,022

)

 

$

609

 

 

 

(29

%)

 

$

(111

)

 

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, total other expense, net, decreased by $0.6 million, or 29%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in the balance of the Term Loan Facility, leading to lower interest expense in 2024.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, total other expense, net, increased by $0.1 million, or 5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase resulted primarily from increases in interest rates in 2023.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2024 to 2023

 

 

2023 to 2022

 

 

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

$

3,668

 

 

$

(5,447

)

 

$

(4,750

)

 

$

9,115

 

 

 

(167

%)

 

$

(697

)

 

 

15

%

 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, income tax benefit of $3.7 million included $7.1 million of current income taxes and ($10.7) million of deferred income taxes. The effective tax rate for 2024 was 130.5% and was computed based on the statutory rate of 21% adjusted primarily for tax benefits related to the generation of federal and state research and development tax credits, offset in part by non-deductible transaction costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, income tax expense of $5.4 million included $3.4 million of current income taxes and $2.0 million of deferred income taxes. The effective tax rate for 2023 was 52.4% and was computed based on the statutory rate of 21% adjusted primarily for state and local income taxes, nondeductible officer compensation and certain meals and other expenses that were fully deductible in prior years pursuant to temporary relief provisions enacted as part of the Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Tax Relief Act for tax years 2021 and 2022, but that are now subject to a deduction limitation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have funded our operations and capital expenditures through cash flows from product sales, loans from affiliates and entities controlled by certain of our affiliates, third-party debt and proceeds from the sale of our capital stock. In November 2024, we issued 130,000 shares of our newly-created Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, for total net proceeds of $120.6 million. We used $66.6 million of the proceeds to repay the balance on our Term Loan Facility, and $25.5 million for the repurchase of 7,921,731 shares of outstanding Class A common stock from certain members of the Significant Stockholder Group.

As of December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $40.1 million and working capital of $208.5 million which included $135.6 million in cash and cash equivalents. We also have $125.0 million available for future revolving borrowings under our Revolving Facility (see Note 12, Long-Term Debt Obligations, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). For the year ended December 31, 2024, we reported $482.0 million in net revenue, $0.9 million in net income and $14.2 million of cash inflows from operating activities. We expect that our cash on hand and other components of working capital as of December 31, 2024, availability under the 2021 Credit Agreement as amended by the 2024 Amendment, plus net cash flows from product sales, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses, capital expenditure requirements and debt service payments for at least 12 months beyond the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our primary uses of cash are working capital requirements and capital expenditure. Additionally, from time to time, we may use capital for acquisitions and other investing and financing activities, such as our recent repurchase of our Class A common stock. Working capital is used principally for our personnel as well as manufacturing costs related to the production of our products. Our working capital requirements vary from period to period depending on manufacturing volumes, the timing of shipments and the payment cycles of our customers and payers. Our capital expenditures consist primarily of building improvements, manufacturing equipment, and computer hardware and software.

60


Table of Contents

 

To the extent additional funds are necessary to meet our long-term liquidity needs as we continue to execute on our business strategy, we anticipate that they will be obtained through additional equity or debt financings, other strategic transactions or a combination of these potential sources of funds. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional funds on terms acceptable to us, on a timely basis or at all.

The following table presents our cash and outstanding debt as of the dates indicated:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

135,571

 

 

$

103,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit

 

$

 

 

$

 

Term loan net of debt discount and issuance cost

 

 

 

 

 

66,231

 

Finance lease obligations

 

 

1,888

 

 

 

2,969

 

Total debt

 

$

1,888

 

 

$

69,200

 

Under the Revolving Facility, we have up to $125.0 million available for future revolving borrowings, subject to maintaining compliance with financial and non-financial covenants.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for each of the periods presented:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

14,208

 

 

$

30,917

 

 

$

24,859

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(10,032

)

 

 

(24,364

)

 

 

(33,898

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

27,637

 

 

 

(5,505

)

 

 

(2,199

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

31,813

 

 

$

1,048

 

 

$

(11,238

)

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by operating activities was $14.2 million, resulting from our net income of $0.9 million, non-cash charges of $62.2 million, partially offset by net cash used in connection with changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $48.9 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities included an increase in accounts receivable of $31.8 million, an increase in inventories of $6.2 million, an increase prepaid expenses and other current and other assets of $2.5 million, a decrease in net operating lease liabilities of $14.1 million, and a decrease in accounts payable of $2.4 million; partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $9.2 million, and a decrease in other liabilities of $1.1 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by operating activities was $30.9 million, resulting from our net income of $4.9 million, non-cash charges of $44.0 million, partially offset by net cash used in connection with changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $18.1 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities included an increase in inventories and prepaid expenses of a total of $18.3 million, and a decrease in net operating lease liabilities of $8.4 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current and noncurrent liabilities of $3.1 million, and a decrease in accounts receivable of $5.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, net cash provided by operating activities was $24.9 million, resulting from our net income of $15.5 million, non-cash charges of $43.4 million, partially offset by net cash used in connection with changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $34.1 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities included an increase in accounts receivable of $8.8 million, an increase in inventory and prepaid expenses of $9.8 million, a decrease in operating lease liability of $7.0 million and a decrease of accrued expenses of $11.9 million, all of which were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and other liabilities of $3.3 million.

61


Table of Contents

 

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we used $10.0 million of cash in investing activities solely consisting of capital expenditures.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we used $24.4 million of cash in investing activities solely consisting of capital expenditures.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we used $33.9 million of cash in investing activities solely consisting of capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $27.6 million. This consisted primarily of proceeds from issuance of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $120.7 million, and net payments of $0.1 million in connection with stock awards activities; partially offset by repayment of our Term Loan Facility of $66.6 million, payments for repurchases of our Class A common stock of $25.5 million, and payments on our finance lease obligations of $1.1 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $5.5 million. This consisted primarily of principal payments on the Term Loan of $4.7 million, and on finance lease obligations of $0.5 million, and payments of $0.3 million in connection with stock awards activities.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, net cash used in financing activities was $2.2 million. This consisted primarily of the payment of term loan and finance lease obligations of $3.0 million and the payment of $0.6 million related to the CPN deferred acquisition consideration, partially offset by the net receipts of $1.4 million in connection with stock awards activities.

Indebtedness

2021 Credit Agreement

In August 2021, we and our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with SVB and several other lenders (the Lenders), which we refer to as the 2021 Credit Agreement. The 2021 Credit Agreement, as amended, provides for a term loan facility not to exceed $75.0 million (the Term Loan Facility) and a revolving credit facility not to exceed $125.0 million (the Revolving Facility). In November 2024, we and the Lenders amended the 2021 Credit Agreement to allow for the issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock, and to require the repayment of the Term Loan Facility within one business day of such issuance, among other terms (the 2024 Amendment).

Advances made under the 2021 Credit Agreement were either SOFR Loans or ABR Loans, at our option. For SOFR Loans, the interest rate was a per annum interest rate equal to the Adjusted Term SOFR plus an Applicable Margin between 2.00% to 3.25% based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio. For ABR Loans, the interest rate was equal to (1) the highest of (a) the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Adjusted Term SOFR rate plus 1.0%, plus (2) an Applicable Margin between 1.00% to 2.25% based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio.

The 2021 Credit Agreement required us to make consecutive quarterly installment payments equal to the following: (a) from September 30, 2021 through and including June 30, 2022, $0.5 million; (b) from September 30, 2022 through and including June 30, 2023, $0.9 million; (c) from September 30, 2023 through and including June 30, 2025, $1.4 million and (d) from September 30, 2025 and the last day of each quarter thereafter until August 6, 2026 (the Term Loan Maturity Date), $1.9 million. We prepaid the Term Loan Facility in November 2024, and amounts borrowed under the Term Loan Facility may not be re-borrowed.

We must pay in arrears, on the first day of each quarter prior to August 6, 2026 (the Revolving Termination Date) and on the Revolving Termination Date, a fee for our non-use of available funds (the Commitment Fee). The Commitment Fee rate is between 0.25% to 0.45% based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio. We may elect to reduce or terminate the Revolving Facility in its entirety at any time by repaying all outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest.

Under the 2021 Credit Agreement as amended by the 2024 Amendment, we are required to comply with certain financial covenants including the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, tested quarterly. In addition, we are also required to make representations and warranties and comply with certain non-financial covenants that are

62


Table of Contents

 

customary in loan agreements of this type, including restrictions on the payment of dividends, repurchase of stock, incurrence of indebtedness, dispositions and acquisitions.

As of December 31, 2024, we were in compliance with the covenants under the 2021 Credit Agreement, as amended by the 2024 Amendment. We did not have outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan Facility or our Revolving Facility, with $125 million available for future revolving borrowings.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and the disclosure at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenue and expenses recorded during the reporting periods. Management bases its estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could materially change our results from those reported. Management evaluates its estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis. Historically, our critical accounting estimates have not differed materially from actual results. However, if our assumptions change, we may need to revise our estimates or take other corrective actions, either of which may also have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

We believe the following critical accounting estimates involve significant areas where management applies judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, and supplement our discussion in Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

In determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary, we analyze both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets including projected future taxable income, recent financial results and estimates of future reversals of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, we consider whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider in deciding when to perform an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance of the business in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in the use of our assets. When such an event occurs, we determine whether our asset groups are appropriate for impairment considerations, based on any changed facts and circumstances, and we then determine whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If we determine an asset to be impaired, we reduce its carrying value to fair value, which is determined based on discounted cash flows or its appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. Judgments and estimates used by management when evaluating long-lived assets for impairment include: an assessment as to whether an adverse event or circumstance has triggered the need for an impairment review; determination of asset groups, the primary asset within each group, and the primary asset's average estimated useful life; undiscounted future cash flows generated by the assets; and determination of fair value when an impairment is deemed to exist. The estimation of fair value may require significant assumptions related to estimated future costs to prepare the impaired asset for potential sale or disposal, and the discount rate applied to estimated future cash flows generated by the assets. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges against these assets in the reporting period in which the impairment is identified.

63


Table of Contents

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recently issued accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and the estimated effects, if any, on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including variability in currency exchange rates. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risk.

Foreign Currency and Market Risk

The majority of our employees and our major operations are currently located in the United States. The functional currency of our foreign subsidiary in Switzerland is the United States dollar. We have, in the normal course of business, engaged in contracts with contractors or other vendors in a currency other than the United States dollar. To date, we have had minimal exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as the time period from the date that transactions are initiated and the date of payment or receipt of payment is generally of short duration. Accordingly, we believe we do not have a material exposure to foreign currency risk.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our consolidated financial statements, together with the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, appear on pages F-1 through F-28 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024. The term "disclosure controls and procedures," as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms promulgated by the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Based on that evaluation, our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, concluded with reasonable assurance that, as of December 31, 2024, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

64


Table of Contents

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Management conducted the assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria in the SEC guidance on conducting such assessments as of the end of the period covered by this report. Management conducted the assessment based on certain criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. As a result of this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our internal controls over financial reporting were effective.

Remediation of Previously Identified Material Weakness

As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, in previous years we did not design and maintain effective controls over information technology general controls and proper segregation of duties to support the initiation and recording of transactions and the resulting impact on business process controls and applications that rely on such data.

Management has taken actions to remediate the deficiencies in its internal controls over financial reporting and implemented additional processes and controls designed to address the underlying causes associated with the above-mentioned material weakness. Management’s internal control remediation efforts included the following:

During the second quarter of 2024, we completed the implementation of certain modules in a new company-wide enterprise resource planning (ERP) system to provide additional systematic controls and segregation of duties for our accounting processes. We have implemented additional controls to mitigate existing risks of proper segregation and change configurations.
We added personnel to our accounting and finance team with the requisite accounting and internal controls knowledge and experience to sufficiently enhance our internal controls environment.
We designed and implemented new information technology general controls to ensure proper segregation of duties in our change management processes.
An outside firm continued to assist management with performing control design and operating effectiveness testing throughout the year.
We regularly reported the results of control testing to the key stakeholders across our organization, including our Audit Committee, on testing progress and defined corrective actions, and we monitored and reported on the results of control remediation. We have strengthened our internal policies, processes, and reviews through these actions.
We have continued working on documenting and structuring the Company’s processes to meet Sarbanes-Oxley (SOX) 404(b) requirements.

Based on the successful implementation and testing of these new and enhanced control processes, we have concluded that the material weakness described above has been remediated as of December 31, 2024.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except as noted above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, has been audited by RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which appears in Item 8 above.

65


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

During the three months ended December 31, 2024, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a "Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" or "non-rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement," as each term is defined in item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

66


Table of Contents

 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will be set forth in an amendment to our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year (the Annual Report Amendment), and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Annual Report Amendment and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Annual Report Amendment and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Annual Report Amendment and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be set forth in our Annual Report Amendment and is incorporated herein by reference.

67


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as a part of this Report:

(1) Financial Statements —See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules —Schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or are not required, or because the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto.

(3) Index to Exhibits.

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-233621) filed with the SEC on September 16, 2019)

 

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on June 27, 2022)

 

 

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on November 12, 2024)

 

 

 

3.4

 

Bylaws of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-233621) filed with the SEC on September 16, 2019)

 

 

 

4.1*

 

Description of Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 10, 2018 among Organogenesis Holdings Inc., Avista Acquisition Corp., Avista Capital Partners Fund IV L.P., Avista Capital Partners Fund IV (Offshore), L.P., and certain holders of Organogenesis Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.2

 

Lease dated as of January 1, 2013 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and 65 Dan Road SPE, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.3

 

Lease dated as of January 1, 2013 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and 85 Dan Road Associates, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Lease dated as of January 1, 2013 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Dan Road Equity I, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.5‡

 

Amended and Restated Key Employee Agreement dated as of February 1, 2007 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Gary Gillheeney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.6‡

 

Employee Letter Agreement dated as of February 14, 2017 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Patrick Bilbo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.7‡

 

Employee Letter Agreement dated as of February 14, 2017 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Antonio Montecalvo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.8‡

 

Employee Letter Agreement dated as of January 19, 2018 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Lori Freedman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

68


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

10.9‡

 

Employee Letter Agreement dated as of May 9, 2017 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Brian Grow (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.10‡

 

2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.11‡

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.12‡

 

Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.13‡

 

2018 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on June 21, 2024)

 

 

 

10.14‡

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.15‡

 

Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.16‡

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020)

 

 

 

10.17‡

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.18†

 

Settlement and License Agreement effective as of October 25, 2017 by and among Organogenesis Inc., RESORBA Medical GmbH, and Advanced Medical Solutions Group plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement in Form S-4 (File No. 333-227090) filed with the SEC on October 9, 2018)

 

 

 

10.19

 

Amended and Restated Code of Ethics and Conduct of ORGO adopted on December 10, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.20

 

Controlling Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 10, 2018 by and among ORGO and the Controlling Entities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2018)

 

 

 

10.21

 

Lease dated March 13, 2019 between Organogenesis Inc., as tenant, and Bobson Norwood Commercial, LLC, as landlord (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on March 19, 2019)

 

 

 

10.22‡

 

Summary of Amendment to Severance for Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on April 29, 2020)

 

 

 

10.23‡

 

Offer Letter dated January 15, 2021 between the Company and David C. Francisco (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021)

 

 

 

10.24‡

 

Change in Control Retention Agreement between Organogenesis Holdings Inc. and Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr. effective as of May 10, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on May 10, 2021)

 

 

 

10.25‡

 

Form of Change in Control Retention Agreement (Non-CEO Executive Officers) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on May 10, 2021)

 

 

 

10.26‡

 

Form of Change in Control Retention Agreement (Independent Directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on May 10, 2021)

 

 

 

10.27

 

Credit Agreement dated and effective as of August 6, 2021 among Organogenesis Holdings Inc., as borrower, Organogenesis Inc. and Prime Merger Sub, LLC, as guarantors, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Administrative Agent,

69


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit

 

 

Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, and Silicon Valley Bank and the several other lenders from time to time party thereto, collectively as Lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on August 9, 2021)

 

 

 

10.28

 

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 8, 2022 by and among Organogenesis Holdings Inc., as borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities party hereto and Silicon Valley Bank, as the Administrative Agent, and as the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023)

 

 

 

10.29

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated and effective as of April 17, 2023 by and among Organogenesis Holdings Inc., as borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities party hereto and Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (successor by purchase to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for Silicon Valley Bridge Bank, N.A. (as successor to Silicon Valley Bank)), as the Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on May 10, 2023)

 

 

 

10.30

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 11, 2021 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and 275 Dan Road SPE, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on August 16, 2021)

 

 

 

10.31

 

Subscription Agreement, dated November 12, 2024, by and among Organogenesis Holdings Inc., Avista Healthcare Partners III, L.P. and AHP III Orchestra Holdings, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on November 13, 2024)

 

 

 

10.32

 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 12, 2024 by and among the Company, the lenders named therein and the administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on November 13, 2024)

 

 

 

10.33

 

Form of Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated November 12, 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on November 13, 2024)

 

 

 

10.34

 

Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated November 27, 2024, by and between Organogenesis Holdings Inc. and GN 2016 Family Trust u/a/d August 12, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on December 2, 2024)

 

 

 

10.35*+

 

Lease dated as of November 18, 2024 by and between DIV Technology Way, LLC and Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

10.36*‡

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10.37*‡

 

Employee Letter Agreement dated as of July 30, 2021 by and between Organogenesis Inc. and Robert Cavorsi

 

 

 

19.1*

 

Organogenesis Holdings Inc. Amended and Restated Insider Trading Compliance Policy

 

 

 

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of RSM US LLP

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

97.1

 

Organogenesis Holdings Inc. Compensation Recovery Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37906) filed with the SEC on February 29, 2024)

 

 

 

101*

 

The following materials from the Annual Report of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 of Organogenesis Holdings Inc., (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 of Organogenesis Holdings Inc., (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 of Organogenesis Holdings Inc., (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended

70


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit

 

 

December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 of Organogenesis Holdings Inc., and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

 

* Filed herewith.

+ Certain exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.

† Confidential treatment granted as to portions of this Exhibit. The confidential portions of this Exhibit have been omitted and are marked by asterisks.

‡ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

71


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chair of the Board of Directors

Date:

February 27, 2025

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Chair of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)

 

February 27, 2025

Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Francisco

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

February 27, 2025

David Francisco

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alan A. Ades

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Alan A. Ades

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Ades

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Robert Ades

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Driscoll

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Michael J. Driscoll

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Prathyusha Duraibabu

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Prathyusha Duraibabu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Erani

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

David Erani

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jon Giacomin

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Jon Giacomin

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michele Korfin

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Michele Korfin

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Arthur S. Leibowitz

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Arthur S. Leibowitz

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Garrett Lustig

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Garrett Lustig

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Glenn H. Nussdorf

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Glenn H. Nussdorf

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gilberto Quintero

 

Director

 

February 27, 2025

Gilberto Quintero

 

 

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022

F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated February 27, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Determination of fair value of the impaired building and associated construction

As discussed in Notes 4 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $18,842 related to a building and associated construction located on the Company’s Canton, Massachusetts campus. When performing an impairment assessment for a long-lived asset or asset group, the Company determines whether there has been impairment by first comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated over the remaining life of the asset or asset group to the carrying value of the asset or asset group. If an asset or asset group is determined to be impaired, the asset or asset group is written down to its estimated fair value, which is determined based upon an income approach such as a discounted cash flow model or a market approach based upon appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset or asset group.

We identified the determination of the fair value of the impaired building and the associated construction work, along with the resulting impairment charge, as a critical audit matter due to the significant judgments made by management to estimate the fair value of the assets, specifically the accuracy of the estimate related to the costs of capital improvements to complete the buildout of the property. Auditing management’s assumptions involved a high degree of auditor judgment and an increase in audit effort, including the use of our valuation specialists, due to the impact these assumptions have on the estimate of fair value.

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s determination of the fair value of the impaired building and associated accuracy of the construction work, along with the resulting impairment charge, included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding and tested the design and operating effectiveness of the relevant controls related to management’s review of the impairment analysis and estimates of fair value.
We tested the completeness and accuracy of the source data management utilized in the estimate of fair value by agreeing it to the underlying support.

F-2


Table of Contents

 

We used our valuation specialists to assist in the following procedures:
Evaluated the appropriateness of the valuation model and method used by management to estimate the fair value of the building.
Tested the accuracy of management’s estimated costs of capital improvements to complete the buildout of the property by agreeing such information to publicly available market data.
Tested the clerical accuracy of the Company's discounted cash flow model.

Accounting for redeemable convertible preferred stock

As described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, during the year ended December 31, 2024 the Company entered into a subscription agreement for the sale of 130,000 shares of the Company’s newly-created Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (Convertible Preferred Stock) for a purchase price of $1,000 per share, or aggregate gross proceeds of $130 million. The Convertible Preferred Stock contains embedded features, which are more fully described in Note 13. The evaluation of embedded features in a preferred stock instrument requires the application of complex accounting rules and consideration of a number of factors to determine if any of those embedded features are required to be separately recorded as a derivative liability or would otherwise impact the financial statement classification of the preferred stock instrument.

We identified the Company’s evaluation of both the accounting treatment for the embedded features and financial statement classification of the Convertible Preferred Stock as a critical audit matter because of the complexity involved in management’s evaluation of the embedded features in the Convertible Preferred Stock and management’s interpretation and application of the applicable accounting rules. Auditing management’s accounting conclusion involved a high degree of auditor judgment and an increase in audit effort, including the use of an internal accounting specialist, due to the impact management’s conclusions have on the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures.

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s evaluation of the accounting treatment for the embedded features and financial statement classification of the Convertible Preferred Stock included the following, among others:

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to management’s identification and assessment of significant nonroutine transactions and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness.
We tested the accuracy and completeness of the embedded terms identified by management by reading the Convertible Preferred Stock agreement and related agreements.
With the assistance of an internal accounting specialist, we obtained management’s technical memoranda and evaluated the reasonableness of the conclusions reached by management of the accounting treatment for the embedded features as well as the classification of the Convertible Preferred Stock. Our assessment included:
Evaluating the nature of the features of the host contract.
Evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of each embedded feature compared to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract.
Determining the impact the embedded features may have on the classification of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2004.

Boston, Massachusetts

February 27, 2025

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

 

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Organogenesis Holdings Inc.'s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

F-3


Table of Contents

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2025, expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

February 27, 2025

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

135,571

 

 

$

103,840

 

Restricted cash

 

 

580

 

 

 

498

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $9,576 and $6,860

 

 

109,861

 

 

 

81,999

 

Inventories, net

 

 

26,219

 

 

 

28,253

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

13,710

 

 

 

10,454

 

Total current assets

 

 

285,941

 

 

 

225,044

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

89,128

 

 

 

116,228

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

12,468

 

 

 

15,871

 

Goodwill

 

 

28,772

 

 

 

28,772

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

 

37,110

 

 

 

40,118

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

 

39,462

 

 

 

28,002

 

Other assets

 

 

5,005

 

 

 

5,990

 

Total assets

 

$

497,886

 

 

$

460,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of term loan

 

$

 

 

$

5,486

 

Current portion of finance lease obligations

 

 

1,170

 

 

 

1,081

 

Current portion of operating lease obligations - related party

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

8,413

 

Current portion of operating lease obligations

 

 

4,272

 

 

 

4,731

 

Accounts payable

 

 

28,911

 

 

 

30,724

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

39,453

 

 

 

30,074

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

77,477

 

 

 

80,509

 

Term loan, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

 

60,745

 

Finance lease obligations, net of current portion

 

 

718

 

 

 

1,888

 

Operating lease obligations, net of current portion - related party

 

 

8,283

 

 

 

11,954

 

Operating lease obligations, net of current portion

 

 

25,198

 

 

 

25,053

 

Other liabilities

 

 

894

 

 

 

1,213

 

Total liabilities

 

 

112,570

 

 

 

181,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 130,000 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively; liquidation preference of $131,387 and $0 at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

 

 

122,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 870,000 and 1,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively; none issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 126,458,784 and 132,044,944 shares issued; 125,730,236 and 131,316,396 shares outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

302,994

 

 

 

319,621

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(40,110

)

 

 

(40,971

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

262,897

 

 

 

278,663

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' equity

 

$

497,886

 

 

$

460,025

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net revenue

 

$

482,043

 

 

$

433,140

 

 

$

450,893

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

115,741

 

 

 

106,481

 

 

 

105,019

 

Gross profit

 

 

366,302

 

 

 

326,659

 

 

 

345,874

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

294,513

 

 

 

269,754

 

 

 

283,808

 

Research and development

 

 

50,271

 

 

 

44,380

 

 

 

39,762

 

Impairment of property and construction

 

 

18,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write down of capitalized internal-use software costs

 

 

3,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

367,585

 

 

 

314,134

 

 

 

323,570

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(1,283

)

 

 

12,525

 

 

 

22,304

 

Other expense, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(1,544

)

 

 

(2,190

)

 

 

(2,009

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

20

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

(13

)

Total other expense, net

 

 

(1,524

)

 

 

(2,133

)

 

 

(2,022

)

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(2,807

)

 

 

10,392

 

 

 

20,282

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

(5,447

)

 

 

(4,750

)

Net income and comprehensive income

 

 

861

 

 

 

4,945

 

 

 

15,532

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

 

 

(412

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

(1,386

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(937

)

 

$

4,945

 

 

$

15,532

 

Net income (loss), per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.12

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.12

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

131,673,278

 

 

 

131,231,317

 

 

 

130,070,231

 

Diluted

 

 

131,673,278

 

 

 

132,746,727

 

 

 

132,383,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

128,680,192

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

302,155

 

 

$

(60,833

)

 

$

241,335

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,864,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,070

 

Vesting of RSUs, net of shares surrendered to pay taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

170,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

(648

)

 

 

 

 

 

(648

)

Issuance of common stock associated with CPN acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

203,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

828

 

 

 

 

 

 

828

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,552

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,532

 

 

 

15,532

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130,919,129

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

310,957

 

 

 

(45,301

)

 

 

265,669

 

Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of ASU 2016-13, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(615

)

 

 

(615

)

Vesting of RSUs, net of shares surrendered to pay taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

(332

)

 

 

 

 

 

(332

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,996

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,945

 

 

 

4,945

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,316,396

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

319,621

 

 

 

(40,971

)

 

 

278,663

 

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $9,379

 

130,000

 

 

 

120,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value and cumulative dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

 

 

1,798

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,798

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,798

)

Vesting of RSUs, net of shares surrendered to pay taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,110,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,175

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,175

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,225,435

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,247

 

Repurchase of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,921,731

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(25,478

)

 

 

 

 

 

(25,479

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,578

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

861

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

130,000

 

 

$

122,419

 

 

 

 

125,730,236

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

302,994

 

 

$

(40,110

)

 

$

262,897

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

861

 

 

$

4,945

 

 

$

15,532

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

13,623

 

 

 

10,448

 

 

 

5,845

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

3,403

 

 

 

4,918

 

 

 

4,883

 

Reduction in the carrying value of right-of-use assets

 

 

8,348

 

 

 

8,083

 

 

 

7,303

 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

394

 

 

 

427

 

 

 

434

 

Deferred interest expense

 

 

305

 

 

 

490

 

 

 

501

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(10,719

)

 

 

2,012

 

 

 

1,980

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

4,482

 

Loss on lease termination

 

 

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of term loan

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision recorded for credit losses

 

 

3,938

 

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

1,781

 

Adjustment for excess and obsolete inventories

 

 

8,210

 

 

 

6,580

 

 

 

9,648

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

10,578

 

 

 

8,996

 

 

 

6,552

 

Impairment of property and construction (Note 8)

 

 

18,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write down of capitalized internal-use software costs (Note 8)

 

 

3,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(31,800

)

 

 

5,539

 

 

 

(8,770

)

Inventories

 

 

(6,204

)

 

 

(8,179

)

 

 

(9,410

)

Prepaid expenses and other current and other assets

 

 

(2,549

)

 

 

(10,115

)

 

 

(378

)

Operating leases

 

 

(14,066

)

 

 

(8,439

)

 

 

(7,006

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,372

)

 

 

(108

)

 

 

3,260

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

9,164

 

 

 

3,138

 

 

 

(11,850

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(1,062

)

 

 

91

 

 

 

72

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

14,208

 

 

 

30,917

 

 

 

24,859

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(10,032

)

 

 

(24,364

)

 

 

(33,898

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(10,032

)

 

 

(24,364

)

 

 

(33,898

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loan repayments under the 2021 Credit Agreement

 

 

(66,563

)

 

 

(4,688

)

 

 

(2,813

)

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

120,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for the repurchase of common stock

 

 

(25,479

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal repayments of finance lease obligations

 

 

(1,081

)

 

 

(485

)

 

 

(200

)

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,070

 

Payments of withholding taxes in connection with RSUs vesting

 

 

(1,175

)

 

 

(332

 )

 

 

(648

)

Payments of deferred acquisition consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(608

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

27,637

 

 

 

(5,505

)

 

 

(2,199

)

Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

31,813

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

(11,238

)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year

 

 

104,338

 

 

 

103,290

 

 

 

114,528

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year

 

$

136,151

 

 

$

104,338

 

 

$

103,290

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

4,970

 

 

$

5,436

 

 

$

2,649

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

6,965

 

 

$

3,052

 

 

$

1,201

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of ASU No. 2016-13

 

$

 

 

$

615

 

 

$

 

Deferred acquisition consideration and earnout liability recorded for business acquisition

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

828

 

Change in purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

(432

)

 

$

841

 

 

$

1,928

 

Right-of-use assets obtained through operating lease obligations

 

$

5,109

 

 

$

5,869

 

 

$

1,350

 

Right-of-use assets obtained through finance lease obligations

 

$

 

 

$

3,454

 

 

$

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance costs included in accrued expenses

 

$

67

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Prepaid rent reclassified to right-of-use assets

 

$

230

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Accretion to redemption value and cumulative dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

$

1,798

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-8


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (ORGO or the Company) is a leading regenerative medicine and tissue innovations company focused on empowering healing through the development, manufacturing, and sale of products for the advanced wound care, and surgical and sports medicine markets. Several of the existing and pipeline products in the Company’s portfolio have Premarket Application (PMA) approval, or Premarket Notification 510(k) clearance from the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The Company’s customers include hospitals, wound care centers, government facilities, ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs) and physician offices. The Company has one operating and reportable segment.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and include the accounts and results of operations of Organogenesis Holdings Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported results of operations during the reporting periods. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the estimates and assumptions that management considers to be significant and that present the greatest amount of uncertainty include: recognition and measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities; and the assessment of recoverability of long-lived assets, including impairment and write-downs. Actual results and outcomes may differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s functional currency, including that of the Company’s Swiss subsidiary, Organogenesis GmbH, is the United States dollar. Foreign currency gains and losses resulting from remeasurement of assets and liabilities held in foreign currencies and transactions settled in a currency other than the functional currency are included separately as non-operating income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as a component of other expense, net. The foreign currency amounts recorded for all periods presented were insignificant.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (CODM), or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance for the organization. The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. The Company’s portfolio includes regenerative medicine products in various stages, ranging from preclinical to late-stage development, and commercialized advanced wound care and surgical and sports medicine products which support healing across a wide variety of wound types at many different types of facilities. The Company has determined that it has a single operating segment—regenerative medicine.

The Company’s measure of segment profit and loss is reported as consolidated net income on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, and the Company’s measure of segment assets is reported as consolidated assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The accounting policies of the regenerative medicine segment are the same as those described in this summary of significant accounting policies.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company primarily maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts in the United States which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit

F-9


Table of Contents

 

risk on cash. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

The Company had restricted cash of $580 and $498 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Restricted cash represents employee deposits in connection with the Company’s health benefit plan.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable are stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for credit losses. The Company evaluates expected credit losses on accounts receivable considering historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, geography-related risks and current and expected economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. The Company continually monitors customer payments and in cases where there are circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, a specific allowance is recorded against amounts due, thereby reducing the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. Accounts receivable are charged against the allowance when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined using the first-in first-out method) or net realizable value. Work in process and finished goods include materials, labor and allocated overhead. Inventories also include cell banks and the cost of tests mandated by regulatory agencies of the materials to qualify them for production.

The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and records a provision to write down excess and obsolete inventory to its estimated net realizable value based upon management’s assumptions of future material usage, yields and obsolescence, which are based primarily on analysis of historical usage and sales information, as well as market conditions and the effective life of certain inventory items.

The Company also tests other components of its inventory for future growth projections. The Company determines the average yield of the component and compares it to projected revenue to ensure it is properly reserved.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s property and equipment consisted of leasehold improvements, building, furniture and computers, and equipment. Depreciation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of the life of the lease or the economic life of the asset

Building

 

30 years

Furniture and computers

 

3 - 5 years

Equipment

 

5 - 10 years

 

Construction in progress costs are capitalized when incurred until the assets are placed in service, at which time the costs will be transferred to the related property and equipment, and depreciated over their respective useful lives. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets disposed of are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major improvements that extend the useful lives of the related asset are capitalized and depreciated over their remaining estimated useful lives.

Internal Use Software

The Company capitalizes costs to purchase and develop internal-use software. These costs are capitalized from the time that the preliminary project stage is completed, and it is considered probable that the software will be used to perform the function intended, until the time the software is placed in service for its intended use. Any costs incurred during subsequent efforts to upgrade and

F-10


Table of Contents

 

enhance the functionality of the software are also capitalized. Costs incurred for maintenance activities relating to the software are expensed as incurred.

When the Company places the software in service, it begins amortizing the capitalized costs over the estimated useful life of the software, generally three to five years.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually (as of December 31), or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may no longer be recoverable and that an impairment loss may have occurred. Circumstances that could trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in the business climate or legal factors, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, or unanticipated competition. The Company operates as one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting unit, and therefore goodwill is tested for impairment at the consolidated level.

The Company may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test, or the Company can bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test requires the Company to estimate and compare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets, goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss up to the amount of goodwill. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company elected to perform a quantitative analysis directly, and used its market capitalization to approximate the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and accordingly the Company did not record any impairment on its goodwill.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Intangible assets include intellectual property either owned by the Company or to which the Company has a license. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods deemed appropriate for the type of intangible asset acquired. Intangible assets are reported net of accumulated amortization, separately from goodwill. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets include developed technology and patents, trade names, trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements obtained through business acquisitions. Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives is calculated on a straight-line basis or using an accelerated method based on the following estimated useful lives:

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

1-12 years

Developed technology

 

6-12 years

Customer relationships

 

10 years

Non-compete agreements

 

5 years

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, definite-lived intangible assets, and right-of-use assets associated with the Company’s lease agreements. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance of the business in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends, and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets. When such an event occurs, the Company determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. The Company recorded impairment of $18,842 during the year ended December 31, 2024, and did not record any impairment of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2023 or 2022.

F-11


Table of Contents

 

Revenue Recognition

Product Revenue

The Company generates revenue through the sale of Advanced Wound Care and Surgical & Sports Medicine products. There is a single performance obligation in all of the Company’s contracts, which is the Company’s promise to transfer the Company’s product to customers based on specific payment and shipping terms in the arrangement. The entire transaction price is allocated to this single performance obligation. Product revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of the Company’s product which occurs at a point in time and may be upon shipment, procedure date, or delivery, based on the terms of the contract.

Reserves for Variable Consideration

Revenues from product sales are recorded net of reserves for variable consideration which includes but is not limited to product return, discounts, rebates and GPO fees that are offered within contracts between the Company and its customers relating to the Company’s sales of its products. These reserves are based on the amounts earned or to be claimed by its customers on the related sales and are recorded as a reduction of accounts receivable or an establishment of a liability. Where appropriate, these estimates take into consideration a range of possible outcomes which are probability-weighted for relevant factors such as the Company’s historical experience, current contractual and statutory requirements, specific known market events and trends, industry data and forecasted customer buying and payment patterns. Overall, these reserves reflect the Company’s best estimates of the amount of consideration to which it is entitled based on the terms of the contract and is included in the net sales price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of the cumulative revenue recognized will not occur in a future period. Actual amounts of consideration ultimately paid may differ from the Company’s estimates. If actual results vary from the Company’s estimates, the Company adjusts these estimates, which would affect net product revenue and earnings in the period such variances become known.

Product Returns

Consistent with industry practice, the Company generally offers customers a limited right of return for product purchased. The Company estimates the amount of its product sales that may be returned by its customers and records this estimate as a reduction of revenue in the period in which the related product revenue is recognized. The Company currently estimates product return reserves using its historical return rates as well as factors that it becomes aware of that it believes could significantly impact its expected returns, including product recalls, pricing changes, or changes in reimbursement rates. The Company does not record an asset for the returned product as the product is discarded upon receipt.

Rebates and Allowances

The Company provides certain customers with rebates and allowances that are explicitly stated in the Company’s contracts, resulting in a reduction of revenue and the establishment of a liability that is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in the period the related product revenue is recognized.

GPO Fees

The Company pays fees to GPOs for administrative services that the GPOs perform in connection with the purchases of the product by the GPO members. These fees are based on a contractually-determined percentage of the Company’s applicable sales. The Company classifies these GPO fees as a reduction of revenue based on the substance of the relationship of all parties involved in the transaction.

Other Revenue Policies

Sales, value add, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue. The Company accounts for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated products. The Company records the related costs as part of the cost of goods sold.

The Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is such that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised products to the customer will be one year or less, which is the case with substantially all customers. The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

License and manufacturing agreement

F-12


Table of Contents

 

The Company licenses the rights to sell certain of its products, which are manufactured by third parties, including the trademarks and other license rights associated with such products. Payments to the third parties under these arrangements typically include one or more of the following: non-refundable, upfront license fees; manufacturing supply services and associated purchase commitments at specified prices; milestone payments; and royalties on future product sales. The Company allocates payments in these arrangements based on the relative fair value of the goods and services received, and recognizes the expenses associated with each good or service as it receives the associated benefit.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based awards granted to employees, non-employees, and directors based on the fair value of the awards on the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, the Company issues stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. The Company has not issued any stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions.

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for all share-based payments based upon the estimated grant-date fair value for the awards expected to ultimately vest.

The fair value of each restricted stock unit grant is based on the fair market value of the Company’s Class A common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company has been a public company for a short period of time, has limited public float and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information for its Class A common stock. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock price volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. The expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined utilizing the "simplified" method for awards that qualify as "plain-vanilla" options. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends on its Class A common stock and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Advertising costs were approximately $3,825, $5,225, and $4,812, for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses include personnel costs for the Company’s research and development personnel, expenses related to improvements in manufacturing processes, enhancements to the Company’s currently available products, and additional investments in the product and platform development pipeline. Research and development expenses also include expenses for clinical trials. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in the Company’s tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the consolidated financial statement and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The Company quarterly assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. In determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary, the Company analyzes both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets, including projected future taxable income, recent financial results and estimates of future reversals of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.

F-13


Table of Contents

 

The Company accounts for uncertain income tax positions recognized in the consolidated financial statements by applying a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any resulting tax reserves, or unrecognized tax benefits, that are considered appropriate as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The carrying values of accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other assets and liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The carrying values of outstanding borrowings under the Company’s debt arrangements (see Note 12, Long-Term Debt Obligations) approximate their fair values as determined based on a discounted cash flow model, which represents a Level 3 measurement.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements of Nonfinancial Assets

The Company estimates fair value to perform impairment tests on long-lived asset groups when required. The methodologies used to determine fair value in these circumstances are primarily based upon discounted cash flow models and the inputs to such models are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. If impaired, these assets or asset groups are measured and recorded at fair value within the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Classification and Accretion of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has classified the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Convertible Preferred Stock) outside of stockholders’ equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets because the holders of such stock have certain redemption and liquidation rights that, in certain situations, are not solely within the control of the Company and would require the redemption of the then-outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock. The Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemable in an amount equal to the original issue price per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, as specified in the Convertible Preferred Stock certificate of designation. The Company records periodic accretion to the values of its outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock such that its carrying value will be equal to the redemption value at the earliest redemption date. Adjustments to the carrying value of the Convertible Preferred Stock at each reporting date reduce additional paid-in capital. See Note 13, Convertible Preferred Stock.

Earnings per Share (EPS)

The Company applies the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in the undistributed earnings as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. The Company considers its Convertible Preferred Stock to be participating securities

F-14


Table of Contents

 

as, in the event a dividend is paid on its Class A common stock (common shares), the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive dividends on a basis consistent with the common stockholders. The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock are also entitled to residual value in liquidation. There is no allocation required under the two-class method during periods of loss since the participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company.

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding potentially dilutive common shares. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by adjusting net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to reallocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, including potentially dilutive common shares. For purposes of this calculation, Convertible Preferred Stock, unvested RSUs and options to purchase common stock are considered common stock equivalents. In periods in which the Company reports a net loss available to common stockholders, diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share available to common stockholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued as their effect is anti-dilutive. The Company calculates diluted net income (loss) per share using the treasury stock method which includes consideration of unrecognized compensation expense as additional proceeds.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at lease inception. A contract is or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company classifies leases at the lease commencement date as operating or finance leases and records a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets for all leases with an initial lease term of greater than 12 months. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, but payments are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has elected not to record a right-of-use asset or lease liability for leases with terms of 12 months or less.

A lease qualifies as a finance lease if any of the following criteria are met at the inception of the lease: (i) there is a transfer of ownership of the leased asset to the Company by the end of the lease term, (ii) the Company holds an option to purchase the leased asset that it is reasonably certain to exercise, (iii) the lease term is for a major part of the remaining economic life of the leased asset, (iv) the present value of the sum of lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the leased asset, or (v) the nature of the leased asset is specialized to the point that it is expected to provide the lessor no alternative use at the end of the lease term.

The Company enters into contracts that contain both lease and non-lease components. Non-lease components may include maintenance, utilities, and other operating costs. The Company combines the lease and non-lease components of fixed costs in its lease arrangements as a single lease component. When a contract contains more than one lease component, the Company allocates consideration in the contract to the separate lease and associated non-lease components based on the relative standalone selling price of the lease components within the contract.

Variable costs, such as utilities, common area maintenance, and maintenance programs for leased vehicles are not included in the measurement of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, but rather are expensed when the event determining the amount of variable consideration to be paid occurs.

The options to extend or terminate a lease are included in the lease terms when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the options. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets. Finance lease right-of-use assets are included in property and equipment, net, and the related liabilities are included in finance lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheets.

Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the leases. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the fixed lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The right-of-use assets also include any initial direct costs incurred and lease payments made at or before the commencement date and are reduced by lease incentives. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate to determine the present value of the lease payments for leases that do not have a readily determinable implicit discount rate. The Company’s incremental borrowing rate is the rate of interest that it would have to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term and amount in a similar economic environment. The Company determines the incremental borrowing rates for its leases by adjusting the risk-free interest rate with a credit risk premium corresponding to the Company’s credit rating, in consideration of the collateral and lease term.

F-15


Table of Contents

 

The Company records rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date until the end of the lease term. The Company records finance lease cost as a combination of the amortization expense for the leased assets and interest expense for the outstanding lease liabilities using the discount rate discussed above.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires public entities to disclose information about their reportable segments’ significant expenses and other segment items on an interim and annual basis. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to apply the disclosure requirements in ASU 2023-07, as well as all existing segment disclosures and reconciliation requirements in ASC 280. ASU 2023-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 for the year ended December 31, 2024. See Note 15, Segment Information.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires public entities to disclose specific categories in the effective tax rate reconciliation, as well as additional information for reconciling items that exceed a quantitative threshold. ASU 2023-09 also requires all entities to disclose income taxes paid disaggregated by federal, state and foreign taxes, and further disaggregated for specific jurisdictions that exceed 5% of total income taxes paid, among other expanded disclosures. ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2023-09 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This standard requires entities to provide additional disclosure regarding certain expenses presented within the statements of operations, and aims to improve such disclosures and address requests from investors for more detailed information about the types of expenses incurred by public entities. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2024-03 on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Correction of Immaterial Classification Error

Subsequent to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company determined that as of December 31, 2023, it had incorrectly classified $5,273 of accrued but unpaid lease obligations as current portion of operating lease obligations instead of as current portion of operating lease obligations - related party. As a result, the Company also incorrectly classified $5,273 of operating lease obligations, net of current portion as operating lease obligations, net of current portion - related party. These misclassifications have been corrected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and conform to the current period presentation of operating lease obligations. These reclassifications had no impact on reported results of operations, stockholders’ equity, cash flows, total current liabilities, or total liabilities.

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The following table sets forth revenue by product category:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Advanced Wound Care

 

$

453,639

 

 

$

405,514

 

 

$

422,231

 

Surgical and Sports Medicine

 

 

28,404

 

 

 

27,626

 

 

 

28,662

 

Total revenue

 

$

482,043

 

 

$

433,140

 

 

$

450,893

 

 

For all periods presented, net revenue generated outside the United States represented less than 1% of total net revenue.

For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company recorded GPO fees of $6,102, $5,623 and $6,654, respectively, as a direct reduction of revenue.

F-16


Table of Contents

 

4. Fair Value Measurement

During the second quarter of 2024, the Company determined that a purchased building and unfinished construction work had been impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $18,842 to record the building and unfinished construction work at its then fair value of $13,600 for impairment purposes. The Company determined the fair value of the building by estimating rental income, net of expenses to maintain the building over an anticipated lease term, as well as costs estimated to complete construction prior to commencement of the lease; these cash flows were then discounted over an anticipated lease term. The significant unobservable quantitative inputs to the fair value of the building at the time of the impairment are as follows:

Unobservable input

 

Range

 

Discount rate

 

 

8.0

%

Terminal capitalization rate

 

 

6.5

%

Operating expense ratio

 

24.3% - 32.9%

 

For more information, see Note 8, Property and Equipment, Net.

5. Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

119,437

 

 

$

88,859

 

Less - allowance for credit losses

 

 

(9,576

)

 

 

(6,860

)

 

$

109,861

 

 

$

81,999

 

 

The Company’s allowance for credit losses is comprised of the following:

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

$

6,362

 

Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of ASU 2016-13, net of tax

 

 

615

 

Additions

 

 

1,297

 

Write-offs

 

 

(1,414

)

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

$

6,860

 

Additions

 

 

3,938

 

Write-offs

 

 

(1,222

)

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

$

9,576

 

6. Inventories

Inventories, net of related reserves for excess and obsolescence, consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Raw materials

 

$

13,252

 

 

$

12,988

 

Work in process

 

 

923

 

 

 

810

 

Finished goods

 

 

12,044

 

 

 

14,455

 

 

 

$

26,219

 

 

$

28,253

 

 

Raw materials include various components used in the Company’s manufacturing process. The Company’s excess and obsolete inventory review process includes analysis of historical sales as compared to inventory levels and working with operations to maximize recovery of excess inventory. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company charged $8,210, $6,580, and $9,648, respectively, for inventory excess and obsolescence to cost of goods sold within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

F-17


Table of Contents

 

7. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Subscriptions

 

$

4,866

 

 

$

4,800

 

Prepaid research and development expenses

 

 

2,929

 

 

 

1,066

 

Prepaid licensing fee (Note 18)

 

 

3,301

 

 

 

2,368

 

Conferences and marketing expenses

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

945

 

Prepaid taxes

 

 

445

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

309

 

 

 

872

 

Other

 

 

228

 

 

 

318

 

Insurance

 

 

155

 

 

 

85

 

 

$

13,710

 

 

$

10,454

 

 

Deposits are funds held by vendors which are expected to be released within twelve months and therefore they are recorded as current assets.

8. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

63,342

 

 

$

60,819

 

Building

 

 

13,600

 

 

 

4,943

 

Furniture, computers and equipment

 

 

63,248

 

 

 

64,585

 

 

 

140,190

 

 

 

130,347

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(72,949

)

 

 

(73,186

)

Construction in progress

 

 

21,887

 

 

 

59,067

 

 

$

89,128

 

 

$

116,228

 

 

Depreciation expense was $13,623, $10,448 and $5,845, for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Construction in progress primarily represents improvements at the Company’s leased facilities in Canton and Norwood, Massachusetts, as well as costs incurred to implement the remaining modules of the company-wide enterprise resource planning (ERP) system.

During the second quarter of 2024, the Company placed certain modules of its ERP system into service, the costs of which had previously been capitalized as construction in progress and will be expensed over their anticipated useful life, currently estimated to be five years. At such time, the Company determined that certain other modules within the ERP system and other internal-use software had no future use, and accordingly the Company recorded a write down of $3,959 of costs related to this internal-use software.

During the second quarter of 2024, the Company decided to pursue the potential sale of a purchased building, located on the Company’s Canton, Massachusetts campus, on which it had previously paused construction work. The Company identified this change in expectation regarding the use of the building as an impairment indicator. The Company determined the asset group to be comprised of the building and associated construction, and performed the impairment assessment at the asset group level. The Company determined the impairment charge by comparing the fair value of the asset group to its book value and recorded an impairment charge of $18,842 related to the building and associated unfinished construction work, allocated to each asset class within the asset group based on its relative carrying value. See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company identified certain impairment triggers relating to its asset groups, which included incurred expenses in excess of planned expenses for the ERP implementation. The impairment triggers indicated that the Company’s long-lived assets might be impaired. The Company performed recoverability tests during the year ended December 31,

F-18


Table of Contents

 

2023. The estimated undiscounted cash flows directly attributable to the asset group exceeded the carrying value of the asset group. Therefore, the Company did not record any impairment related to its asset group as of December 31, 2023.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a charge of $4,200 for the sale and donation of some equipment related to the construction in progress in one of its Canton, Massachusetts facilities. The disposal was the result of a change in the design of the construction plan for the manufacturing facility and the determination that this equipment was no longer compatible with the ongoing design. During 2022, the Company decided to temporarily pause the construction of this manufacturing facility due to inflation and market conditions that adversely impacted construction projects across the biotechnology and life sciences industries. In connection with this decision, the Company recorded a charge of $632 as cancellation fees to various vendors. These charges were included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2022.

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill was $28,772 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. There was no impairment of goodwill recorded during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, or 2022.

Identifiable intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2024:

 

 

Original

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Book

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

Developed technology

 

$

32,620

 

 

$

(26,708

)

 

$

5,912

 

Customer relationship

 

 

10,690

 

 

 

(4,588

)

 

 

6,102

 

Patent

 

 

7,623

 

 

 

(7,623

)

 

 

 

Independent sales agency network

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

(4,500

)

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

(1,733

)

 

 

347

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

(903

)

 

 

107

 

Total

 

$

58,523

 

 

$

(46,055

)

 

$

12,468

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2023:

 

 

Original

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Net Book

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

Developed technology

 

$

32,620

 

 

$

(24,666

)

 

$

7,954

 

Customer relationship

 

 

10,690

 

 

 

(3,519

)

 

 

7,171

 

Patent

 

 

7,623

 

 

 

(7,623

)

 

 

 

Independent sales agency network

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

(4,500

)

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

(1,590

)

 

 

490

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

(754

)

 

 

256

 

Total

 

$

58,523

 

 

$

(42,652

)

 

$

15,871

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets, calculated on a straight-line basis or using an accelerated method, which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed, was $3,403, $4,918 and $4,883 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Estimated future annual amortization expense related to these intangible assets is as follows:

2025

 

$

3,323

 

2026

 

 

3,043

 

2027

 

 

2,283

 

2028

 

 

1,968

 

2029

 

 

1,094

 

Thereafter

 

 

757

 

Total

 

$

12,468

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

 

10. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Personnel costs

 

$

23,836

 

 

$

18,287

 

Royalties

 

 

7,381

 

 

 

3,075

 

Accrued but unpaid lease obligations and interest (Note 17)

 

 

 

 

 

2,326

 

Accrued milestone payment (Note 20)

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

2,500

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

4,286

 

 

 

2,799

 

Other

 

 

1,450

 

 

 

1,087

 

 

$

39,453

 

 

$

30,074

 

 

11. Restructuring

In order to reduce the Company’s cost structure and improve operating efficiency, the Company consolidated its manufacturing operations in various locations into Massachusetts facilities.

On October 21, 2020, the Company committed to a plan to restructure the workforce and operations in its La Jolla, California facilities. The restructuring involved 65 employees and was substantially completed as of December 31, 2021, with certain facility and storage activities continuing through 2024. On March 9, 2022, the Company committed to a plan to restructure the workforce and operations in its Birmingham, Alabama facilities. The restructuring involved approximately 25 employees and was substantially completed as of December 31, 2022, with minimal expenses incurred in 2023.

On February 3, 2023, the Company committed to a plan to restructure its workforce to increase productivity and enhance profitability. The reduction in force reduced the Company’s headcount by 71 employees, or approximately 7% of all employees. The Company incurred total employee-related charges of $1,609 in connection with the restructuring, primarily consisting of severance payments. It was substantially completed as of March 31, 2023.

On October 27, 2023, the Company committed to a plan to restructure its workforce to increase productivity and enhance profitability. The reduction in force reduced the Company’s headcount by 49 employees, or approximately 5% of all employees. The Company incurred a total charge of $1,820 in the fourth quarter of 2023, primarily consisting of severance payments.

As a result of the restructuring activities, the Company incurred pre-tax charges of $0, $3,796 and $2,268 in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. These charges were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The liability related to the restructuring activities was $0 and $904 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and was included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The following table provides a rollforward of the restructuring liability.

 

 

 

Employee

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Liability balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

1,192

 

Expenses

 

 

3,429

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

3,796

 

Cash distributions

 

 

(3,535

)

 

 

(549

)

 

 

(4,084

)

Liability balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

904

 

 

 

 

 

 

904

 

Cash distributions and other adjustments

 

 

(904

)

 

 

 

 

 

(904

)

Liability balance as of December 31, 2024

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

 

12. Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Term loan

 

 

 

 

 

66,563

 

Less debt discount and debt issuance cost

 

 

 

 

 

(332

)

Term loan, net of debt discount and debt issuance cost

 

$

 

 

$

66,231

 

 

2021 Credit Agreement

In August 2021, the Company, as borrower, its subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), and the several other lenders thereto (collectively, the Lenders) entered into a credit agreement, as amended (the 2021 Credit Agreement), providing for a term loan facility not to exceed $75,000 (the Term Loan Facility) and a revolving credit facility not to exceed $125,000 (the Revolving Facility and, together with the Term Loan Facility, the Facilities). In November 2024, the Company and the Lenders amended the 2021 Credit Agreement to allow for the issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock, and to require the repayment of the Term Loan Facility within one business day of such issuance, among other terms (the 2024 Amendment).

The Company’s obligations to the Lenders are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including intellectual property. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are defined as set forth in the 2021 Credit Agreement, as amended by the 2024 Amendment.

Advances made under the 2021 Credit Agreement were either SOFR Loans or ABR Loans, at the Company’s option. For SOFR Loans, the interest rate was a per annum interest rate equal to the Adjusted Term SOFR plus an Applicable Margin between 2.00% to 3.25% based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio. For ABR Loans, the interest rate was equal to (1) the highest of (a) the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Adjusted Term SOFR rate plus 1.0%, plus (2) an Applicable Margin between 1.00% to 2.25% based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio.

The 2021 Credit Agreement required the Company to make consecutive quarterly installment payments equal to the following: (a) from September 30, 2021 through and including June 30, 2022, $469; (b) from September 30, 2022 through and including June 30, 2023, $938; (c) from September 30, 2023 through and including June 30, 2025, $1,406 and (d) from September 30, 2025 and the last day of each quarter thereafter until August 6, 2026 (the Term Loan Maturity Date), $1,875. The Company prepaid the Term Loan Facility in November 2024, and amounts borrowed under the Term Loan Facility may not be re-borrowed.

The Company must pay in arrears, on the first day of each quarter prior to August 6, 2026 (the Revolving Termination Date) and on the Revolving Termination Date, a fee for the Company’s non-use of available funds (the Commitment Fee). The Commitment Fee rate is between 0.25% to 0.45% based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio. The Company may elect to reduce or terminate the Revolving Facility in its entirety at any time by repaying all outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest.

Under the 2021 Credit Agreement as amended by the 2024 Amendment, the Company is required to comply with certain financial covenants including the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, tested quarterly. In addition, the Company is also required to make representations and warranties and comply with certain non-financial covenants that are customary in loan agreements of this type, including restrictions on the payment of dividends, repurchase of stock, incurrence of indebtedness, dispositions and acquisitions.

The Company recorded debt issuance costs and related fees of $604 in connection with entering into the Term Loan Facility, which were recorded as a reduction of the carrying value of the Term Loan Facility on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the Term Loan Facility. Upon repayment of the Term Loan Facility, the remaining balance of these debt issuance costs of $215 was recorded as a loss on debt extinguishment in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. In connection with entering into the Revolving Facility, the Company recorded debt issuance costs and related fees of $1,223, which are recorded as other assets and are being amortized to interest expense through the maturity date of the Revolving Facility.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $0 and $66,563 under the Term Loan Facility, respectively, and $0 under the Revolving Facility with $125,000 available for future revolving borrowings.

F-21


Table of Contents

 

13. Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 12, 2024, the Company entered into a subscription agreement (Subscription Agreement) with Avista Healthcare Partners III, L.P. (Avista Onshore) and AHP III Orchestra Holdings, L.P. (together with Avista Onshore, the Investors, and each an Investor and now related parties of the Company) pursuant to which the Investors purchased 130,000 shares of the Company’s newly-created Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for a purchase price of $1,000 per share, or aggregate gross proceeds of $130,000 to the Company, prior to deduction of commissions, fees and expenses (Offering). The net proceeds will be used to fund strategic growth initiatives including, but not limited to, operating and commercial activities, clinical development programs, working capital, capital expenditures, debt repayment and for general corporate purposes. In addition, $25,479 of the net proceeds were used to fund the repurchase of an aggregate of 7,921,731 shares of Class A common stock from certain existing stockholders of the Company. See Note 14, Stockholders’ Equity.

The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting

The Convertible Preferred Stock is subject to certain transfer restrictions, and contain terms regarding anti-dilution, liquidation preference, and preemptive rights, and its holders vote together with the Class A common stock on an as-converted basis. The Preferred Stockholders are entitled to elect one member and one observer to the Company’s Board of Directors, subject to the terms of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

Dividends

Holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to a regular dividend at the rate of 8.0% per annum, compounding and payable quarterly in kind or in cash, at the Company’s election, subject to the 19.99% ownership limitations described below. Any accrued but unpaid dividends will become part of the liquidation preference of such share, as set forth in the Certificate of Designation. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had not paid any dividends in cash, and all such dividends had been accrued and added to the liquidation preference of each share.

Conversion and Cash-In-Lieu Payments

Pursuant to the Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Certificate of Designation), each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 263.7358 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided therein. Until the Company receives stockholder approval, as contemplated by Nasdaq listing rules, with respect to the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock in excess of the limitations imposed by such rules, holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock (Preferred Stockholders) cannot convert the Convertible Preferred Stock into a number of shares of Class A common stock in excess of 26,502,042 shares, which represents 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at the time of signing the Subscription Agreement, or to the extent such conversion will result in a Preferred Stockholder beneficially owning greater than 19.99% of the Company’s then-outstanding shares. If, prior to receipt of the stockholder approval, a Preferred Stockholder elects to convert any Convertible Preferred Stock that would result in the issuance, when aggregated with the number of shares previously issued upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, of more than 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the Subscription Agreement, then the Company will, in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock, pay the Preferred Stockholder a cash amount equal to the product of the number of shares of Common Stock that could not be issued due to such limitation and the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Common Stock as of the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date (Cash-in-Lieu Payments), which Cash-in-Lieu Payments shall be paid no later than November 4, 2026, together with accrued interest of 10% per annum, to the extent an earlier cash payment is prohibited pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Credit Agreement, as amended by the 2024 Amendment.

The Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the Company after the second anniversary of issuance if the closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 200% of the conversion price for twenty trading days out of a period of thirty consecutive trading days.

Liquidation

The Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to shares of Class A common stock with respect to payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The Convertible Preferred Stock initially had a

F-22


Table of Contents

 

liquidation preference of $1,000 per share; provided that the liquidation preference upon a change of control on or before November 12, 2026 will be increased to be no less than $1,500 per share.

Redemption

The Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the Preferred Stockholders at any time after November 12, 2031, for the amount of the then-applicable liquidation preference per share, plus accrued but unpaid dividends.

Upon issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company assessed the embedded conversion and liquidation features of the securities and determined that such features did not require the Company to separately account for these features. The Company also concluded that no beneficial conversion feature existed on the issuance date of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

The Company recorded the Convertible Preferred Stock at its fair value at the date of issuance, $130,000, net of issuance costs of $9,379, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity. The SEC’s Accounting Series Release No. 268 (ASR 268), which requires preferred securities that are redeemable for cash or other assets to be classified outside of permanent equity if they are redeemable (i) at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date, (ii) at the option of the holder, or (iii) upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer. The Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the holder, and accordingly the Company classified the Convertible Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity.

The Company recognizes changes in the redemption value of the Convertible Preferred Stock, which include accretion of the associated issuance costs and accrual of unpaid dividends using the effective interest method, over the period from the issuance date to the earliest redemption date, November 12, 2031. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company increased the carrying value of the Convertible Preferred Stock by $1,798 which resulted in a corresponding decrease to additional paid-in-capital during the same period.

14. Stockholders’ Equity

In November 2024, the Company repurchased 7,421,731 shares of Class A common stock from certain existing stockholders of the Company, including certain of its directors and their affiliates, at a price per share equal to $3.1597, which represents the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of market close on November 11, 2024, pursuant to stock repurchase agreements entered into on November 12, 2024 between the Company and such stockholders (Stock Repurchase Agreements and each stock repurchase thereunder, a Repurchase). Also in November 2024, the Company repurchased 500,000 shares of Class A common stock from an existing stockholder, an entity beneficially owned by a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, at a price per share equal to $4.057, which represents the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Common Stock as of market close on November 26, 2024, pursuant to a stock repurchase agreement entered into on November 27, 2024 between the Company and such stockholder (Additional Stock Repurchase Agreement).

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the issued shares of Class A common stock include 728,548 treasury shares that were reacquired in connection with the redemption of redeemable shares in March 2019. The 7,921,731 shares of Class A common stock repurchased in November 2024 pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Agreements and the Additional Stock Repurchase Agreement were retired and returned to authorized and unissued status.

Each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote. Class A common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the Board of Directors to the extent permissible under the 2021 Credit Agreement as amended by the 2024 Amendment. Through December 31, 2024, no cash dividends have been declared or paid.

15. Share-Based Compensation

Stock Incentive Plans-the 2018 Plan

On November 28, 2018, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted, and on December 10, 2018, the Company’s stockholders approved, the Organogenesis 2018 Equity and Incentive Plan (the 2018 Plan). The purposes of the 2018 Plan are to provide long-term incentives and rewards to the Company’s employees, officers, directors and other key persons (including consultants), to attract and retain persons with the requisite experience and ability, and to more closely align the interests of such employees, officers, directors and other key persons with the interests of the Company’s stockholders.

F-23


Table of Contents

 

The 2018 Plan authorizes the Company’s Board of Directors or a committee of not less than two independent directors (in either case, the Administrator) to grant the following types of awards: non-statutory stock options; incentive stock options; restricted stock awards; restricted stock units; stock appreciation rights; unrestricted stock awards; performance share awards; and dividend equivalent rights. The 2018 Plan is administered by the Company’s Board of Directors.

At the adoption of the 2018 Plan, a total of 9,198,996 shares of Class A common stock was authorized to be issued (subject to adjustment in the case of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or similar change in capitalization of the Company). In June 2022, the 2018 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance by 7,826,970 shares. In June 2024, the 2018 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance by 15,900,000 shares.

Stock Incentive Plans-the 2003 Plan

The Organogenesis 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2003 Plan), provided for the Company to issue restricted stock awards, or to grant incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Incentive stock options were granted only to the Company’s employees. Restricted stock awards and non-statutory stock options were granted to employees, members of the Board of Directors, outside advisors and consultants of the Company.

Effective December 10, 2018, no additional awards may be made under the 2003 Plan and as a result (i) any shares in respect of stock options that are expired or terminated under the 2003 Plan without having been fully exercised will not be available for future awards; (ii) any shares in respect of restricted stock that are forfeited to, or otherwise repurchased by the Company, will not be available for future awards; and (iii) any shares of Class A common stock that are tendered to the Company by a participant to exercise an award will not be available for future awards.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock options awarded under the stock incentive plans expire 10 years after the grant date and typically vest over four or five years. Restricted stock units awarded typically vest over four years.

During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $10,578, $8,996 and $6,552, respectively, within selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company granted 2,156,874 and 3,192,372 time-based restricted stock units to its employees, executives and the Board of Directors. Each restricted stock unit represents the contingent right to receive one share of the Company’s Class A common stock. The fair value of the restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.

The activity of restricted stock units is set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

of Shares

 

 

Fair Value

 

Unvested at December 31, 2023

 

 

3,898,331

 

 

$

3.54

 

Granted

 

 

2,156,874

 

 

$

3.36

 

Vested

 

 

(1,434,809

)

 

$

3.67

 

Canceled/Forfeited

 

 

(91,066

)

 

$

4.16

 

Unvested at December 31, 2024

 

 

4,529,330

 

 

$

3.40

 

As of December 31, 2024, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock units expected to vest was $8,316 and the weighted average remaining recognition period for unvested awards was 2.46 years.

F-24


Table of Contents

 

Stock Options

The stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were 2,640,601 and 3,554,528, respectively. The assumptions that the Company used to determine the grant-date fair value of stock options granted during these periods are as follows, presented on a weighted-average basis:

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.27

%

 

 

4.00

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

6.21

 

 

 

6.25

 

Expected volatility

 

 

52.24

%

 

 

51.00

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Underlying stock price

 

$

3.43

 

 

$

2.47

 

 

These assumptions resulted in an estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 of $1.89 and $1.32, respectively.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity since December 31, 2023:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

Term

 

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in years)

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2023

 

 

9,340,046

 

 

$

4.60

 

 

 

6.66

 

 

$

10,267

 

Granted

 

 

2,640,601

 

 

$

3.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,225,435

)

 

$

1.02

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,044

 

Canceled / forfeited

 

 

(191,332

)

 

$

3.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2024

 

 

10,563,880

 

 

$

4.74

 

 

 

7.26

 

 

$

2,521

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2024

 

 

4,419,875

 

 

$

5.89

 

 

 

5.68

 

 

$

715

 

Options vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2024

 

 

9,709,088

 

 

$

4.86

 

 

 

7.14

 

 

$

2,278

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company’s Class A common stock for those stock options that have exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s Class A common stock.

The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $4,136 and $3,117, respectively.

As of December 31, 2024, the total unrecognized stock compensation expense was $6,514 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.33 years.

F-25


Table of Contents

 

16. Segment Information

The Company offers a comprehensive portfolio of regenerative medicine products. The Company organizes its products into two product categories, Advanced Wound Care (AWC) and Surgical & Sports Medicine (SSM), which serve two adjacent markets. Many of the Company’s products are clinically interchangeable and certain products are categorized as both AWC and SSM products. The Company’s products all contain regenerative medicine technologies and have the same customers and target market, require similar raw materials and commercial infrastructure, and exist within the same regulatory environment.

The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews consolidated gross profit and operating results to assess the overall performance of the Company, and make decisions to allocate resources among the consolidated entity. The CODM uses both gross profit and net income (loss) for the consolidated entity in the annual budget and forecasting process, and considers budget-to-actual variances in gross profit and operating expenses on a quarterly basis when making decisions about the allocation of operating and capital resources to each predominant business activity (research and development, capital expenditure, and employee headcount and compensation).

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Net revenue

 

$

482,043

 

 

$

433,140

 

 

$

450,893

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

115,741

 

 

 

106,481

 

 

 

105,019

 

Clinical expense

 

 

23,614

 

 

 

19,377

 

 

 

15,156

 

Salaries, wages, and other compensation (a)

 

 

181,773

 

 

 

177,396

 

 

 

179,947

 

Other segment items (b)

 

 

160,054

 

 

 

124,941

 

 

 

135,239

 

Segment net income

 

 

861

 

 

 

4,945

 

 

 

15,532

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of segment net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciling items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net income

 

$

861

 

 

$

4,945

 

 

$

15,532

 

 

(a) Salaries, wages, and other compensation includes: commissions, share-based compensation, and payroll taxes and benefits.

(b) Other segment items includes: impairment of property and construction, write down of capitalized internal-use software costs, internal technology, rent and other facilities expense, royalty expense, travel and entertainment expense, marketing expense, depreciation and amortization, and interest expense.

17. Income Taxes

The components of the income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

5,127

 

 

$

1,275

 

 

$

178

 

State

 

 

1,913

 

 

 

2,157

 

 

 

2,575

 

Foreign

 

 

11

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

17

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

7,051

 

 

 

3,435

 

 

 

2,770

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(8,193

)

 

 

3,311

 

 

 

5,446

 

State

 

 

(2,553

)

 

 

(1,312

)

 

 

(3,466

)

Foreign

 

 

27

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(10,719

)

 

 

2,012

 

 

 

1,980

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(3,668

)

 

$

5,447

 

 

$

4,750

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

 

On a periodic basis, the Company reassesses the valuation allowance on its deferred income tax assets, weighing positive and negative evidence to assess the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. The Company determined that its net U.S. deferred tax assets did not require a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $7,441, expiring from the year ended December 31, 2027 through 2038. The Company had state research and development tax credits of approximately $1,078, expiring in the year ended December 31, 2038.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

2,455

 

State

 

 

489

 

 

 

665

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Capitalized research and development

 

 

24,250

 

 

 

17,608

 

Operating leases

 

 

10,326

 

 

 

12,503

 

Property and equipment

 

 

4,084

 

 

 

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2,661

 

 

 

1,699

 

Other

 

 

7,107

 

 

 

6,404

 

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

 

49,995

 

 

 

41,338

 

Property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

(1,493

)

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(9,251

)

 

 

(10,002

)

Intangibles

 

 

(1,282

)

 

 

(1,841

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

39,462

 

 

$

28,002

 

The Company has not recorded withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of its Swiss subsidiary because it is the Company’s intent to reinvest such earnings indefinitely.

Ownership changes, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, may limit the amount of net operating losses and research and development tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. Subsequent ownership changes could further affect the limitation in future years. The Company completed an analysis and determined that it had not experienced an ownership change during the periods 2001 through 2024.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% and the reported consolidated income tax benefit (expense) are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

Federal valuation allowance

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

State valuation allowance

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Return to provision and other adjustments

 

 

34.1

%

 

 

(1.4

%)

 

 

(1.6

%)

Prior period correction

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(8.5

%)

Executive compensation limited by 162(m)

 

 

(24.8

%)

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

3.1

%

State and local income taxes

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

8.8

%

 

 

6.8

%

Meals and entertainment

 

 

(3.8

%)

 

 

5.9

%

 

 

0.0

%

Nondeductible lobbying expenses

 

 

(6.4

%)

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

0.4

%

Stock-based compensation

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

0.3

%

Foreign rate differential

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

(0.1

%)

 

 

0.1

%

Uncertain tax position reserves

 

 

22.1

%

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

0.3

%

Nondeductible fringe benefits

 

 

(4.5

%)

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

0.4

%

State credits

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

0.9

%

Other nondeductible expenses

 

 

(0.9

%)

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

0.2

%

Research and development credits

 

 

147.9

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Nondeductible transaction costs

 

 

(70.2

%)

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Effective income tax rate

 

 

130.5

%

 

 

52.4

%

 

 

23.4

%

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits is $2,030, $2,837 and $2,642, as of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

A tabular roll forward of the Company’s uncertainties in its income tax provision liability is presented below:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Gross balance at beginning of year

 

$

1,619

 

 

$

1,632

 

 

$

1,612

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current period

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

206

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(746

)

 

 

(126

)

 

 

(186

)

Gross balance at end of year

 

$

873

 

 

$

1,619

 

 

$

1,632

 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal and state jurisdictions and Switzerland. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state, local or foreign examinations for years prior to December 31, 2020. However, carryforward attributes that were generated prior to December 31, 2020 may still be adjusted upon examination by state or local tax authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period.

The Company recognizes interest and penalty-related expenses in tax expenses. The Company recorded $11 and $500 of interest for uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is classified in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. These amounts are not reflected in the reconciliation above.

F-28


Table of Contents

 

18. Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS)

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of the basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to the Class A common stockholders is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

861

 

 

$

4,945

 

 

$

15,532

 

Accretion of Convertible Preferred Stock to redemption value

 

 

(412

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative dividend on Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

(1,386

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax on above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

 

$

(937

)

 

$

4,945

 

 

$

15,532

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding —basic

 

 

131,673,278

 

 

 

131,231,317

 

 

 

130,070,231

 

Dilutive effect of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

710,813

 

 

 

149,215

 

Dilutive effect of options

 

 

 

 

 

804,597

 

 

 

2,163,706

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

 

 

131,673,278

 

 

 

132,746,727

 

 

 

132,383,152

 

Earnings per share—basic

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.12

 

Earnings per share—diluted

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, outstanding stock-based awards of 15,092,510, 3,147,503 and 3,445,191, respectively, were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2024, 25,133,474 shares of common stock available upon conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were anti-dilutive.

19. Leases

The Company’s leases consist primarily of real estate, equipment and vehicle leases.

The Company leases real estate for office, lab, warehouse and production space under noncancelable leases that expire at various dates through 2041, subject to the Company’s options to terminate or renew certain leases for an additional five to ten years.

The Company leases vehicles under operating leases for certain employees and has fleet services agreements for service on these vehicles. The minimum lease term for each newly leased vehicle is 367 days with renewal options. The Company may terminate the vehicle lease after the minimum lease term upon thirty days’ prior notice.

The Company also leases other equipment under noncancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2025, and certain equipment required for its cleanroom facilities under finance leases that expire in 2026.

On January 1, 2013, the Company entered into finance lease arrangements with 65 Dan Road SPE, LLC, 85 Dan Road Associates, LLC, Dan Road Equity I, LLC and 275 Dan Road SPE, LLC for office and laboratory space in Canton, Massachusetts (the Related-Party Leases). 65 Dan Road SPE, LLC, 85 Dan Road Associates, LLC, Dan Road Equity I, LLC and 275 Dan Road SPE, LLC are related parties as the owners of these entities are also directors, former directors and / or stockholders of the Company.

In August 2021, the Company purchased the building (the 275 Dan Road Building) under the lease with 275 Dan Road SPE, LLC for $6,013 and the lease was terminated. The Company recorded an asset of $4,943 to buildings within property and equipment, net, on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The remaining three Related-Party Leases were set to terminate on December 31, 2022 and each contained a renewal option for a five-year period with a rental rate at the greater of (i) rent for the last year of the prior term, or (ii) the then fair market value. In November 2021, the Company exercised the option to extend the leases for an additional five years, and at such time, remeasured the right of use assets and lease liabilities based on its best estimate of the market rental rate in the renewal period and reassessed the classification for these leases. As a result, these leases were reclassified from finance leases to operating leases on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021. In December 2022, the Company and the landlord finalized the market rental rate in the renewal period for these properties, resulting in an additional $8,060 to be recorded as variable lease expenses over the renewal period.

F-29


Table of Contents

 

Effective April 1, 2019, the Company agreed to accrue interest on accrued but unpaid lease obligations owed for rent in arrears to the owners of the buildings subject to the Related-Party Leases, at an interest rate equal to the rate charged under the 2019 Credit Agreement. The Company repaid the remaining accrued but unpaid lease obligations and associated accrued interest in installments throughout 2024. The accrued but unpaid lease obligations as well as the related accrued interest with respect to the remaining three Related-Party Leases are shown below:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Principal portion of rent in arrears

 

$

 

 

$

5,273

 

Accrued interest on accrued but unpaid lease obligations

 

$

 

 

$

2,326

 

The accrued but unpaid lease obligations owed for rent in arrears was included in current portion of operating lease obligations, other than the balance related to the 275 Dan Road Building, which was included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, as of December 31, 2023. The accrued interest on the accrued but unpaid lease obligations was included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023.

In November 2024, the Company entered into a lease for a facility in Smithfield, Rhode Island, comprising manufacturing and office space (Smithfield Facility). The initial lease term is approximately sixteen years, with two ten-year renewal options, not considered probable of exercise at lease inception, and a right of first offer to purchase the Smithfield Facility in the event that its owner markets it for sale. The undiscounted minimum lease payments are $102,645, and the Company is entitled to a tenant improvement allowance of up to $18,376 for its planned build out of the manufacturing space, expected to be completed in fiscal 2027. The lease of the office space commenced at lease inception, and in connection therewith, the Company recorded a right-of-use asset and associated lease liability of $3,425. The Company has unilateral right to terminate the lease for a payment to the landlord of $1,250 in the event it does not secure certain anticipated state and local tax incentives by March 31, 2025.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company terminated an existing agreement for the rental of certain medical garments. The Company recorded a loss of $559 in connection with the lease termination.

The components of lease cost were as follows:

 

 

 

Classification

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2023

 

Finance lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

COGS and SG&A

 

$

1,151

 

 

$

479

 

   Interest on lease liabilities

 

Interest Expense

 

 

197

 

 

 

137

 

Total finance lease cost

 

 

 

 

1,348

 

 

 

616

 

Operating lease cost

 

COGS, R&D, SG&A

 

 

9,474

 

 

 

10,052

 

Short-term lease cost

 

COGS, R&D, SG&A

 

 

2,893

 

 

 

2,921

 

Variable lease cost

 

COGS, R&D, SG&A

 

 

6,615

 

 

 

5,595

 

Total lease cost

 

 

 

$

20,330

 

 

$

19,184

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to finance leases was as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

$

3,454

 

 

$

3,454

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,631

)

 

 

(479

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

1,823

 

 

$

2,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of finance lease obligations

 

$

1,170

 

 

$

1,081

 

Finance lease obligations, net of current portion

 

 

718

 

 

 

1,888

 

Total finance lease liabilities

 

$

1,888

 

 

$

2,969

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2024

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2023

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Operating cash flows for operating leases

 

$

14,962

 

 

$

10,401

 

   Operating cash flows for finance leases

 

$

197

 

 

$

137

 

   Financing cash flows for finance leases

 

$

1,081

 

 

$

485

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Finance leases

 

 

1.58

 

 

 

2.58

 

   Operating leases

 

 

7.04

 

 

 

6.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2024

 

 

2023

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Finance leases

 

 

7.91

%

 

 

7.91

%

   Operating leases

 

 

4.91

%

 

 

4.71

%

As of December 31, 2024, the maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

Finance leases

 

2025

 

$

11,119

 

 

$

1,278

 

2026

 

 

11,955

 

 

 

737

 

2027

 

 

13,586

 

 

 

 

2028

 

 

9,210

 

 

 

 

2029

 

 

9,475

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

91,341

 

 

 

 

Total lease payments

 

 

146,686

 

 

 

2,015

 

Less: interest

 

 

(8,330

)

 

 

(127

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

138,356

 

 

$

1,888

 

 

20. Commitments and Contingencies

License and Manufacturing Agreement

In November 2023, the Company entered into a trademark license and manufacturing agreement with Vivex Biologics, Inc. (Vivex) to sell its CYGNUS Dual (Dual) and CYGNUS Matrix (Matrix) products, with the option to license the VIA Matrix (VIA) products. In March 2024, the Company exercised the option to license VIA, and accordingly in July 2024, entered into the first amendment to the trademark license and manufacturing agreement (together with the original agreement, the Vivex Agreement).

The Company paid an upfront licensing fee to Vivex to sell Dual and Matrix, and also agreed to pay a fixed milestone payment for Dual in the event that its average sales price (ASP) is published by certain government agencies for a specified period of time, which the Company determined was probable. Additionally, the Company pays a low double-digit royalty on the Net Sales of Dual and VIA, and a high single-digit royalty on the Net Sales of Matrix, respectively, during the royalty term, as defined in the Vivex Agreement. The royalty term is commensurate with the initial term of the contract and will continue for each subsequent renewal period. The initial term of the agreement expires on December 31, 2026 and can be renewed for up to five additional one-year terms.

The Company recorded $5,000 in prepaid and other current assets and other assets for the payment of the upfront licensing fee, which is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the arrangement, which the Company determined to be three years, commensurate with the initial term of the contract. In December 2023, the Company recorded $2,500 in prepaid and other current assets, other assets, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities for the milestone payment, which it remitted in

F-31


Table of Contents

 

January 2025. The Company remitted the option payment of $5,000 for VIA in April 2024. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, $3,158 and $3,158 is recorded in prepaid and other current assets and $2,368 and $4,737 is recorded in other assets, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the upfront licensing fees and milestone payment.

Royalties

The Company entered into a license agreement with a university for certain patent rights related to the development, use and production of one of its advanced wound care products. Under this agreement, the Company incurred a royalty based on a percentage of net product sales, for the use of these patents until the patents expired, which was in November 2006. In December 2024, the Company no longer contractually owed the royalties of $1,187 it had accrued, and accordingly at such time recorded an adjustment of $(1,187) in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, accrued royalties totaled $0 and $1,187 respectively, and were classified as part of accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. There was no royalty expense incurred during the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022, related to this agreement.

In October 2017, the Company entered into a license agreement with a third party. Under the license agreement, the Company is required to pay royalties based on a percentage of net sales of the licensed product that occur, after December 31, 2017, through the expiration of the underlying patent in October 2026, subject to minimum royalty payment provisions.

The Company recorded $24,736, $5,456, and $7,279 in total royalty expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, within selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Legal Matters

In conducting its activities, the Company, from time to time, is subject to various claims and also has claims against others. In management’s opinion, the ultimate resolution of such claims would not have a material effect on the financial position, operating results or cash flows of the Company. The Company accrues for these claims when amounts due are probable and estimable.

Other Commitments

As of December 31, 2024, we had commitments totaling $26,303 that are legally binding and enforceable. These commitments include purchase obligations for goods and services.

21. Related Party Transactions

Lease obligations to affiliates, including accrued but unpaid lease obligations, purchase of an asset under a finance lease with an affiliate, and renewal of leases with affiliates are further described in Note 19, Leases.

In November 2024, the Company repurchased 7,921,731 shares of Class A common stock from certain existing stockholders of the Company, including certain of its directors and their affiliates. These transactions are further described in Note 14, Stockholders’ Equity.

22. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") for the United States employees. Under the Plan, eligible employees may contribute, subject to statutory limitations, a percentage of their salary to the Plan. Contributions made by the Company are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors and vest immediately. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company made employer contributions of $6,885, $7,430 and $6,601, respectively.

F-32


 

Exhibit 4.1

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

The following summary describes the capital stock of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our”) and the material provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (“restated certificate of incorporation”), our certificate of designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“certificate of designations”) and our bylaws, the amended and restated registration rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties (the “amended and restated registration rights agreement”), the subscription agreement to which we and the holders of our Convertible Preferred Stock (as defined below) are parties (the “subscription agreement”), and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation, our certificate of designations, our bylaws, the amended and restated registration rights agreement and the subscription agreement, copies of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2024, we had Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “ORGO.”

Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended to date, authorizes the issuance of 421,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) 420,000,000 shares of common stock, including 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 130,000 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”). As of December 31, 2024, there were 125,730,236 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, no shares of Class B common stock were outstanding and 130,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock were outstanding. The outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Convertible Preferred Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Power

Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A common stock possess all voting power for the election of our directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action and will at all times vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.

Dividends

Holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors (the “Board”) in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all of our assets of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of our creditors have been satisfied.

 


 

Preemptive or Other Rights

Our stockholders have no preemptive, conversion or other subscription rights and there will be no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to our Class A common stock.

Election of Directors

Under our restated certificate of incorporation, the Board consists of a single class, with all directors serving until our next annual meeting. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that, other than as set forth below under the heading “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock – Director Designation and Board Observer Rights”, directors will be elected by a majority of the votes cast at an annual meeting of stockholders by holders of our Class A common stock.

Preferred Stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides for 1,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our Board were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our stockholders, our Board could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our restated certificate of incorporation grants our Board broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of Class A common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

On November 12, 2024, in connection with our entry into the subscription agreement, we filed a certificate of designations with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, designating 130,000 shares out of the authorized but unissued shares of our preferred stock as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The following is a summary of the principal terms of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock:

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

Voting Power

Holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock are generally entitled to vote with the holders of the shares of Class A common stock on all matters submitted for a vote of holders of shares of Class A common stock (voting together with the holders of shares of Class A common stock as one class) on an as-converted basis, subject to the Ownership Limitations (as defined below). Certain matters require the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock as a separate class, including (i) any amendment, modification, repeal or waiver of any provision of our restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws or of the certificate of designations that would amend, modify or otherwise fail to give effect to the rights of the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the certificate of designations, (ii) any increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, except as permitted in the certificate of designations, (iii) the creation of any new class or series of equity securities (including any additional class or series of preferred stock or any debt that is convertible into our equity securities or equity-linked securities) that would be senior or pari passu to the Convertible Preferred Stock in respect of liquidation preference or dividend rights or that would provide any unique governance rights to holders of such securities that are not existing rights of the holders of Class A common stock as of the date hereof, (iv) the declaration or payment of any dividend to holders of Class A common stock, (v) any increase to the size of our Board above 12 directors prior to our 2025 annual meeting of stockholders and after such annual meeting above 11 directors, (vi) incurrence by us and our subsidiaries of aggregate indebtedness in one or a series of transactions that would result in a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the certificate of designations) in excess of 3.5 to 1 or (vii) the entry into, or amendment or waiver of, any agreement by us or our subsidiaries that would prevent or delay us from complying, or impair the ability of us to comply, with our obligations to make the Cash-in-Lieu Payments (as defined below).

 


 

Dividends

The Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to the shares of the Class A common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. Holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to a regular dividend at the rate of 8.0% per annum, compounding and payable quarterly in kind or in cash, at our election. Any accrued but unpaid dividends will become part of the liquidation preference of such share, as set forth in the certificate of designations. In addition, no dividend or other distribution on the Class A common stock will be declared or paid on the Class A common stock unless, at the time of such declaration and payment, an equivalent dividend or distribution is declared and paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock.

Conversion

Subject to the terms and limitations contained in the certificate of designations, the Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder. However, until we receive stockholder approval (the “Requisite Stockholder Approval”), as contemplated by Nasdaq listing rules, with respect to the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock in excess of the limitations imposed by such rules, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock cannot convert the Convertible Preferred Stock into a number of shares of Class A common stock in excess of 26,502,042 shares, which represents 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the subscription agreement, or to the extent such conversion will result in a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock beneficially owning greater than 19.99% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock (such limitations, the “Ownership Limitations”). If, prior to receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock elects to convert any Convertible Preferred Stock that would result in the issuance, when aggregated with the number of shares previously issued upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, of more than 19.99% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock at the time of signing the subscription agreement, then we will, in lieu of issuing shares of Class A common stock, pay the holder of Convertible Preferred Stock a cash amount equal to the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock that could not be issued due to such limitation and the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of the trading day immediately prior to the conversion date (the “Cash-in-Lieu Payments”), which Cash-in-Lieu Payments shall be paid no later than November 5, 2026, together with accrued interest of 10% per annum from the conversion date through the date the Cash-in-Lieu Payment is received by the holder of Convertible Preferred Stock.

At any time after November 12, 2026, should the closing sale price per share of our Class A common stock exceed 200% of the Conversion Price (as defined in the certificate of designations) then in effect for at least 20 of 30 consecutive trading days, then we will have the right to mandatorily convert the Convertible Preferred Stock, subject to certain restrictions based on the liquidity of the Class A common stock. The initial conversion rate is 263.7358 shares of Class A common stock to be issued upon the conversion of each $1,000 of liquidation preference (the “Conversion Rate”). The implied Conversion Price is initially $3.7917 per share, which is a 20.0% premium to the 10-day trailing volume weighted average price of Class A common stock as of the full trading day prior to the execution of the subscription agreement. The Conversion Rate is subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, including in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar events. The Conversion Rate is also subject to adjustment for certain dilutive offerings at an effective price that is less than the then Conversion Price then in effect.

Redemption Rights

At any time after November 12, 2031, each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock has the right to require us to redeem all or any portion of the Convertible Preferred Stock for the then applicable liquidation preference, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. There are no restrictions on the repurchase or redemption of shares by us while there is any arrearage in the payment of dividends or sinking fund installments.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

The Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Class A common stock with respect to the distribution of assets upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The Convertible Preferred Stock initially has a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share; provided, that the liquidation preference upon a change of control of the Company on or before November 12, 2026, will be increased to be no less than $1,500 per share. Upon a liquidation, dissolution, winding up or change of control of the Company, holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are

 


 

entitled to receive the greater of (i) the sum of (a) the liquidation preference per share of Convertible Preferred Stock and (b) all unpaid dividends that will have accumulated on such share to, but excluding, the date of such payment, (ii) the amount the holder of Convertible Preferred Stock would have received if such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Class A common stock and (iii) in connection with a change of control of the Company on or before November 12, 2026, $1,500 per share of Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding.

Preemptive Rights

If we (or any of our subsidiaries) offer to issue or sell, or enter into any agreement providing for the issuance or sale of, any capital stock or securities convertible into our capital stock to any offeree, other than pursuant to certain customary exemptions, we must offer to sell to each holder of Convertible Preferred Stock, a pro rata portion of the new securities so that such holder may maintain their as-converted pro rata ownership percentages of the Company. Details regarding the notice requirements and procedures are set forth in the certificate of designations.

Director Designation and Board Observer Rights

Subject to customary conditions, at all times when the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock hold outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock convertible into shares of Class A common stock representing at least 5.0% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the holders of Convertible Stock, voting as a separate class, to appoint and elect one director, which director will also serve on each committee of the Board for which such director is qualified under applicable law and Nasdaq rules and regulations. Additionally, at all times the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock hold any outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock have a right to appoint one Board observer. At the holders’ option, following conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock will have the same director and Board observer election rights for so long as the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock hold shares of Class A common stock issued upon conversion representing at least 5.0% of our then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock.

Restrictions on Resale of Securities

Convertible Preferred Stock Transfer Restrictions

Shares of Convertible Preferred Stock may not be transferred, except for transfers (i) to affiliates of a holder, (ii) consisting of pro rata distributions to a holder’s limited partners or other holders of equity securities of a holder, (iii) to us or with our consent, (iv) in connection with any pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation in connection with any financing arrangements by the holder, (v) pursuant to a tender or exchange offer, merger, consolidation or recapitalization of or involving us, or (vi) after commencement of bankruptcy or other voluntary or involuntary insolvency proceeding or restructuring involving us.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), a person who has beneficially owned restricted Class A common stock or Convertible Preferred Stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been an affiliate of us at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are and have been subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the twelve months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted securities (including our Convertible Preferred Stock and Class A common stock) for at least six months but who are affiliates of us at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the total number of such securities then outstanding; or

 


 

the average weekly reported trading volume of such securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is generally not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;
the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and
at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

While we were formed as a shell company, since the completion of our business combination in December 2018, we are no longer a shell company. Accordingly, as long as the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will be available for the resale of restricted securities.

Registration Rights

At the closing of our business combination in December 2018, we, Avista Acquisition Corp. and certain of our stockholders entered into the amended and restated registration rights agreement. The stockholders party to the amended and restated registration rights agreement and their permitted transferees are entitled to certain registration rights described therein. Among other things, pursuant to the amended and restated registration rights agreement, these stockholders are entitled to participate in three demand registrations, and will also have certain “piggyback” registration rights with respect to registration statements, subject to cut-back provisions. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements, other than certain underwriting discounts, selling commissions and expenses related to the sale of shares. We filed a re-sale registration on Form S-3 pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated registration rights agreement on December 24, 2018 that was declared effective by the SEC on February 12, 2019.

In addition, the subscription agreement includes certain registration rights. Pursuant to the registration rights in the subscription agreement, we filed a registration statement on Form S-3 providing for the resale by the selling stockholders named therein of the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the subscription agreement and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock on December 19, 2024 that was declared effective on December 20, 2024. We have agreed to take all steps necessary to keep such registration statement effective at all times until there are no remaining registrable shares (as defined in the subscription agreement). The selling stockholders and their permitted transferees are entitled to certain additional registration rights described therein. Among other things, pursuant to the subscription agreement, the selling stockholders are entitled to (i) request one underwritten shelf takedown in a twelve-month period or three demands in respect of block trades, subject to certain minimum thresholds and cut-back provisions, (ii) engage in “at the market” or similar registered offerings through a broker, sales agent or distribution agent, or (iii) with respect to any Conversion Shares for which no resale registration statement is effective, certain “secondary piggyback” registration rights with respect to registration statements. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any underwritten shelf takedowns or “at the market” or similar registered offerings, other than certain out-of-pocket expenses of such selling stockholder, transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of shares.

 


 

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

We are a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which we refer to as “Section 203,” regulating corporate takeovers.

Section 203 prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:

a stockholder who owns fifteen percent (15%) or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”);
an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or
an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.

A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than ten percent (10%) of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:

our Board approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction;
after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of Class A common stock; or
on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our Board and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our Board is empowered to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board or the resignation, death, or removal of a director in certain circumstances; and our advance notice provisions require that stockholders must comply with certain procedures in order to nominate candidates to our Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that, subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of preferred stock, all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of preferred stock, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause (as defined in the restated certificate of incorporation) and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Subject to the terms of any one or more series or classes of preferred stock, our authorized but unissued Class A common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Class A common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or any wrongdoing by, any of our directors, officers or employees to us or our stockholders, (C) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (D) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (E) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (A) through (E) above, (1) any action as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and

 


 

the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination) and (2) any action asserted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, for which federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our Class A common stock and Convertible Preferred Stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its role as transfer agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

 


Exhibit 10.35

 

Execution Copy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEASE

 

between

 

DIV TECHNOLOGY WAY, LLC, as Landlord

 

and

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

and ORGANOGENESIS INC., as Tenant

 

 

 

 

100 Technology Way

Smithfield, Rhode Island

 

 

 

November 18, 2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

ARTICLE 1

GRANT

1

ARTICLE 2

TERM

3

ARTICLE 3

COMPLETION AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES

4

ARTICLE 4

RENT AND SECURITY

4

ARTICLE 5

ADDITIONAL RENT FOR REAL ESTATE TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

8

ARTICLE 6

LANDLORD SERVICES

14

ARTICLE 7

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT

16

ARTICLE 8

ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND SIGNAGE

23

ARTICLE 9

INSURANCE

28

ARTICLE 10

CASUALTY

30

ARTICLE 11

CONDEMNATION

31

ARTICLE 12

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

32

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

35

ARTICLE 14

SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT AND RIGHTS OF MORTGAGE HOLDERS

39

ARTICLE 15

NOTICES

40

ARTICLE 16

EXTENSION RIGHT

41

ARTICLE 17

ROOFTOP RIGHTS

43

ARTICLE 18

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER TO PURCHASE

45

ARTICLE 19

MISCELLANEOUS

47

ARTICLE 20

SUSTAINABILITY

52

 

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1.1-1 Premises

Exhibit 1.1-2 Legal Description

Exhibit 2.1.3-1 Existing Equipment

Exhibit 2.1.3-2 Equipment to Remove

Exhibit 3.1 Work Letter

Exhibit 4.6.2 Form of Letter of Credit

Exhibit 7.4 Rules and Regulations

Exhibit 7.6.1.1 Environmental Questionnaire

Exhibit 8.2 Existing Maintenance Contracts

Exhibit 8.4 Excluded Tenant’s Property

Exhibit 14.1 Form of SNDA

Exhibit 14.4 Form of Estoppel

 

 

 

 


 

 

LEASE

 

This Lease is effective as of November 18, 2024 (“Effective Date”) by and between DIV TECHNOLOGY WAY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal place of business at c/o The Davis Companies, 125 High Street, Suite 2111, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (“Landlord”), and ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation, and ORGANOGENESIS INC., a Delaware corporation, each with its principal place of business at 85 Dan Road, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 (collectively, and jointly and severally, “Tenant”).

ARTICLE 1 GRANT

1.1 Premises. Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents herein reserved and of the covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be performed, hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant accepts from Landlord, the entire building located at 100 Technology Way, Smithfield, Rhode Island, containing approximately 122,507 square feet of rentable area (the “Building”), as shown on Exhibit 1.1-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, the site improvements associated therewith, and the surface of the Land (as defined below) (collectively, the “Premises“).

The land upon which the Premises is located consists of approximately 19.27 acres identified as tax assessor lot 49-219 and is legally described in Exhibit 1.1-2 (the “Land”), and the Land, together with the Premises, are collectively referred to as the “Property.” The parties agree that the rentable square footage of the Building set forth above is conclusive and binding, subject to adjustment only in connection with the expansion of the Building or as otherwise set forth herein. The Premises shall exclude the roof and exterior faces of exterior walls of the Building.

1.2 Common Areas. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant during the term of this Lease, a license to use, in common with the others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they from time to time exist, subject to the rights, powers and privileges herein reserved to Landlord. The term “Common Areas” as used herein will include all areas and facilities that are provided and designated by Landlord for general non-exclusive use and convenience of Tenant and other tenants in the Project (as defined below). Common Areas include but are not limited to the roof of the Building (subject to the provisions of Article 17), the exterior of the Building, the pedestrian sidewalks, and ingress and egress to the Premises over Decotis Farm Road (the “Access Road”), and use of the other drives, and rights of way serving the Premises in common with other parts of the Project. Landlord reserves the right upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Common Areas and the Project, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises. The “Project” means the Building, the Common Areas, and such other buildings, roadways, surrounding land and air space, and all other improvements that comprise the commercial and industrial park known as Island Woods Commerce Park. The parties acknowledge and agree that the maintenance, repair, replacement, operation, and administration of portions of the Common Areas that are not located on the Land and serve the Project may be under the control of third parties other than Landlord pursuant to reciprocal easement agreements and other agreements governing the use and operation of the Project (collectively, the “Project Documents”), to which this Lease is subject and subordinate. Therefore, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord’s sole responsibility with respect to the maintenance, repair, replacement, operation, or administration of portions of the Project not within Landlord’s immediate control shall be to use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce Landlord’s rights with respect thereto under the Project Documents.

1.3 Parking. During the Term (as defined below), at no additional cost to Tenant (other than to the extent included in Operating Expenses), Tenant shall be entitled to use the parking facilities at the Property serving the Building, which contain approximately 218 parking spaces. Provided Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.3 are not materially and adversely affected, Landlord reserves the right to designate parking facilities serving the Property for the handicapped and to temporarily relocate parking spaces on the Property from time to time for necessary maintenance and repairs. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to use a reasonable number of parking spaces in the parking areas at the Property for the purposes of fulfilling Landlord’s obligations, and the exercise of Landlord’s rights, under this Lease. To the maximum

1

 


 

extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws, Landlord assumes no responsibility whatsoever for loss or damage due to fire, theft or otherwise to any automobile(s) parked in the parking facilities or to any personal property therein, however caused, and Tenant agrees, upon request from Landlord from time to time, to notify its officers, employees, agents and invitees of such limitation of liability. If Tenant shall require additional parking at the Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant to increase the parking capacity at the Premises through reasonable minor, modifications to the existing parking areas (e.g., restriping the lot) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at no liability to Landlord.

 

1.4 Generators. Subject to the provisions of this Section 1.4, Tenant shall maintain, repair, operate and replace when necessary the existing Building generator and related connections serving the Premises, and any replacements therefor (collectively, the “Generator”), in its current location or another location reasonably designated by Landlord. Landlord makes no representations or warranties regarding the suitability or condition of the Generator for Tenant’s particular use.

 

Tenant’s maintenance and use of the Generator shall be upon all of the conditions of the Lease, except as modified below:

(i) The Generator shall remain the property of the Landlord and must remain at the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Tenant shall maintain the Generator in good working order and repair, including monitoring, servicing, maintenance, testing and inspections as required by the manufacture, Applicable Laws, and best practices for first class life science and manufacturing buildings.

 

(ii) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services to the Generator. Tenant shall have the right to connect the Generator to existing base building utility systems and the Existing Equipment, subject to Landlord’s right to reasonably approve such connections. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.4, arrange for the distribution of all utility services required for the operation of the Generator.

 

(iii) Tenant shall have no right to make any changes, alterations or other improvements to the Generator without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(iv) Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing any damage to the Building, Property or Project caused by the use of the Generator.

 

(v) Except for assignees of Tenant or subtenants of all or a portion of the Premises, no other person, firm or entity shall have the right to connect to the Generator other than Tenant.

 

(vi) To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant’s use of the Generator shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event that the Generator is damaged for any reason.

 

(vii) Tenant shall, in connection with any relocation or replacement of the Generator, shield the Generator from the view of other buildings in the Project and otherwise in compliance with applicable Town of Smithfield requirements.

 

(viii) In addition to the indemnification obligations of Tenant set forth in this Lease including those contained in Section 9.4, below, Tenant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law and except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties (as defined in Section 6.6 below), indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any and all claims, losses, demands, actions or causes of actions suffered by any person, firm, corporation or other entity arising from the installation, use or removal of the Generator.

 

Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, secure the approvals of all governmental authorities and all permits required by governmental authorities having jurisdiction over such approvals for the Generator during the Term, and shall provide Landlord with copies of such approvals and permits prior to commencing any work with respect thereto. In addition, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses in connection with the maintenance, use, and replacement of the Generator. In connection therewith, Tenant

2

 


 

shall provide Landlord with evidence on an annual basis of the existence of a maintenance contract for the Generator with a service provider reasonably acceptable to Landlord and shall provide Landlord with copies of the maintenance records for the Generator annually and upon request. To the extent the Generator is located outside of the Premises, Tenant shall have access to those portions of the Building and the Property on which the Generator is located for the purposes of inspecting, repairing, maintaining and replacing the same, subject in all events to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such access.

 

1.5 Expansion of Premises. If during the Term (but in any event no more often than once every five years) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that Tenant desires additional space at the Project, Landlord shall, at no cost or liability to Landlord, use commercially reasonable efforts to work cooperatively and in good faith with Tenant to examine options for providing such additional space at property owned by Landlord including the construction of an addition to the Building; however (a) in no event shall Landlord be deemed to be in default under this Lease on account of the provisions of this Section 1.5, and (b) in no event shall Landlord be obligated to facilitate Tenant’s additional space on any other property in the Project.

 

ARTICLE 2 TERM

2.1 Lease Term.

2.1.1 Commencement Date; Term. Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord pursuant to this Lease for a term (the “Term”) to commence on the Effective Date. The Term shall end on May 31, 2041 (the “Expiration Date”) (i.e., the date immediately preceding the 15th anniversary of the expiration of the Partial Rent Abatement Period or, if the last day of the Partial Rent Abatement Period is not on the 1st of the month, the last day of the month in which such 15th anniversary occurs), unless sooner terminated or extended as herein provided.

2.1.2 Intentionally Omitted.

2.1.3 Portable/Moveable Laboratory Equipment. On the Commencement Date, the Premises shall be delivered to Tenant containing those items of portable and/or moveable laboratory equipment more particularly described on Exhibit 2.1.3-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Existing Equipment”). Tenant shall accept the Existing Equipment in its currently existing “as-is” condition as of the date of this Lease and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not the manufacturer or supplier of the Existing Equipment, nor the agent thereof, and that Landlord makes no express or implied representations or warranties as to any matter whatsoever, including without limitation, the merchantability of the Existing Equipment, its fitness for a particular purpose, its design or condition, its capacity or durability, the quality of the material or workmanship in the manufacture or assembly of the Existing Equipment, and Landlord hereby disclaims any such warranty. Tenant shall be responsible for the storage, security, protection, maintenance, and repair of the Existing Equipment during the Term, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall provide insurance covering damage and destruction of the Existing Equipment in accordance with Section 9.1(b). If Tenant decides to discontinue using any item of Existing Equipment, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, and Tenant, at Tenant’s cost and expense, shall remove and store such item of Existing Equipment to a location designated by Landlord. On the Expiration Date or earlier expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall return to Landlord the Existing Equipment in the same condition as existed on the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If any Existing Equipment must be replaced by Tenant due to the expiration of its useful life, and Tenant has maintained the same as required pursuant to this Lease until such date, then (a) the replacement equipment, if any, purchased by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, that is portable and/or moveable equipment (i.e., not a fixture) shall be treated as Tenant’s Property and shall not be considered Existing Equipment for purposes of this Lease, and (b) Tenant shall dispose of such worn out Existing Equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, after consulting with Landlord. Landlord agrees that Tenant may remove and dispose of the items of portable and/or moveable laboratory equipment more particularly described on Exhibit 2.1.3-2 (the “Equipment to Remove”) from the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; upon such removal, any such equipment shall cease being Existing Equipment for purposes of this Lease.

2.2 Holding Over. In the event that Tenant retains occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof, after the end of the Term, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises shall be as a tenant at will terminable at any time by Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord rent for such time as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises at the rate equal to (i) during the first thirty (30) days, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the

3

 


 

Base Rent payable during the last month of the Term, and (ii) thereafter, two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent payable during the last month of the Term, plus, in any event, all Additional Rent (as defined below) and other sums due under this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord for all damages sustained by reason of Tenant’s retention of possession of the Premises after the end of the Term. The provisions hereof do not limit or restrict Landlord’s rights or remedies under this Lease in the event of any holding over by Tenant, except that Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for any indirect, special or consequential damages on account of such holdover unless such holdover exceeds 60 days.

ARTICLE 3 COMPLETION AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES

3.1 Condition of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Property, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Property for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it has had the opportunity to inspect the Premises and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1 (including Landlord’s provision of an improvement allowance as further set forth therein), following the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall perform certain leasehold improvements in the Premises to make the Premises ready for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant’s execution of this Lease and taking of possession of the Premises shall conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Property were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair.

 

ARTICLE 4 RENT AND SECURITY

4.1 Base Rent.

4.1.1 Schedule of Monthly Rent Payments. Beginning on May 18, 2025 (i.e., the date that is six (6) months following the Commencement Date) (the “Rent Commencement Date”), and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay to or upon the order of Landlord an annual rental (the “Base Rent”) as set forth below which shall be payable in consecutive monthly installments on or before the first day of each calendar month in advance in the monthly amount set forth below:

 

 

Lease Period

 

 

 

Annual Base Rent

 

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

Annual Base Rent per Rentable Square Foot

 

 5/18/25-5/31/26

$5,114,667.25

$426,222.27

 $41.75*

 6/1/26-5/31/27

$5,268,107.27

$439,008.94

$43.00

6/1/27-5/31/28

$5,426,150.49

$452,179.21

$44.29

6/1/28-5/31/29

$5,588,935.00

$465,744.58

$45.62

6/1/29-5/31/30

$5,756,603.05

$479,716.92

$46.99

6/1/30-5/31/31

$5,929,301.14

$494,108.43

$48.40

6/1/31-5/31/32

$6,107,180.18

$508,931.68

$49.85

6/1/32-5/31/33

$6,290,395.58

$524,199.63

$51.35

6/1/33-5/31/34

$6,479,107.45

$539,925.62

$52.89

6/1/34-5/31/35

$6,673,480.67

$556,123.39

$54.47

6/1/35-5/31/36

$6,873,685.09

$572,807.09

$56.11

6/1/36-5/31/37

$7,079,895.64

$589,991.30

$57.79

6/1/37-5/31/38

$7,292,292.51

$607,691.04

$59.53

6/1/38-5/31/39

$7,511,061.29

$625,921.77

$61.31

6/1/39-5/31/40

$7,736,393.13

$644,699.43

$63.15

6/1/40-5/31/41

$7,968,484.92

$664,040.41

$65.05

*Subject to Partial Abatement Period, as provided in Section 4.1.3, below

4.1.2 Manner of Payment. All payments of rent shall be made without demand, deduction, counterclaim, set‑off, discount or abatement (except as otherwise expressly set forth in

4

 


 

this Lease) in lawful money of the United States of America. If the Rent Commencement Date should occur on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or the Expiration Date should occur on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the monthly installment of Base Rent for such fractional month shall be prorated upon a daily basis based upon a thirty (30)-day month.

 

4.1.3 Partial Abatement Period. During the period beginning on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on May 17, 2026 (the “Partial Abatement Period”), Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent in the amount of $213,111.14 per month and shall pay Base Rent in the amount of $213,111.14 per month, which reflects Annual Base Rent per Rentable Square Foot on 50% of the Premises (61,253.5 RSF) during such period. The total amount of Base Rent abated during the Partial Abatement Period shall equal $2,557,333.68 (the “Abated Base Rent”). If an Event of Default (defined below) occurs during the Partial Abatement Period, Tenant’s right to pay reduced Base Rent during the remainder of the Partial Abatement Period shall immediately cease, and the Base Rent due for the remainder of the Partial Abatement Period shall be recalculated based on the full rentable area of the Premises using the “Annual Base Rent per Rentable Square Foot” set forth in the table in Section 4.1.1 above. During the Partial Abatement Period, only Base Rent shall be abated and all Additional Rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

4.2 Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all charges and other amounts required under this Lease and the same shall constitute additional rent hereunder (herein called “Additional Rent”), including, without limitation, any sums due resulting from the provisions of Article 5 hereof. All such amounts and charges shall be payable to Landlord in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof. Landlord shall have the same remedies for a default in the payment of Additional Rent as for a default in the payment of Base Rent. The term "Rent" as used in this Lease shall mean the Base Rent and the Additional Rent.

4.3 Place of Payment. The Base Rent and all other sums payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be paid to Landlord via ACH payment or other electronic payment made pursuant to written instructions from Landlord or by check addressed to Landlord at c/o The Davis Companies, 125 High Street, Suite 2111, Boston, MA 02110, or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing to Tenant from time to time.

4.4 Terms of Payment. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Base Rent as provided in Section 4.1 above and Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent payable under Article 5 and Article 6 on the terms provided therein. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence and as may otherwise be expressly provided by the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of bills or statements therefor: (a) sums equal to all expenditures made and monetary obligations incurred by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease for Tenant's account; and (b) all other sums of money accruing from Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

4.5 Late Charges. If Tenant shall fail to pay any Rent within five (5) days after the date the same is due and payable or if any check received by Landlord from Tenant shall be dishonored, Tenant agrees that Landlord’s actual damages resulting therefrom are difficult to fix or ascertain. As a result, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) per month on the amount due, and (b) interest on the amount due from its due date until paid at the lesser of (i) the Bank of America (or its successor) prime rate of interest plus nine percent (9%) per annum (but in no event in excess of 18%) or (ii) the maximum legal rate that Landlord may charge Tenant (the “Default Rate”). Such charges shall be paid to Landlord together with such unpaid amounts as an administrative fee to compensate Landlord for administrative expenses and its cost of funds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no administrative fee shall be due with respect to the first such late payment during any consecutive 12 month period during Term so long as Tenant pays such amount within two (2) business days after notice from Landlord (which notice need not be in writing pursuant to Article 15, but may be given by telephone or e-mail).

4.6 Security Deposit.

4.6.1-1 Security Deposit Amount. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant has provided Landlord with a cash security deposit in the amount of $4,262,222.71 (the “Security Deposit Amount”) as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under the Lease. Landlord may apply the security deposit to cure Events of Default on

5

 


 

all of the terms and conditions applicable to sums drawn on the Letter of Credit as further provided below (and, to the extent Landlord does so, Tenant shall replace the amounts drawn upon demand from Landlord). No later than December 2, 2024 (the “LOC Date”), Tenant shall provide Landlord with a Letter of Credit (as defined below) as security for the performance of the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the Security Deposit Amount; provided, Tenant’s failure to provide Landlord with a Letter of Credit by such date shall, at Landlord’s election, be a default under this Lease for which there shall be no cure (Tenant acknowledging that it is a material condition to this lease that Tenant provide the Letter of Credit). Upon receipt of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant the cash security deposit originally provided by Tenant to the extent that Landlord has not previously drawn on the same in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall maintain the Letter of Credit throughout the Term of this Lease and for the additional period specified below.

4.6.1-2 Letter of Credit Amount. Tenant shall, on or before the LOC Date, deliver to Landlord a "Letter of Credit" (as defined below) in the amount of the Security Deposit Amount for the faithful performance of all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

4.6.2 Letter of Credit Requirements. Each letter of credit provided to Landlord hereunder shall be in the form of an unconditional, irrevocable, standby letter of credit which shall be in full force and effect for the periods required hereby, and shall meet all of the following conditions (a "Letter of Credit"):

(a) it shall be issued for the benefit of Landlord by an "Eligible Bank" (defined below) approved by Landlord;

(b) it shall be effective on the date of this Lease and have a term of not less than one (1) year following its date of issuance and contain automatic year-to-year renewal provisions subject to the Letter of Credit issuer's obligation to notify Landlord in writing by certified mail of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit;

(c) the expiration date of the Letter of Credit shall be at least ninety (90) days following the Expiration Date of the Lease (and in connection with any Extension Option, at least ninety (90) days following the Term as so extended).

(d) it shall provide for the amount thereof as set forth in Section 4.6.1 to be available to Landlord in multiple drawings conditioned only upon presentation of a sight draft;

(e) it shall be assignable by Landlord to its successors, assigns and mortgagees and by any successive beneficiaries thereof at no cost to transferor or transferee (Tenant agreeing to pay such charges in connection with any transfer of the Letter of Credit), and shall expressly permit multiple assignments; and

(f) it shall be in such form as shall be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion, the parties acknowledging that the form attached as Exhibit 4.6.2 is acceptable.

An "Eligible Bank" shall mean a commercial or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000.00 which shall be a financial institution having a rating of not less than BBB or its equivalent by Standard and Poors Corporation and subject to a Thompson Watch Rating of C or better. Landlord agrees that as of the date of this Lease, First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company is an Eligible Bank. Tenant, at no out-of-pocket cost to Tenant, shall cause the issuing bank to provide Landlord's mortgage lender within ten (10) business days following the written request of Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee with a written acknowledgment which evidences its consent to Landlord's collateral assignment of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit and acknowledgment of the security interest of such mortgage lender therein (provided that Tenant shall have no obligation to incur any material out of pocket costs in connection with such efforts). If (A) the issuer of the Letter of Credit (i) ceases to be an Eligible Bank, (ii) becomes insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, (iii) shall enter into any supervisory agreement with any governmental authority or be placed into receivership by any governmental authority, or (iv) shall fail to meet any capital requirements imposed by Applicable Laws, or (B) Landlord determines in good faith that the financial condition of the Issuer is such that Landlord’s ability to draw upon the Letter of Credit is impaired, restricted,

6

 


 

refused, or otherwise adversely affected or there is any material adverse change in financial position of the Issuer (any event described in clauses (A) and (B) of this sentence, an “Issuer Event”) then (x) Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit in whole or in part, and the cash proceeds shall be held or applied by Landlord as provided below, and (y) Tenant shall, within 10 business days after such event, provide a substitute Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of this Section 4.6 (at which time Landlord shall return any funds drawn from the Letter of Credit and not applied in accordance with this Section 4.6).

4.6.3 Substitute Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a substitute Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements for a Letter of Credit stated in Section 4.6.2 for the applicable period not later than ten (10) days following delivery of a non-renewal notice by the Letter of Credit issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit issued to Landlord or 45 days prior to the scheduled expiration of the Letter of Credit, whichever first occurs (such date, the "Re-Delivery Deadline"). If Tenant fails to provide, replace, or deliver a substitute Letter of Credit within such 10-day period or such other period as is applicable under this Section 4.6 or an Issuer Event occurs, Landlord shall have the right to draw on the Letter of Credit in whole or in part in accordance with this Section 4.6 and such occurrence shall, at Landlord’s election, be an Event of Default not subject to any rights of notice or cure under this Lease. Tenant agrees that notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, its failure to furnish Landlord with the required Security Deposit Amount in the form of an amended or substitute Letter of Credit in compliance with the requirements for the initial Letter of Credit prior to the Re-Delivery Deadline shall not be subject to any rights of notice or cure under this Lease.

4.6.4 Landlord's Rights Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described in Article 13 hereof, an Issuer Event, or any other event giving rise to Landlord’s right to draw on the Letter of Credit, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit for payment by the issuing bank and the proceeds thereof shall be due and payable to Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof and the Letter of Credit. Tenant agrees that Landlord may, without waiving any of Landlord's other rights and remedies under this Lease upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default, apply the amount drawn to remedy any failure by Tenant to perform any of the terms, covenants or conditions to be performed by Tenant under this Lease and to compensate Landlord for any damages incurred as a result of any such default. If Landlord uses any portion of the amount drawn on the Letter of Credit to cure any Event of Default by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall forthwith provide a replacement Letter of Credit in such amount within ten (10) days following written notice from Landlord in the manner directed by Landlord in such notice (which shall be in the form of a new or amended Letter of Credit, or in the form of a cash payment). If Tenant fails to restore the full amount of the Letter of Credit within such 10-day period, then the amount of such deficiency shall be subject to the charges described in Section 4.5. During any period that Landlord is holding the proceeds of the Letter of Credit in the form of cash, Landlord shall not be required to keep the same separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on any such funds.

4.6.5 Sale of Building. In the event of a sale or other transfer of the Building (or Landlord's interest therein), Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit and shall transfer or credit the balance of any sums drawn on the Letter of Credit (to the extent not applied in accordance with this Section 4.6) to the new owner or to transferee and shall notify Tenant of the same and of the transferee’s address. Upon any such transfer or credit and written confirmation of the successor landlord that it has received such sums and the Letter of Credit, as applicable, and assumes all of Landlord's obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of the Letter of Credit; and Tenant agrees to look to the new landlord for the return of the same. If Tenant is not in default hereunder at the end of the Term, Landlord will, within forty-five (45) days after the later of (x) the date that Tenant has satisfied of all of its obligations under this Lease and (y) the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, return any amounts being held from the Letter of Credit (to the extent such amounts have not applied by Landlord in accordance with this Section 4.6), and the Letter of Credit to Tenant or the last permitted assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder at the expiration of the Term.

4.6.6 Reduction of Security Deposit. Tenant shall have the one-time right to reduce the Security Deposit Amount to the amount of $2,131,111.35 on the date (the “Reduction Date”) that all of the following conditions have been satisfied: (a) Tenant and any Affiliated Company (as

7

 


 

defined in Section 12.6) is in occupancy of no less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises for the Permitted Use; (b) Tenant has paid Base Rent in the aggregate amount of (i) the Abated Base Rent, plus (ii) the full Finish Work Allowance (as defined herein), plus (iii) all leasing commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease, and plus (iv) all out-of-pocket legal expenses paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease (collectively, the “Reimbursement Expenses”); and (c) no monetary Event of Default has occurred prior to the Reduction Date and no nonmonetary Event of Default has previously occurred and is then continuing.

Upon request by Tenant following the expiration of the Partial Abatement Period, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a statement containing Landlord’s calculation of the Reimbursement Expenses and the date on which Tenant is anticipated to have paid Base Rent equal to the amount of the Reimbursement Expenses. The reduction of the Security Deposit Amount in accordance with this Section 4.6.6 shall be accomplished by Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of either (i) a substitute Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements for a Letter of Credit stated in Section 4.6.2, at which time Landlord shall surrender the prior letter of credit and execute such reasonable documentation as the issuer thereof may require to effect the termination of such prior letter of credit, or (ii) an amendment to the Letter of Credit, in which case Landlord shall execute such reasonable documentation as the issuer thereof may require to effect the reduction of the Security Deposit Amount.

4.7 Independence of Covenants. Landlord’s and Tenant’s covenants herein are independent and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that its covenant to pay Rent hereunder is independent of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and that in the event that Tenant shall have a claim against Landlord, Tenant shall not have the right to deduct the amount allegedly owed to Tenant from any Rent due hereunder, it being understood that Tenant’s sole remedy for recovering upon such claim shall be to bring an independent legal action against Landlord. As such, Tenant’s obligation so to pay Rent under the Lease shall be absolute, unconditional, and independent and shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any law or regulation now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, or any other restriction on Tenant’s use, or, except as expressly provided in the Lease, any casualty or taking, or any failure by Landlord to perform or other occurrence; and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate, quit or surrender this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover Rent.

 

ARTICLE 5 ADDITIONAL RENT FOR REAL ESTATE TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

5.1 Definitions. Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent an amount calculated as hereinafter set forth. For purposes of this Article 5, the following definitions shall apply:

"Tax Year": The tax assessment year of the Town of Smithfield (January 1 –December 31) or other applicable governmental authority for real estate tax purposes or such other twelve (12)-month period as may be duly adopted in place thereof.

"Taxes": All taxes, assessments and charges of every kind and nature levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Property or any improvements, fixtures and equipment of Landlord used in the operation thereof whether such taxes and assessments are general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen in respect of each Tax Year falling wholly or partially within the Term. Taxes shall include, without limitation, all general real property taxes and general and special assessments (provided that, with respect to any special assessments or betterments that may be paid in installments, Taxes for such Tax Year shall include only the amount of the installment plus any interest due and payable during such Tax Year), charges, fees or assessments for all governmental services or purported benefits to the Property, service payments in lieu of taxes, all business privilege taxes, business improvement district taxes or assessments, and any tax, fee or excise on the act of entering into this Lease or any other lease of space in the Property, or on the use or occupancy of the Property or any part thereof, or on the rent payable under any lease or in connection with the business of renting space under any lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Property, that are now or hereafter levied or assessed against Landlord by the United States of America, the State of Rhode Island, or any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity, including legal fees, experts' and other witnesses' fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Taxes. Taxes shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, that may be levied or assessed as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole

8

 


 

or in part, any other Taxes (including, without limitation, any municipal income tax) and any license fees, ad valorem tax, tax measured or imposed upon rents, or other tax or charge upon Landlord's business of leasing the Property, whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties on the date of this Lease. Taxes shall not include: (a) franchise, transfer, gift, excise, capital stock, estate, succession and inheritance taxes, and federal and state income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources, unless due to a change in the method of taxation such tax is levied or assessed against Landlord as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any other Tax that would constitute a Tax; or (b) penalties or interest for late payment of Taxes except to the extent arising from Tenant’s failure to pay such amounts, or (c) any taxes payable with respect to other property owned by Landlord that is not included within the Premises.

"Expense Year": Each calendar year, all or any portion of which shall occur during the Term of this Lease.

"Operating Expenses": All costs and expenses (and taxes, if any, thereon) paid or incurred on behalf of Landlord (whether directly or through independent contractors) in connection with the ownership, management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project (including any sales or other taxes thereon) during the Term, including, without limitation:

(a) supplies, materials and equipment purchased or rented, total wage and salary costs paid to, and all contract payments made on account of, all persons to the extent engaged in the operation, maintenance, security, cleaning and repair of the Project at or below the level of building manager (including the amount of any taxes, social security taxes, unemployment insurance contributions, union benefits) and any on-site employees of Landlord’s property management agent;

(b) subject to clause (g) below with respect to capital expenditures, the maintenance, repair and replacement of any systems or equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, occupants of the Project and Common Areas including such repairs and replacements as may be necessary to maintain the same in proper working order and in compliance with all Applicable Laws and industry performance standards;

(c) charges of contractors for services and facilities otherwise includable in Operating Expenses, including security to the Common Areas, cleaning and removal of trash from Common Areas, snow and ice removal, landscaping, and maintenance and repair of the parking facilities, roadways and light poles;

(d) the cost of utility services for the Common Areas;

(e) the premiums for fire, extended coverage, loss of rents, boiler, machinery, sprinkler, public liability, property damage, earthquake, flood, and other insurance relative to the Project and the operation and maintenance thereof and unreimbursed costs incurred by Landlord that are subject to an insurance deductible;

(f) the operation and maintenance of any areas or facilities located in Common Areas, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of utilities, repairs and insurance associated therewith, (ii) cost of the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Access Road, and (iii) any payments made by Landlord or billed to Landlord for the Property pursuant to any declaration, covenant, easement, or other agreements relating to the Project, including the Project Documents;

 

(g) the amortized cost of capital expenditures incurred with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project for maintenance, repairs, and replacements amortized over the greater of (y) the reasonable life of the capital expenditures as determined in the reasonable judgment of Landlord's accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (z) ten (10) years, together with interest at the greater of nine percent (9%) per annum or Landlord’s borrowing rate for such capital expenditures on the unamortized balance of the cost of the capital item, including without limitation the installation of capital improvements that are made to the Project by Landlord in order to: (i) reduce (or avoid an increase in) operation or maintenance expenses with respect to the Project, (ii) comply with laws, regulations or orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, agency or department which were

9

 


 

enacted or became effective after the date hereof, or (iii) comply with the requirements of Landlord's insurers that become effective after the date hereof;

(h) office costs of administration; legal and accounting fees and other expenses of maintaining and auditing Project accounting records and preparing Landlord's Statements;

(i) a property management fee for management services whether rendered by Landlord (or affiliate) or a third‑party property manager equal to 2% of Base Rent, however prior to the expiration of the Partial Abatement Period the property management fee shall not be less than $7,452.51 per month; and

(j) all costs of applying for, maintaining, managing, reporting, commissioning, and re-commissioning the Building or any part thereof that is designed, renovated, modified, upgraded and/or built to be sustainable and conform with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Energy Star ® rating system and/or Design to Earn Energy Star 71 (“Energy Star Rating System”), the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) rating system, Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (“GRESB”) scores, United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment, Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures, or any similar program or rating system of any successor to any of the foregoing entities or of any governmental authority that relate to sustainability issues, energy efficiency or other comparable goals or to conform with any building health and wellness standards such as WELL or Fitwel, in each case solely to the extent the same are required by Applicable Laws or otherwise necessary to meet standards established by Applicable Laws (collectively, “Green Requirements”), and costs incurred for the purpose of reducing costs for, or for the purpose of reducing or conserving the use of, energy and GHG and costs to implement recycling or composting programs or reducing waste, or costs otherwise incurred in complying with Green Requirements or for the purpose of complying with any Applicable Laws applicable to sustainability measures not in force or applicable on the Term Commencement Date (including without limitation any fines or penalties where incurred for reasons other than Landlord’s failure to meet any reporting obligations under Green Requirements, or Landlord’s failure to operate and maintain any Building systems in accordance with the standards required under this Lease); and (n) all costs of alterations, installations, improvements, replacements, repairs and equipment whether structural or non-structural, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not required by this Lease incurred to comply with the Green Requirements or with any Applicable Laws that are intended to lower the Building’s carbon footprint or save energy; provided, that if under generally accepted accounting principles, any of the costs for improvements referred to in this clause are incurred after the Term Commencement Date and required to be capitalized (“Green CapEx”), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, such Green CapEx shall be included in Operating Expenses amortized as set forth in subparagraph (g), above.

If the Project is not ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such Expense Year as reasonably determined by Landlord employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such Expense Year, provided, however, in no event shall Landlord collect in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of Operating Expenses.

 

Operating Expenses shall not include: (1) utility expenses to the extent paid separately by Tenant (i.e., not as an Operating Expenses); (2) any expense for which Landlord is reimbursed by a specific tenant by reason of a special agreement or requirement of the occupancy of the Project by such tenant; (3) expenses for services provided by Landlord for the exclusive benefit of a given tenant or tenants and not to Tenant; (4) all costs, fees and disbursements relating to activities for the solicitation, negotiation, execution and enforcement of leases for space in the Project (including but not limited to advertising costs, leasing commissions and attorneys' fees therefor); (5) the costs of alterations to or payment of allowance for, or the decorating or the redecorating of, space in the Project leased to other tenants; (6) except as stated in subparagraph (h) of the definition of Operating Expenses, the costs associated with the operation of the business of the ownership or entity which constitutes “Landlord”, including costs of selling, syndicating, financing or mortgaging any of Landlord's interest in the Project; (7) rentals payable under any ground or underlying lease, if any; (8) except as stated in subparagraph (g) of the definition of Operating

10

 


 

Expenses, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any; (9) repairs or other work required due to fire or other casualty to the extent of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord (or would have been received had Landlord carried insurance required by this Lease); (10) capital improvements to the extent not expressly included in the definition of “Operating Expenses”; (11) payments to affiliates of Landlord (excluding property management fees) but only to the extent that they exceed market charges; (12) salaries of executive officers of Landlord (other than those executive officers that provide services that could otherwise be provided by a third party consultant, such as accounting, and then only to the extent not in excess of the reasonable cost of such third party service); (13) depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes; (14) penalties, fines and other damages incurred due to violation by the Landlord of any lease or any laws and any interest or penalties attributable to late payment by Landlord of any of the Operating Expenses (except to the extent resulting from Tenant’s late payment); (15) costs and expenses of investigating, monitoring and remediating Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Building, the Property or the Project; and (16) costs allocated solely to any other building in the Project including, without limitation, the costs to develop any building on other property owned by Landlord.

 

Landlord shall consult with Tenant prior to finalizing the annual budget for Operating Expenses in each year of the Term. Landlord shall periodically competitively bid any service provided by Landlord and included within Operating Expenses (other than property management services and services already under contract for a term that is not expiring) that is subject to a contract with annual payments if there are at least two qualified service providers available in the market, such bidding to occur on a schedule consistent with the market practices of Comparable Buildings.

 

Operating Expenses that are incurred jointly for the benefit of the Building and one or more other buildings or properties may be allocated between the Building and the other buildings or properties in accordance with the ratio of their respective rentable areas calculated using a consistent methodology or on any other reasonable basis determined by Landlord.

 

"Tenant's Share": Tenant's Share shall be 100%. Landlord shall apportion Operating Expenses for the Project to the Premises based on the proportionate square feet of improvements in the Project benefiting from the same unless Landlord determines in good faith that such apportionment should be equitably determined on another basis, such as usage or as may otherwise be required pursuant to the Project Documents. Landlord may elect to allocate Operating Expenses separately among tenants with different use categories in the Project from time to time based on such factors as the Landlord reasonably determines (rather than on a proportionate basis based on square feet) if Landlord reasonably determines it is necessary to fairly allocate the Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses incurred for the benefit of less than all of the tenants at the Project may be allocated among such tenants based on the rentable square footage of their respective premises or on any other reasonable basis determined by Landlord.

"Landlord's Statement": An instrument containing a computation of any Additional Rent due pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5.

5.2 Payment of Taxes. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant's Share of Taxes payable in respect of any Tax Year falling wholly or partially within the Term (which payment shall be adjusted by proration with respect to any partial Tax Year). Within thirty (30) days after the issuance by the Town of Smithfield or other applicable governmental authority of the bill for Taxes, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a copy of such bill, together with Landlord's Statement and Tenant shall pay the Additional Rent set forth on such Landlord's Statement (less the amount of estimated payments paid by Tenant on account thereof) as set forth herein. Landlord, at its option, may require Tenant to make monthly payments on account of Tenant's Share of Taxes. The monthly payments shall be one‑twelfth (1/12th) of the amount of Tenant's Share of Taxes and shall be payable on or before the first day of each month during the Term, in advance, in an amount estimated by Landlord and billed by Landlord to Tenant; provided, that, Landlord shall have the right initially to determine such monthly estimates and to revise such estimates from time to time. If Landlord’s statement shows that the estimated Taxes paid by Tenant exceed the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Taxes for such Tax Year, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s election, either (i) reimburse Tenant for the amount so overpaid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Landlord’s Statement, or (ii) credit such amount against Tenant’s estimated payments of Taxes next coming due (except at the end of the Term, in which cause alternative (i) shall be implemented). If Landlord shall receive any tax refund or reimbursement of Taxes with respect to any Tax

11

 


 

Year all or any portion of which falls within the Term, then out of any balance remaining thereof after deducting Landlord’s expenses in obtaining such refund, Landlord shall, provided there does not then exist an Event of Default, credit an amount equal to such refund or reimbursement or sum in lieu thereof (exclusive of any interest, and apportioned if such refund is for a Tax Year a portion of which falls outside the Term) multiplied by Tenant’s Share against Tenant’s estimated payments of Taxes next coming due (or refund such amount if the Term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord); provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to a credit in excess of the payments made by Tenant on account of Taxes for such Tax Year. If Tenant reasonably believes that Taxes with respect to the Property are over assessed by the tax assessor for the Town of Smithfield, at Tenant’s request made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the right to appeal or seek an abatement of the same, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek an abatement of Taxes with respect to the Property for the applicable Tax Year (any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such effort being includable in Taxes).

5.3 Payment of Operating Expenses. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant's Share of all Operating Expenses in respect of each Expense Year. Tenant shall pay a sum equal to one‑twelfth (1/12) of the amount of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for each Expense Year on or before the first day of each month of such Expense Year, in advance, in an amount estimated by Landlord and billed by Landlord to Tenant; provided, that, Landlord shall have the right initially to determine such monthly estimates and to revise such estimates from time to time. Landlord shall endeavor, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of each Expense Year, to prepare and furnish Tenant with Landlord's Statement showing the Operating Expenses incurred during such Expense Year. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord's Statement for any Expense Year setting forth Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses attributable to such Expense Year, Tenant shall pay Tenant's Share of such Operating Expenses (less the amount of estimated payments paid by Tenant on account thereof) to Landlord as Additional Rent. If Landlord’s statement shows that the estimated Operating Expenses paid by Tenant exceed the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such Expense Year, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s election, either (i) reimburse Tenant for the amount so overpaid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Landlord’s Statement, or (ii) credit such amount against Tenant’s estimated payments of Operating Expenses next coming due (except at the end of the Term, in which cause alternative (i) shall be implemented).

5.4 Payment of Utilities. The Premises is separately metered for all utilities. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon, directly to the providers thereof. Tenant shall take all steps required by the respective utility companies to provide for direct billing to Tenant for any utilities serving the Premises including, without limitation, making applications to the utility company in connection with such service and making any deposits as the utility company shall require. Tenant agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, all charges for utilities consumed in the Premises (or by special facilities serving the Premises), punctually as and when due directly to the provider of such service. From time to time, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of payment to, and good standing with, such utility company as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord against all liability, cost and damage arising out of or in any way connected to Tenant’s payment, non-payment or late payment of any and all charges and rates and deposits to such utility company relating to the Premises. Tenant shall maintain all meters serving the Premises in good operating condition.

5.5 Landlord's Statements.

5.5.1 Delivery of Statements. Landlord will deliver Landlord's Statements to Tenant during the Term. Landlord’s delay or failure to render Landlord's Statement with respect to any Expense Year or any Tax Year beyond a date specified herein shall not prejudice Landlord's right to render a Landlord's Statement with respect to that or any subsequent Expense Year or subsequent Tax Year provided that the same is delivered within three years after the end of such Expense Year or Tax Year, as the case may be. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of this Article with respect to any Additional Rent incurred during the Term shall survive the expiration or any sooner termination of the Term. If Landlord fails to give Tenant a statement of projected Operating Expenses prior to the commencement of any Expense Year, Tenant shall continue to pay Operating Expenses in accordance with the previous statement, until Tenant receives a new statement from Landlord. Landlord’s Statements

12

 


 

shall be conclusive between the parties absent manifest error, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5.2, below.

5.5.2 Tenant Inspection Rights. During the twelve (12) month period after receipt of any Landlord's Statement (the “Review Period”), Tenant may inspect and audit Landlord's records relevant to the cost and expense items reflected in such Landlord's Statement (a “Tenant Audit”) at the offices of Landlord’s management company at a reasonable time mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant during Landlord's usual business hours. Each Landlord's Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless within six (6) months after receipt of such Landlord's Statement Tenant shall notify Landlord that it disputes the correctness of Landlord's Statement, specifying the respects in which Landlord's Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Tenant’s right to conduct any Tenant Audit shall be conditioned upon the following: (a) no Event of Default shall be ongoing at the time that Tenant seeks to conduct the Tenant Audit; (b) in no event shall any Tenant Audit be performed by a firm retained on a “contingency fee” basis; (c) the Tenant Audit shall be concluded no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Review Period; (d) any Tenant Audit shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business; (e) Tenant and its accounting firm shall treat any information gained in the course of any Tenant Audit in a confidential manner and shall each execute Landlord’s confidentiality agreement for Landlord’s benefit prior to commencing any Tenant Audit; (f) Tenant’s accounting firm’s audit report shall, at no charge to Landlord, be submitted in draft form for Landlord’s review and comment before the final approved audit report is delivered to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to point out errors or make suggestions with respect to such audit report, and any appropriate comments or clarifications by Landlord which are accepted by Tenant’s auditor shall be incorporated into the final audit report, it being the intention of the parties that Landlord’s right to review is intended to prevent errors and avoid the dispute resolution mechanism set forth in the following paragraph and not to unduly influence Tenant’s auditor in the preparation of the final audit report; and (g) the Tenant Audit shall be conducted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense unless the results of such Tenant Audit show that Landlord’s Statement overstated the amount of Operating Expenses owed by Tenant for the relevant billing period by more than five percent (5%) in which case Landlord shall be responsible for payment of such costs and expenses. If Tenant makes a timely exception within the Review Period, Tenant shall nonetheless pay the amount shown on the Landlord’s Statement in the manner prescribed in this Lease, without any prejudice to such exception, and any overpayments identified during any Tenant Audit, if any, shall be applied as a credit against the amount of Additional Rent owed by Tenant within thirty (30) days following the Tenant Audit.

Any dispute arising out of or relating to the results of a Tenant Audit shall be submitted to and determined in binding arbitration under the expedited Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration shall be conducted before and by a single arbitrator that is a certified public accountant with at least 10 years’ experience overseeing books and records for similar properties (a “Qualified Arbitrator”) selected by the parties. If the parties have not selected an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of written demand for arbitration, the Qualified Arbitrator shall be selected by the Boston office of the American Arbitration Association on application by either party. The parties agree that the arbitration hearing shall be held within thirty (30) business days following notification to the parties of the appointment of such arbitrator, and that the arbitration proceedings shall be concluded within thirty (30) business days following the first scheduled arbitration hearing. Each party shall bear all its own expenses of arbitration and shall bear equally the costs and expenses of the arbitrator. All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and shall apply the laws of the State of Rhode Island in accordance with Section 19.19. Landlord and Tenant further agree that they will faithfully observe this agreement and rules, and that they will abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator and that a judgment of the court having jurisdiction may be entered upon the award. The duty to arbitrate shall survive the cancellation or termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 6 LANDLORD SERVICES

6.1 Services. Landlord shall provide the following services to the Premises (subject to Tenant’s reimbursement and payment obligations therefor in accordance with the operation of Article 5 hereof):

(a) Maintenance of exterior drives, walkways and parking areas serving the Project including (i) paving, (ii) plowing to keep the same free of unreasonable accumulations of snow, and (iii) sweeping to keep the same free of debris.

13

 


 

(b) Maintenance and repair and lighting of exterior drives, walkways and parking areas serving the Project.

(c) Access by Tenant to the Premises and Common Areas serving the same twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, fifty-two (52) weeks per year, except for emergency situations outside of Landlord’s control and subject to Landlord’s Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws and other local requirements governing noise emission from the Premises or related to Tenant’s use thereof, including, without limitation, any time limitation related to Tenant’s access and occupancy twenty-four (24) hours per day.

(d) Maintenance and repair obligations set forth in Section 8.1, below.

Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises services described herein, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Landlord’s failure to furnish any of such services when such failure is caused by accidents, the making of repairs, alterations or improvements, or by Force Majeure (as defined in Section 19.22, below), shall not result in any liability to Landlord (to the maximum extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws). Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of such failure, no eviction of Tenant shall result from such failure and Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease. In the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption thereof, Landlord shall diligently attempt to resume service promptly.

6.2 Additional Services. Landlord may impose reasonable charges for any unanticipated, additional costs incurred by Landlord for additional or unusual services to Common Areas required because of any particular use of the Premises or the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant. The expense charged by Landlord to Tenant for any such services be (i) reasonably calculated by Landlord based on Landlord’s actual costs, and (ii) shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be payable in accordance with Section 4.4.

6.3 Excessive Use of Utilities.

6.3.1 Prohibited Activities. Tenant shall comply with the conditions of occupancy and connected utility loads reasonably established by Landlord for the Building and Tenant shall not use utilities or other services in excess of the services described above in Section 6.1 or in a manner that (a) overloads Building systems, or (b) interferes with proper functioning of any Building systems or service equipment. If Tenant requires additional utility capacity from a utility provider during the Term, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or liability to Landlord, to assist Tenant with Tenant’s obtaining the same, provided that such cooperation does not delay Tenant’s receipt of the certificate of occupancy for the Building and such increased capacity available to the Premises to meet Tenant’s needs does not materially reduce capacity available to any other portion of the Project.

6.3.2 Landlord’s Right to Survey Usage. Landlord may survey Tenant’s use of services from time to time. Tenant shall pay Landlord all costs arising out of any excess use by Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant including the cost of all repairs and alterations to the Building’s mechanical and electrical systems (including the installation of any additional meters necessary to measure Tenant’s excess use) and the cost of additional services made available to Tenant beyond those required by this Lease, if any. Such costs shall constitute Additional Rent and Tenant shall pay such costs pursuant to Section 4.4.

6.4 Maintenance of Common Areas. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be in accordance with the standards of Comparable Buildings (as defined in Section 16.2). Landlord reserves the right from time to time to (a) make such improvements, alterations and repairs to the Common Areas as may be required by governmental authorities or by utility companies servicing the Project; (b) construct, maintain and operate lighting and other facilities on all said areas and improvements in the ordinary course of performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease; and (c) to add or remove improvements and facilities to or from the Common Areas in the ordinary course of performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, provided that Landlord shall not materially impair the Tenant’s ability to operate its business in or reasonable access to the Premises, except temporary impairments required by said changes. The use of the Common Areas shall be subject to such reasonable regulations and changes therein as Landlord shall make from time to time, including (but not by way of limitation) the

14

 


 

right to close from time to time, if necessary, all or any portion of the Common Areas to such extent as may be legally sufficient, in the opinion of Landlord’s counsel, to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of rights of any person or of the public therein; provided, however, Landlord shall do so at such times and in such manner as shall minimize any disruption to Tenant to the extent reasonably possible. Nothing in this Section 6.4 shall be deemed to limit or restrict the rights of others with respect to Common Areas not located on the Property.

6.5 Access to Premises.

6.5.1 Landlord’s Right of Entry. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises without abatement of Rent at all reasonable times upon not less than 24 hours’ prior notice to Tenant which may be given by telephone or electronic mail (except in emergencies when no advance notice shall be required), (a) to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, (b) to show the Premises to Landlord’s Mortgagee and to prospective purchasers, mortgagees and (during the last 18 months of the Term) tenants, (c) to inspect, alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Property, and (d) to introduce conduits, risers, pipes and directs to and through the Premises as needed in order for Landlord to satisfy its obligations under this Lease, provided that in exercising any such right, Landlord will cause all such conduits, risers, pipes and ducts to be placed above dropped ceilings, within walls, or below floors or in closets, to the extent reasonably practicable. In conducting any such activities, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to disrupt the conduct of Tenant’s business operations. With respect to non-emergency entries by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph, Tenant shall have the opportunity to have a representative of Tenant accompany Landlord on any such entry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may identify certain areas of the Premises not to exceed 60% of the Premises in the aggregate that require limited access and special security measures (“Secure Areas”) by written notice to Landlord from time-to-time. Landlord shall not enter the Secure Areas without being accompanied by a representative of Tenant except in the event of an emergency threatening life or property or to provide services required to be provided to Tenant by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, or otherwise with Tenant’s prior consent. Landlord’s personnel entering the Secure Areas shall comply with Tenant’s reasonable safety protocols and procedures, which may include, at Tenant’s sole cost, “gowning up” and appropriate EH&S training. Furthermore, Tenant may require individuals entering the Premises (other than in an emergency) to execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement (provided that individuals whose employers are subject to a non-disclosure agreement with Tenant covering such individuals shall be exempt from such requirement). In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be in default of this Lease due to its inability to access the Premises or any Secure Areas from time to time as a result of Tenant denying Landlord access thereto upon Landlord’s request or otherwise preventing Landlord from having access.

 

6.5.2 Tenant’s Keys. For each of the purposes stated above in this Section 6.5, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, or special security areas, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means that Landlord may deem necessary or proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises.

6.6 PH Neutralization. As part of Tenant’s Finish Work, Tenant shall have the right to install a pH neutralization and/or bio-kill system (the “PH Neutralization System”) serving the Building to connect to the municipal sewer line in the street adjacent to the Building, subject to Exhibit 3.1, including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with all Applicable Laws and obtaining all applicable permits at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. So long as Tenant is leasing the entire Building, Tenant shall have exclusive use of the PH Neutralization System, and shall be solely responsible for all costs, charges and expenses in connection with or arising out of the installation, operation, use, maintenance, inspect, repair or refurbishment of the PH Neutralization System, including all clean-up costs relating to the PH Neutralization System (collectively, “System Costs”). If, at any time during the Term, Tenant is no longer leasing the entire Building, and the PH Neutralization System is being used by other tenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Building, then, during such time period, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay its proportionate share of the System Costs (based on the rentable square footage of tenants utilizing the same). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the PH Neutralization System is damaged or repairs to the PH Neutralization System are required as a result of the improper use of the PH Neutralization System by Tenant, Tenant shall be

15

 


 

responsible for one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of any repairs or replacement required as a result of such improper use by Tenant, regardless of whether the PH Neutralization System is then being used by other tenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Building. Similarly, if the PH Neutralization System is damaged, or if repairs to the PH Neutralization System are required as a result of the improper use of the PH Neutralization System by other tenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Building, then Tenant shall have no responsibility for the cost of any repairs or replacements required as a result of such improper use by such other tenant(s) or occupant(s).

Tenant shall establish and maintain a chemical safety program administered by a licensed, qualified individual in accordance with the requirements of the Rhode Island Water Resources Board (“WRB”) and any other applicable governmental authority. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred in connection with such chemical safety program, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require evidencing Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of (a) the WRB and any other applicable governmental authority with respect to such chemical safety program and (b) this Section. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining during the Term (m) any permit required by the WRB (“WRB Permit”) to operate the Building sewer system for use by the Building, generally and (n) and, at Tenant’s sole risk, Tenant shall retain a qualified consultant with a wastewater treatment operator license from the State of Rhode Island to oversee the operation and maintenance of the PH Neutralization System. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of any submissions that it makes to the WRB with respect to the PH Neutralization System. Tenant shall not introduce anything into the PH Neutralization System (x) in violation of the terms of the WRB Permit, (y) in violation of Applicable Laws or (z) that would interfere with the proper functioning of the PH Neutralization System. Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, in order to obtain the WRB Permit. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) business days after demand for any third-party costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section. Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord, its lenders, partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (the “Landlord Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of Tenant’s use of the PH Neutralization System, including (a) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (b) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof, and (c) sums paid in settlement of claims that arise during or after the Term as a result of Tenant’s improper use of the PH Neutralization System. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remediation, removal or restoration required by any governmental authority caused by Tenant’s improper use of the PH Neutralization System.

 

ARTICLE 7 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT

7.1 Permitted Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for laboratory, research and development, pilot, clinical, and commercial manufacturing for life sciences purposes, and for ancillary office, warehousing and other lawful ancillary uses consistent with life sciences use, in each case to the extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws and consistent with Comparable Buildings (as defined in Section 16.2) (collectively, the “Permitted Use”), but expressly excluding medical, clinical (other than clinical research permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws that is consistent with first class laboratory and commercial manufacturing for life sciences purposes), government and education (as distinguished from training of staff) offices. Tenant shall not use or occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of, the Premises or any part thereof for any use other than the Permitted Use specifically set forth above or in any illegal manner, or in any manner that, in Landlord's judgment, would adversely affect or interfere with any services required to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant, or with the proper and economical rendition of any such service, or with the use and enjoyment of any part of the Project by any other tenant or occupant. To the extent that any portion of the Premises is designed for mechanical, chemical storage or other ancillary use serving the primary portion of the Premises, such area(s) shall only be used for the purpose for which such area(s) has been designed as the same may be modified from time to time in compliance with this Lease. Tenant agrees that it will not exceed the maximum floor bearing capacity for the Premises. Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the Effective Date, Landlord has received no written notice from any third party, and has no actual knowledge, that the Property violates any of the Project Documents.

7.2 Tenant's Personal Property. Tenant shall be responsible for any ad valorem taxes on its personal property (whether owned or leased) and on the value of its leasehold improvements made by

16

 


 

Tenant in the Premises (which are in excess of building standard improvements), and if the taxing authorities do not separately assess Tenant's leasehold improvements, the same shall be included in “Taxes”.

7.3 Compliance with Laws.

7.3.1 Tenant’s Compliance Obligations. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall comply promptly with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of all governmental authorities in effect from time to time during the Term including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA"), and all applicable federal, state and municipal building, zoning, fire, health, safety and environmental laws (the “Applicable Laws”) that shall impose any duty on Tenant with respect to the Premises or the use, occupancy or operation thereof. Tenant will obtain and maintain in full force and effect any and all licenses and permits necessary for its use. Tenant shall make any Alterations (as defined in Section 8.3.1) in or to the Premises in order to comply with the foregoing, which are necessitated or occasioned, in whole or in part by the use or occupancy or manner of use, occupancy or operation of the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations or additions to the structure, roof, exterior and load bearing walls, foundation and structural floor slabs of the Building or any of the life safety systems serving the Premises unless the same are (x) required by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or (y) result from any Alterations made by Tenant.

7.3.2 Landlord’s Compliance Obligations. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws in effect from time to time during the Term that shall impose any duty on Landlord with respect to the Common Areas servicing the Premises, excluding any matters that are Tenant's responsibility under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for legal compliance, including the requirements of the ADA, with respect to (a) any and all requirements on account of Tenant's use of, or operations in, the Premises, and (b) all Alterations designed or constructed by Tenant or its contractors or agents.

7.4 Landlord's Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall observe and comply with the rules and regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit 7.4, and all reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord of which Tenant shall have been given notice (the "Rules and Regulations"). To the extent the Rules and Regulations apply to any other portion of the Project, Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner against Tenant. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will cause waste or a nuisance, or which shall tend to unreasonably disturb other tenants of the Project.

7.5 No Liens. Tenant shall keep the Premises, Property and Project free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant or any person or entity claiming through or under Tenant. Any claim to, or lien upon, the Premises, Property or Project arising from any act or omission of Tenant shall accrue only against the leasehold estate of Tenant and shall be subject and subordinate to the paramount title and rights of Landlord in and to the Premises, Property and Project. If any mechanics' or other lien shall be filed against the Premises, Property or Project purporting to be for services, labor or material furnished or to be furnished at the request of the Tenant, then Tenant shall at its expense cause such lien to be discharged of record by payment, bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof from Landlord.

7.6 Hazardous Substances.

7.6.1 Tenant’s Obligations.

7.6.1.1 Prohibitions. As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant, Tenant has fully and accurately completed Landlord’s Pre-Leasing Environmental Exposure Questionnaire (the “Environmental Questionnaire”), which is attached as Exhibit 7.6.1.1. Tenant hereby represents, warrants and covenants that except for those chemicals or materials, and their respective quantities, specifically listed on the Environmental Questionnaire, neither Tenant nor Tenant’s subtenants or assigns, or any of their respective employees, contractors and subcontractors of any tier, entities with a contractual relationship with such parties (other than Landlord), or any entity acting as an agent or sub-agent of such parties or any of the

17

 


 

foregoing (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) will produce, use, store or generate any “Hazardous Substances”, as that term is defined below, on, under or about the Premises, nor cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be brought upon, placed, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, used or “Released”, as that term is defined below, on, in, under or about the Premises, Property or Project. If any information provided to Landlord by Tenant on any Environmental Questionnaire, or otherwise relating to information concerning Hazardous Substances, is false, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect, the same shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease. Upon Landlord’s request, or in the event of any material change in Tenant’s use of Hazardous Substances at the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Environmental Questionnaire. Tenant may use additional Hazardous Substances that are necessary for Tenant’s business operations in the Premises so long as such use complies with the terms and conditions of this Lease, is consistent with first class life science and medical device uses undertaken in Comparable Buildings and Tenant provides Landlord with an updated Environmental Questionnaire identifying such use (which updates may be provided quarterly rather than with the introduction of each such Hazardous Substance).

Tenant shall not install or permit any underground storage tank at the Premises. In addition, Tenant agrees that it: (i) shall not cause or suffer to occur, the Release (as defined below) of any Hazardous Substances at, upon, under or within the Premises, Property or Project; and (ii) shall not engage in activities at the Premises that give rise to, or lead to the imposition of, liability upon Tenant or Landlord or the creation of an environmental lien or use restriction upon the Premises, Property or Project. For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Substances” means all flammable explosives, petroleum and petroleum products, oil, radon, radioactive materials, toxic pollutants, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs“), medical waste, per- or polyfluoroalkyl substances, chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation any chemical, element, compound, mixture, solution, substance, object, waste or any combination thereof, which is or may hereafter be determined to be hazardous to human health, safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosiveness, reactivity, explosiveness, toxicity, carcinogenicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, or defined as, regulated as or included in, the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials”, or “toxic substances” under any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” for purposes of this Lease shall also include any mold, fungus or spores, whether or not the same is defined, listed, or otherwise classified as a “hazardous material” under any Environmental Laws, if such mold, fungus or spores may pose a risk to human health or the environment or negatively impact the value of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Release“ or “Released” or “Releases” shall mean any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing, or other movement of Hazardous Substances into the environment.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant or anyone claiming by through or under Tenant perform work above the risk category Biosafety Level 2 as established by the Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS“) and as further described in the DHHS publication Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories (5th Edition) (as it may be or may have been further revised, the “BMBL“) or such nationally recognized new or replacement standards as Landlord may reasonable designate. Tenant shall comply with all applicable provisions of the standards of the BMBL to the extent applicable to Tenant’s operations in the Premises.

7.6.1.2 Notices to Landlord. Unless Tenant is required by Applicable Laws to give earlier notice to Landlord, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as soon as possible but in no event later than five (5) days after (i) Tenant becomes aware of the occurrence of any actual, alleged or threatened Release of any Hazardous Substance in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises (whether past or present), regardless of the source or quantity of any such Release, or (ii) Tenant becomes aware of any regulatory actions, inquiries, inspections, investigations, directives, or any cleanup, compliance, enforcement or abatement proceedings (including any threatened or contemplated investigations or proceedings) relating to or potentially affecting the Premises, Property or Project, or (iii) Tenant becomes aware of any claims by any person or entity relating to any Hazardous Substances in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises,

18

 


 

whether relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury. Collectively, the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are hereinafter referred to as “Hazardous Substances Claims”. Tenant shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and other communications and reports in connection with any Hazardous Substances Claims. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on, in, under or about the Premises that could subject Tenant or Landlord to any liability, or restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Premises under any “Environmental Laws”, as that term is defined below. Tenant shall not enter into any legal proceeding or other action, settlement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any Hazardous Substances Claims without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to join and participate, as a party if Landlord so elects, in such proceedings and in no event shall Tenant enter into any agreements which are binding on Landlord or the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to appear at and participate in, any and all legal or other administrative proceedings concerning any Hazardous Substances Claim. For purposes of this Lease, “Environmental Laws” means all applicable present and future laws relating to the protection of human health, safety, wildlife or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and/or remediation of emissions, discharges, Releases, or threatened Releases of Hazardous Substances, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Substances; and (ii) all requirements pertaining to the health and safety of employees or the public. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 USC § 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Authorization Act of 1994, 49 USC § 5101, et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, 42 USC § 6901, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC § 1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1966, 42 USC § 7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 USC § 2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, 42 USC §§ 300f through 300j, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 USC § 651 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC § 2701 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 USC § 11001 et seq., the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC § 4321 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, 7 USC § 136 et seq.; and any Rhode Island or local law counterparts, as amended, as such Applicable Laws, are in effect as of the Commencement Date, or thereafter adopted, published or promulgated.

7.6.1.3 Releases of Hazardous Substances. If there occurs any Release of any Hazardous Substance in, on, under, from or about the Premises arising on or after the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises, or requiring any Clean-Up (as defined below), in addition to notifying Landlord as specified above, Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall (i) immediately comply with any and all reporting requirements imposed pursuant to any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) provide a written certification to Landlord indicating that Tenant has complied with all applicable reporting requirements, (iii) take any and all necessary investigation, corrective, remedial and other Clean-up action in accordance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws, utilizing an environmental consultant approved by Landlord, all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 7.6, including, without limitation, Section 7.6.6, and (iv) take any such additional investigative, remedial and corrective actions as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem necessary such that the Premises and Property are remediated to a condition allowing unrestricted use of the Premises for uses that would have been permitted but for the Release (i.e., to a level that will allow any future use of the Premises, including residential if permitted, without any engineering controls or deed restrictions), all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 7.6. Landlord may, as required by any and all Environmental Laws, report the Release of any Hazardous Substance to the appropriate governmental authority, identifying Tenant as the responsible party. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all administrative orders, notices, demands, directives or other communications directed to Tenant from any governmental authority with respect to any Release of Hazardous Substances in, on, under, from, or about the Premises, together with copies of all investigation, assessment, and remediation plans and reports prepared by or on behalf of Tenant in response to

19

 


 

any such regulatory order or directive. Nothing in this Section 7.6.1.3 shall be deemed to make Tenant responsible for (i) a Release existing at the Property as of the date of this Lease including the presence of any Hazardous Substances identified in the Existing Environmental Report (as defined below), (ii) Hazardous Substances migrating to the Premises or Property not resulting from the acts or omissions of any Tenant Parties, or (iii) a Release of Hazardous Substances caused by any Landlord Parties (collectively, “Excluded Hazardous Substance Conditions”). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that Hazardous Substances (x) brought onto the Premises by, through, or under Tenant and/or (y) existing at the Property as of the date of this Lease that are exacerbated by Tenant, shall not constitute “Excluded Substance Hazardous Conditions”.

7.6.1.4 Existing Hazardous Materials. Landlord has delivered to Tenant a copy of an environmental site assessment entitled “Phase I Environmental Site Assessment 100 Technology Way, Smithfield, Rhode Island Dated December 6, 2022” prepared by Tetra Tech (the “Existing Environmental Report”). Except as disclosed in the Existing Environmental Report, Landlord has no knowledge of the Release of Hazardous Substances at or from the Property in violation of Environmental Laws.

7.6.2 Indemnification.

7.6.2.1 In General. Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord, its lenders, partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) including, without limitation, consequential damages and sums paid in settlement of claims, which arise during or after the Term, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the presence, use, generation, manufacture, treatment, handling, refining, production, processing, storage, Release or presence of Hazardous Substances in, on, under or about the Premises, Property or Project by any Tenant Party, except to the extent such liabilities result from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord following the Commencement Date. The foregoing obligations of Tenant shall include, without limitation: (i) the costs of any required or necessary removal, repair, cleanup or remediation of the Premises, Property and Project, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, removal, remedial or other required plans; (ii) judgments for personal injury or property damages; and (iii) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. It is the express intention of the parties to this Lease that Tenant assumes all such liabilities, and holds Landlord harmless from all such liabilities, associated with the environmental condition of the Premises, arising on or after the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises except that Landlord, and not Tenant, shall be responsible for any Excluded Hazardous Substance Condition (including the Clean-Up (as defined below) of the same).

7.6.2.2 By Landlord. Landlord shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant, its lenders, partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) which arise during or after the Term with respect to Excluded Hazardous Substance Conditions.

7.6.3 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Without limiting the generality of Tenant’s obligation to comply with Applicable Laws as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall obtain and maintain any and all necessary permits, licenses, certifications and approvals appropriate or required for the use, handling, storage, and disposal of any Hazardous Substances used, stored, generated, transported, handled, blended, or recycled by Tenant on the Premises. Landlord shall have a continuing right, without obligation, to reasonably review and inspect any and all such permits, licenses, certifications and approvals, together with copies of any and all Hazardous Substances management plans and programs, any and all Hazardous Substances risk management and

20

 


 

pollution prevention programs, and any and all Hazardous Substances emergency response and employee training programs respecting Tenant’s use of Hazardous Substances. Upon request of Landlord, made no often than annually so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable documentation explaining the nature and scope of Tenant’s activities involving Hazardous Substances and confirming Tenant’s compliance, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws and the terms of this Lease.

7.6.4 Assurance of Performance.

7.6.4.1 Environmental Assessments In General. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, engage from time to time such contractors as Landlord determines to be appropriate to perform “Environmental Assessments”, as that term is defined below, to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances. For purposes of this Lease, “Environmental Assessment” means an assessment including, without limitation: (i) an environmental site assessment conducted in accordance with the then-current standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials and meeting the requirements for satisfying the “all appropriate inquiries” requirements; and (ii) sampling and testing of the Premises based upon potential recognized environmental conditions or areas of concern or inquiry identified by the environmental site assessment.

7.6.4.2 Costs of Environmental Assessments. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such Environmental Assessment initially shall be paid by Landlord (and shall not be an Operating Expense); provided that if any such Environmental Assessment shows that Tenant has failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.6, then all of the costs and expenses of such Environmental Assessment shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

7.6.5 Tenant’s Obligations upon Surrender. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall: (i) cause an Environmental Assessment of the Premises to be conducted in accordance with Section 8.6.2; (ii) cause all Hazardous Substances (other than Excluded Hazardous Substance Conditions) to be removed from the Premises and disposed of in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as necessary to allow the Premises to be used for any purpose; and (iii) cause to be removed all containers installed or used by any Tenant Parties to store any Hazardous Substances on the Premises, and cause to be repaired any damage to the Premises caused by such removal.

7.6.6 Clean-up.

7.6.6.1 Environmental Reports; Clean-Up. If any written report, including any report containing results of any Environmental Assessment (an “Environmental Report”) shall indicate (i) the presence of any Hazardous Substances as to which Tenant has a removal or remediation obligation under this Section 7.6, and (ii) that as a result of same, the investigation, characterization, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure, remediation, removal, or other clean-up (the “Clean-up”) of any Hazardous Substances is required by applicable Environmental Laws, Tenant shall immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Environmental Report a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s written approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to perform the Clean-up so that the Premises are restored to the conditions required by this Lease. Upon Landlord’s approval of the Clean-up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation of any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, immediately implement such plan with a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and proceed to Clean-Up Hazardous Substances in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. If, within thirty (30) days after receiving a copy of such Environmental Report, Tenant fails either (a) to complete such Clean-up, or (b) with respect to any Clean-up that cannot be completed within such 30-day period, fails to proceed with diligence to prepare the Clean-up plan and complete the Clean-up as promptly as practicable, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving any other rights under this Lease, to carry out any Clean-up recommended by the Environmental Report or required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and recover all of the costs and expenses thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

21

 


 

7.6.6.2 No Rent Abatement. Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any Clean-up, and shall not be entitled to any reduction, offset or deferral of any Base Rent or Additional Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any such Clean-up.

7.6.6.3 Surrender of Premises. Tenant shall complete any Clean-up prior to surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and shall fully comply with all Environmental Laws and requirements of any governmental authority with respect to such completion, including, without limitation, fully comply with any requirement to file a risk assessment, mitigation plan or other information with any such governmental authority in conjunction with the Clean-up prior to such surrender. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a letter or other written determination from the overseeing governmental authority confirming that the Clean-up has been completed in accordance with all requirements of such governmental authority and that no further response action of any kind is required for the unrestricted use of the Premises (“Closure Letter”). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall also be obligated to close all permits obtained in connection with Hazardous Substances in accordance with Applicable Laws.

7.6.6.4 Failure to Timely Clean-Up. Should any Clean-up for which Tenant is responsible not be completed, or should Tenant not receive the Closure Letter and any governmental approvals required under Environmental Laws in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant’s failure to receive the Closure Letter is prohibiting Landlord from leasing the Premises or any part thereof to a third party, or prevents the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by a third party, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a holdover tenant (as more particularly provided in Section 2.2) until Tenant has fully complied with its obligations under this Section 7.6.

7.6.7 Confidentiality. Unless compelled to do so by Applicable Laws, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not disclose, discuss, disseminate or copy any information, data, findings, communications, conclusions and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Premises to any Person (other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information), including any governmental authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is compelled by Applicable Laws, it shall provide Landlord with reasonable advance notice of disclosure of confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order provided that the obligation to provide Landlord with advance notice shall not limit Tenant from making such disclosures within the time periods required by Applicable Law. Tenant may additionally release such information to bona fide prospective purchasers or lenders, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Section 7.6.7.

7.6.8 Copies of Environmental Reports. Within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any and all environmental assessments, audits, studies and reports regarding Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises, or ground water beneath the Land, or the environmental condition or Clean-up thereof. Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with a copy of such materials without regard to whether such materials are generated by Tenant or prepared for Tenant, or how Tenant comes into possession of such materials.

7.6.9 Signs, Response Plans, Etc. Tenant shall be responsible for posting on the Premises any signs required under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall also complete and file any business response plans or inventories required by any applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request made no more often than annually (other than following an Event of Default) provide Landlord with a copy of any such business response plan or inventory.

7.6.10 Fire Control Areas. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not use in excess of the number of fire control areas permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws within the Building for the storage of Hazardous Substances or, if Tenant is no longer the only tenant of Landlord in the Building, such lesser amount as is determined based on the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises to the total rentable square footage of leasable area in the Building as reasonably determined by Landlord on a consistent basis. In the event of a Transfer following such time, if any, as Tenant is no longer the only tenant of Landlord in the Building, if the use of Hazardous Substances by such new tenant (“New Tenant”) is such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Building in excess of the amount allotted

22

 


 

to Tenant, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the Uniform Building Code (UBC) as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Substances, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building is not greater than New Tenant’s allotment of such areas.

7.6.11 Survival. Each covenant, agreement, representation, warranty and indemnification made by Tenant set forth in this Section 7.6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain effective until all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 7.6 have been completely performed and satisfied.

ARTICLE 8 ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND SIGNAGE

8.1 Landlord’s Obligations. In addition to Landlord’s obligations under Section 6.1 above, Landlord will maintain in good repair, reasonable wear and use excepted (except casualty and condemnation which shall be governed by Article 10 and Article 11, respectively), all Common Areas, the utility systems (other than cable and telephone service and any transformers) from the lot line to the point of connection to the Building, and the foundation, structural columns, exterior façade (including walls), roof system (including structure, roof drains and membrane), load-bearing walls existing as of the date of this Lease, structural floor slabs existing as of the date of this Lease, exterior windows exterior doors, passenger and freight elevators, fire and life safety system (excluding fire alarm and life safety system, and the pipes/sprinkler heads, within the Building), and main fire pump serving the Building. The cost of this maintenance and repair shall be included in Operating Expenses and shall be subject to reimbursement under Article 5 hereof to the extent provided therein. Maintenance and uninsured repair expenses caused by Tenant’s willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions shall be paid directly to Landlord by Tenant in accordance with Section 4.4, and shall not constitute an Operating Expense. The structural elements of the Building and the systems of Building for which Landlord is responsible under this Section 8.1 shall be in good working order on the Commencement Date. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord will perform XFMR Preventative Maintenance testing on the two (2) existing cast-coil transformers, ‘Transformers A and B’, via Schneider Electric, and Landlord shall deliver the transformers to Tenant in good working order and suitable for continuous operations on the Commencement Date.

8.2 Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant will maintain in good repair, reasonable wear and use excepted, the entire Premises except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 8.1, above, including the Building Systems (as defined below in Section 8.3.1), the Existing Equipment, and any Alterations, fixtures and supplemental HVAC units that are dedicated to Tenant’s exclusive use, and at Tenant’s cost and expense, shall make all repairs and replacements necessary to preserve the same in good working order and in a clean, safe and sanitary condition, will suffer no waste. In furtherance of the foregoing, Tenant shall maintain in force and provide a copy of same to Landlord upon request, service repair and full service maintenance contracts with respect to the HVAC system, the fire alarm system and pipes/sprinkler heads within the Building, and other Building Systems for which Tenant is responsible in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (collectively, the “Maintenance Contract”) with contractors or servicing organizations reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of preventative maintenance reports on a quarterly basis and shall, from time to time within five (5) days of Landlord’s request, provide Landlord with copies of Maintenance Contracts, testing reports, and other service reports for the maintenance performed by Tenant, including, without limitation HVAC, fire alarm systems and pipes/sprinkler heads, and other Building Systems for which Tenant is responsible.

Tenant shall maintain, at its own expense, in good order, condition and repair to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all plumbing facilities and electrical fixtures and devices (including replacement of all lamps, starters and ballasts) located at the Premises. Tenant shall repair, at its cost, all deteriorations or damages to the Property occasioned by its negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct (subject to the provisions of Section 9.6). If Tenant does not make any of such repairs or should Tenant fail to obtain the Maintenance Contract within twenty (20) days following notice from Landlord (or if such repairs will take more than 20 days to complete, Tenant shall have such additional time to complete the same so long as Tenant commences the repair within the 20-day period and prosecutes completion of the same with diligence), Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs or obtain the Maintenance Contract, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost thereof as provided in Section 8.7 hereof.

23

 


 

Tenant shall be solely responsible for performing all janitorial and trash services and other cleaning of the Premises and the Property, all in compliance with Applicable Laws. In the event such service is provided by a third party janitorial service, and not by employees of Tenant, such service shall be performed, at Tenant’s cost, by a janitorial service reasonably approved in advance by Landlord (Landlord shall provide Tenant with a list of reasonably approved vendors upon Tenant’s request). The janitorial and cleaning of the Premises shall be adequate to maintain the Premises in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings.

 

Tenant shall be solely responsible for the operation and maintenance of the loading area serving the Premises, in common with other tenants entitled to use the same, if any.

 

During the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to engage a property engineer, or equivalent personnel from a reputable firm reasonably selected by Landlord (the parties acknowledging that Flagship Lab Services is approved for this purpose), to perform periodic oversight and inspections of the Premises, review Tenant’s maintenance contracts and records, and in general for the purpose of confirming that Tenant is maintaining, servicing, and repairing the Premises in good working order, and the cost of such services shall be included in Operating Expenses.

 

To assist with Tenant’s transition into the Building, Landlord shall cause the property manager to maintain in place and oversee the existing vendor and utility contracts listed on Exhibit 8.2 attached hereto, until the date that is six months following the Effective Date, with all such costs includable as an Operating Expense, provided, however, that nothing in this sentence is deemed to expand Landlord’s duties or obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant as reasonably required in connection with the transition of such services to Tenant.

 

8.3 Tenant’s Alterations.

8.3.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may make improvements, installations, alterations or additions (“Alterations”) in or to the Premises or the Building, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which affects (adversely or otherwise in more than a de minimis, incidental manner) the structural portions of the Premises or the Property (the “Building Structure”) or any of the Property’s HVAC, mechanical, electrical, telecommunications, security, cabling, plumbing or other systems or equipment (the “Building Systems”), or that increases the rentable floor area of the Building, or is visible from the exterior of the Building, or which would violate any certificate of occupancy for the Building or any other permits or licenses relating to the Building. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant’s requests for consent to Alterations within 20 days following delivery of the request. If Landlord fails to respond within such 20-day period, Tenant may deliver a second request to Landlord with a legend in bold and prominent print stating that “FAILURE TO REPLY TO THIS REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF TENANT’S REQUEST FOR ALTERATIONS WITHIN TEN DAYS MAY BE DEEMED TO BE LANDLORD’S APPROVAL” and, if Landlord fails to respond within ten days following delivery of such second notice, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the proposed Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior written consent, to the extent that such Alterations (i) are purely cosmetic in nature (such as painting, carpeting, and the like), (ii) do not affect Building Systems or the Building Structure adversely or otherwise in more than a de minimis, incidental manner), (iii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, and (iv) cost less than $150,000.00 for a particular job of work. In no event shall Tenant make any Alterations in or to the Premises or the Building except as set forth in this Section 8.3.

8.3.2 Construction Standards. All Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant shall be made and performed: (a) by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord, who shall carry liability insurance of a type and in such amounts as Landlord shall reasonably require, naming Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds, (b) in a good and workmanlike manner, (c) so that same shall be at least equal in quality, value, and utility to the original work or installation and shall be in conformity with Landlord’s building standard specifications, as the same may be amended by Landlord and in effect at such time, (d) in accordance with all Applicable Laws, and (e) pursuant to

24

 


 

plans, drawings and specifications (“Tenant’s Plans”), which have been reviewed and approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of the repairs or replacements and approved by, and filed with, all applicable governmental authorities (the “Construction Standards”). Landlord’s consent of Tenant’s contractors and mechanics and Tenant’s Plans shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s submission of Tenant’s Plans shall include a schedule for completion of the Alterations; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to perform Alterations in strict compliance with the approved schedule shall not be a breach of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 8.3.2. Where required by Applicable Laws (or where reasonably requested by Landlord to confirm compliance with the same) with respect to any Alterations affecting air disbursement from ventilation systems serving Tenant or the Building, including without limitation the installation of Tenant’s exhaust systems, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a third party report from a consultant, and in a form, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, showing that such work will not adversely affect the ventilation systems of the Building (or of any other building in the Project). In connection with any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its review and comment copies of any applications or submittals to governmental authorities prior to submitting the same. In no event may any conditions imposed upon Alterations result in conditions binding upon the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, other than de minimis conditions consistent with tenant improvements customarily found within similar facilities.

8.3.4 Security System. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of Section 6.5.2 and Section 8.3.2 above, Tenant shall have the right to install, at its expense, a security system to secure the Premises provided that Landlord is given access cards or passwords as required to permit Landlord to enter the Premises in accordance with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide security services to the Premises or Building and that Tenant shall be responsible for its own security.

8.4 Tenant’s Property. All trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and personal property placed in the Premises by Tenant and all computer, telecommunications or other cabling and wiring and associated conduit installed in the Premises or elsewhere at the Property by or for the benefit of Tenant (collectively, the “Tenant’s Property”) shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration of the Term. Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, repair any damage to the Premises or the Property caused by such removal. Any of Tenant’s Property not removed from the Premises prior to the Expiration Date shall, at Landlord’s option, become the property of Landlord. Landlord may remove such Tenant’s Property, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord’s cost of removal and of any repairs in connection therewith in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to notify Tenant at least one hundred (150) days prior to the Expiration Date, or if the Lease terminates earlier, within thirty (30) days after such termination, whether the items designated on Exhibit 8.4, attached, shall not be considered Tenant’s Property and shall remain in the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the Existing Equipment shall remain the property of Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease, and that Landlord shall be entitled to all depreciation with respect to the Existing Equipment. Landlord shall have the right to label the Existing Equipment as belonging to Landlord, and Tenant shall not place any liens or encumbrances on the Existing Equipment. In no event shall Tenant remove any fixtures, furnishings or equipment, if any, paid for with the Finish Work Allowance (“Landlord Funded FF&E”) unless Tenant is so directed by Landlord at least one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the Expiration Date. Landlord shall have the right to label any of the Landlord Funded FF&E as belonging to Landlord and Tenant shall not place any liens or encumbrances on any items of Landlord Funded FF&E. The Landlord Funded FF&E shall remain the property of Landlord and Landlord shall be entitled to all depreciation associated with the same.

8.5 Ownership and Removal. All additions, fixtures and improvements attached to or installed in or upon the Premises by Tenant or by Landlord shall be Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises at the termination of this Lease without compensation, allowance or credit to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may notify Tenant at the time Landlord grants its consent to any Alterations or Finish Work (as defined in Exhibit 3.1), that Landlord may require at the Expiration Date, or the sooner date of termination of this Lease, that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, remove any of the Alterations or Finish Work. If Landlord notifies Tenant that such removal may be required in accordance with the preceding sentence, then Landlord shall notify Tenant at least one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the Expiration Date, or if the Lease terminates earlier, within thirty (30) days after such termination, whether Tenant will in fact have to remove such Alterations. If Tenant is required to undertake such removal but fails to do so, then Landlord may remove the same and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such

25

 


 

removal and of any repairs for any damage to the Premises or Property in connection therewith. Any Finish Work funded by the Finish Work Allowance, whether or not attached to the Premises, shall be the Property of Landlord and must remain on the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term unless Landlord otherwise notifies Tenant that it must be removed at the time that Landlord approves the plans for the same (unless Tenant is otherwise directed by Landlord that the same shall remain at least one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the Expiration Date). To the extent that Tenant is not required to remove any Alterations or to remove any Tenant’s Property at the termination of this Lease, the same shall be left by Tenant at the Premises in good working order and condition, together with copies of all related maintenance records and manufacturer’s operating manuals and warranties, and Tenant shall provide reasonable assistance to Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, in order to transition the use of the foregoing to a replacement tenant (nothing obligating Tenant to provide any confidential information to such replacement tenant).

8.6 Surrender of Premises; Environmental Assessment.

8.6.1 Surrender of Premises. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant will quietly and peacefully surrender to Landlord the Premises in as good condition as when Tenant took possession, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, and otherwise as is required in Article 8.

8.6.2 Environmental Assessment. Prior to the expiration of the Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant shall clean and otherwise decommission all interior surfaces (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines and plumbing in or serving the Premises, the Existing Equipment, and all exhaust or other ductwork in or serving the Premises, in each case that has carried, released or otherwise been exposed to any Hazardous Substances due to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall otherwise clean the Premises so as to permit the Environmental Assessment called for by this Section 8.6.2 to be issued. Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall obtain for Landlord an Environmental Assessment addressed to Landlord (and, at Tenant’s election, Tenant) by a reputable licensed environmental engineer or industrial hygienist that is designated by Tenant and acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which report shall be based on the environmental engineer’s inspection of the Premises and shall state, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that (a) the Hazardous Substances described in the first sentence of this paragraph, to the extent, if any, existing prior to such decommissioning, have been removed in accordance with Applicable Laws; (b) all Hazardous Substances described in the first sentence of this paragraph, if any, have been removed in accordance with Applicable Laws from the interior surfaces of the Premises (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines, Existing Equipment, and plumbing, and all such exhaust or other ductwork in the Premises and the Existing Equipment, may be reused by a subsequent tenant or disposed of in compliance with Applicable Laws without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for demolition, disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of such Hazardous Substances and without giving notice in connection with such Hazardous Substances; and (c) the Premises may be reoccupied for office, research and development, or laboratory use, demolished or renovated without incurring special costs or undertaking special procedures for disposal, investigation, assessment, cleaning or removal of Hazardous Substances described in the first sentence of this paragraph and without giving notice in connection with Hazardous Substances. Further, for purposes of clauses (b) and (c), “special costs” or “special procedures” shall mean costs or procedures, as the case may be, that would not be incurred but for the nature of the Hazardous Substances as Hazardous Substances instead of non-hazardous materials. The report shall also include reasonable detail concerning the clean-up measures taken, the clean-up locations, the tests run and the analytic results. Tenant shall submit to Landlord the identity of the applicable consultants and the scope of the proposed Environmental Assessment for Landlord’s reasonable review and approval at least 30 days prior to commencing the work described therein or at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the Term, whichever is earlier.

If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Section 8.6.2, without limiting any other right or remedy, Landlord may, on five (5) business days’ prior written notice to Tenant perform such obligations at Tenant’s expense if Tenant has not commenced to do so within said five day period, and Tenant shall within 10 days of written demand reimburse Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such work. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 8.6.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In addition, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may inspect the Premises and/or the Property for Hazardous Substances at Landlord’s cost and expense within sixty (60) days of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant

26

 


 

shall pay for all such costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such inspection if such inspection reveals that a release or threat of release of Hazardous Substances exists at the Property or Premises as a result of the acts or omission of Tenant, its officers, employees, contractors, and agents (except to the extent resulting from (i) Hazardous Substances existing in the Premises as at the delivery of possession to Tenant (in which event Landlord shall be responsible for any Clean-up, as provided in this Lease), or (ii) the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors).

8.7 Tenant’s Failure to Maintain. If Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the necessity of any repairs or replacements required to be made under Section 8.2 and Tenant fails to commence diligently to cure the same within twenty (20) days thereafter (except that no notice will be required in case of any emergency repair or replacement necessary to prevent substantial damage or deterioration), or if Tenant fails to obtain the Maintenance Contract within twenty (20) days following Landlord’s request, Landlord, at its option and in addition to any other remedies, may proceed to make such repairs, replacements or maintenance or obtain the required Maintenance Contract, and the expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith plus five percent (5%) thereof for Landlord’s supervision, shall be due and payable from Tenant in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof, as Additional Rent; provided, that, Landlord’s making any such repairs or replacements or obtaining such Maintenance Contract shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s default in failing to make the same.

8.8 Signs. So long as Tenant leases the entire Building, Tenant shall be entitled to place exterior signage identifying Tenant on the Building façade, subject to Applicable Laws and any Project signage guidelines. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to install a monument sign identifying Tenant at the entry of the Access Road from Douglas Pike/Route 7, subject to Applicable Laws and the Project Documents. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant (including signing applications for governmental permits and approvals) in connection with such signage, at no cost or liability to Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s cost, for the installation and maintenance of its signage, including obtaining and maintaining any permits and approvals required in connection therewith. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove any signage installed pursuant to this Section 8.8 at its sole cost and expense and repair any damage caused by such removal. All of Tenant’s signage shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Other than as expressly described in this Section 8.8, Tenant shall not place any signage on the exterior of the Premises, and Tenant shall not place any signage on the inside of the Premises that is visible from the exterior of the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 9 INSURANCE

9.1 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant, at its own expense, shall provide and keep in force with companies which are rated A-/VIII or better by A.M. Best Company and licensed in the State of Rhode Island: (a) combined single limit commercial general liability insurance insuring against liability for personal injury and property damage, including contractual liability, in the amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence/$2,000,000.00 annual aggregate limit, with not less than $10,000,000.00 of excess liability coverage through umbrella insurance (which umbrella coverage shall be on a ‘following-form’ basis);(b) “Special Form” property insurance, including standard fire and extended coverage insurance, in amounts necessary to provide replacement cost coverage, for the Existing Equipment and for Tenant’s Property, machinery, electronic data and any Alterations in which Tenant has an insurable property interest, including, without limitation, vandalism and malicious mischief and sprinkler leakage coverage, and “all risk” Builder’s Risk insurance, completed value, non-reporting form at any time that Tenant has commenced construction of any leasehold improvements or any Alterations, and at any time any other construction activities are underway at the Premises; (c) business interruption insurance on an actual loss sustained basis for a minimum of 12 months; (d) plate glass insurance for the Premises (if applicable); (e) Workers’ Compensation Insurance in statutory limits as required by applicable law including $1,000,000.00 Employer’s Liability Coverage Each Accident/Disease Policy Limit/Disease Each Employee; (f) automobile liability (including owned and hired) with limits of not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit, and (f) any other insurance reasonably required by Landlord. At Landlord’s request, the amounts and kinds of insurance coverages described herein may be reasonably increased or expanded to reflect amounts and coverages then typically being carried for similar business operations in institutionally owned or financed properties in the same geographic region as the Project.

27

 


 

9.2 Delivery of Policies. Each such insurance policy shall: (a) be provided in form, substance and amounts (where not above stated) satisfactory to Landlord and to Landlord’s Mortgagee; (b) specifically include the liability assumed hereunder by Tenant (provided that the amount of such insurance shall not be construed to limit the liability of Tenant hereunder); (c) shall provide that it is primary insurance, and not excess over or contributory with any other valid, existing and applicable insurance in force for or on behalf of Landlord; and (d) provide that Landlord shall receive thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to any cancellation or change of coverage (or, if such notice is not available from the insurer, Tenant covenants that it shall provide Landlord with such notice). Tenant shall deliver policies of such insurance or certificates thereof to Landlord prior to Tenant first accessing the Premises or, if later, at least 30 days on or before the anticipated Commencement Date, and thereafter at least twenty (20) days before the expiration dates of expiring policies. All such liability insurance certificates shall provide that Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, its mortgagees, any ground lessors and Landlord’s managing agent of whom Tenant shall have been given notice shall each be named as an additional insured. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at its option, procure same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor. Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Article 9 shall in no way limit Tenant’s liability under any of the other provisions of this Lease.

 

9.3 Landlord’s Insurance; Increased Insurance Risk. Landlord, as part of Operating Expenses, shall carry “Special Form” property insurance, including standard fire and extended coverage insurance, in amounts necessary to provide replacement cost coverage, for the Building (but expressly excluding any Alterations or Finish Work). Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Premises, which would: (a) be in violation of any Applicable Laws, (b) invalidate or be in conflict with the provision of any fire or other insurance policies covering the Property or any property located therein, (c) result in a refusal by fire insurance companies of good standing to insure the Property or any such property in amounts required by Landlord’s Mortgagee (as hereinafter defined) or reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (d) subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or property by reason of any business operation being conducted in the Premises, or (e) cause any increase in the fire insurance rates applicable to the Property or property located therein at the beginning of the Term or at any time thereafter. In the event that any use of the Premises by Tenant increases such cost of insurance, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of such increase and a reasonable opportunity to cure its use to prevent such increase; provided, however, if Tenant fails to do so, Tenant shall pay such increased cost to Landlord in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. Acceptance of such payment shall not be construed as a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s such use, or limit Landlord’s remedies under this Lease.

9.4 Indemnity.

(a) Tenant shall defend with counsel approved by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (Landlord acknowledging that counsel designated by an insurer being deemed acceptable), indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, all employees, officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders of Landlord, Mortgagees of the Property and any other party having an interest therein from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature arising from or with respect to (a) any injury to or death of any person or damage to or loss of property in, on or about the Premises or connected with the use, condition or occupancy of any thereof (except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, contractors, consultants or representatives), (b) [intentionally omitted], (c) any act, omission, fault, misconduct, negligence or violation of applicable laws and regulations by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, (d) any Hazardous Substances or other pollutants brought, generated, stored, used, installed, disposed of, spilled, released, emitted or discharged on, in or from the Premises, or allowed, permitted or suffered to be brought, generated, stored, used, installed, disposed of, spilled, released, emitted or discharged thereon, therein or therefrom, by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, in violation of Section 7.6 or otherwise, (e) any construction or other work by Tenant on or about the Premises pursuant to Article 8 or otherwise.

(b) Landlord shall defend with counsel approved by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion (Tenant acknowledging that counsel designated by an insurer being deemed acceptable), indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, all employees, officers, directors, partners, members and shareholders of Tenant, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature arising from or with respect to any injury to or death of any person or damage to or loss of property in, on or about the

28

 


 

Premises to the extent the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties, in all events subject to the provisions of Section 9.6.

9.5 Tenant’s Use and Occupancy. Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and the Project and use by all Tenant Parties, and all Tenant’s and said parties’ furnishings, fixtures, equipment, improvements, materials, supplies, inventory, effects and property of every kind, nature and description which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be in, on or about the Premises, shall be at Tenant’s and said parties’ sole risk and hazard. To the extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Law, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party for injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of any property in, on or about the Premises, nor for any interruption in Tenant’s use of the Premises or the conduct of its business therein, nor for any other losses, damages, costs, expenses or liabilities whatsoever, including without limitation where caused by fire, water, explosion, collapse, the leakage or bursting of water, steam, or other pipes, any environmental or other condition in, on, or about the Premises, or any other event, occurrence, condition or cause, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. It is Tenant’s responsibility to maintain insurance against any such loss or casualty.

9.6 Waiver of Subrogation Rights.

9.6.1 Mutual Waiver. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against each other for loss or damage occurring to the Premises or the Project or any of Landlord’s or Tenant’s Property contained therein regardless of the cause of such loss or damage to the extent that the loss or damage is covered by the injured party’s insurance or the insurance the injured party is required to carry under this Lease, whichever is greater (without regard to any deductible provision in any policy). This waiver also applies to each party’s directors, officers, employees, shareholders, and agents.

9.6.2 Insurance Policy Coverage. Each party will assure that its insurance permits waiver of liability and contains a waiver of subrogation. Each party shall secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement to, each insurance policy obtained by or required to be obtained by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, under this Lease, pursuant to which the insurance company: (a) waives any right of subrogation against Landlord or Tenant as the same may be applicable, or (b) permits Landlord or Tenant, prior to any loss to agree to waive any claim it might have against the other without invalidating the coverage under the insurance policy. If, at any time, the insurance carrier of either party refuses to write (and no other insurance carrier licensed in Rhode Island will write) insurance policies which consent to or permit such release of liability, then such party shall notify the other party and upon the giving of such notice, this Section 9.6.2 shall be void and of no effect.

ARTICLE 10 CASUALTY

10.1 Damage or Destruction.

10.1.1 Landlord’s Repair Obligation. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any damage by fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”) to the Premises or any portion thereof. During the sixty (60)-day period following the occurrence of a Casualty (the “Notice Period”), Landlord will notify Tenant of Landlord’s estimate (the “Landlord’s Estimate”) of the period of time required to complete the restoration work. In the event that the Premises, or any part thereof, or access thereto, shall be so damaged or destroyed by fire or other insured Casualty that Tenant shall not have reasonably convenient access to the Premises or any material portion of the Premises shall thereby be otherwise rendered unfit for use and occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes set forth in Section 7.1, and if in the judgment of Landlord the damage or destruction may be repaired within three hundred sixty-five (365) days with available insurance proceeds, then the Landlord shall so notify the Tenant and shall repair such damage or destruction to the Premises as provided in Section 10.4 hereof with reasonable diligence, subject to the limitations, if any, of Applicable Laws. If in the judgment of Landlord the Premises, or means of access thereto, cannot be repaired within three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the elapse of the Notice Period with available insurance proceeds, then either party shall have the right to terminate the term of this Lease by giving written

29

 


 

notice of such termination to the other party within the period of forty-five (45) days after the delivery of Landlord’s Estimate. If the reconstruction period estimated by Landlord is more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days and neither party terminates this Lease on account thereof, subject to Landlord’s receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds, Landlord shall repair such damage or destruction as provided in Section 10.4 hereof with reasonable diligence, subject to the limitations, if any, of Applicable Laws to be the period so estimated by Landlord.

10.1.2 Failure to Complete Repairs; Rights of Termination. If Landlord is obligated, or elects, to repair the damage to the Premises and fails to substantially complete the repairs within the longer of the period of time required or permitted by this Section 10.1 or the time set forth in Landlord’s Estimate plus a contingency period equal to 10% of the time set forth in Landlord’s Estimate (as the same may be reasonably extended due to any delay caused by Force Majeure) (the “Reconstruction Period”) then, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice to Landlord not later than ten (10) days following the end of the Reconstruction Period.

10.2 Abatement of Rent. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not be abated or suspended if, following any Casualty, Tenant shall continue to have reasonably convenient access to the Premises and the Premises are not rendered unfit for use and occupancy. If Tenant shall not have reasonably convenient access to the Premises or any portion of the Premises shall be otherwise rendered unfit for use and occupancy by the Tenant for the purposes set forth in Section 7.1 by reason of such Casualty, then Rent shall be equitably suspended or abated relative to the portion of the Premises that cannot be used by Tenant for any of its business operations, effective as of the date of the Casualty until Landlord has (a) substantially completed the repair of the Premises and the means of access thereto, and (b) has delivered notice thereof to Tenant.

10.3 Events of Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10, if, prior to or during the Term, the Building shall be so damaged by Casualty that, in the reasonable estimate of qualified third-party architect, engineer or contractor retained by Landlord, the cost to repair the damage will be more than fifty percent (50%) of the replacement value of the Building, then, in such event, Landlord, may give to Tenant, within ninety (90) days after such Casualty, a sixty (60) days’ notice of the termination of this Lease and, in the event such notice is given, this Lease and the Term shall terminate upon the expiration of such sixty (60) days with the same effect as if such date were the Expiration Date. If more than fifty percent (50%) of the gross rentable area of the Premises shall be wholly or substantially damaged or destroyed by Casualty at any time during the last six (6) months of the Term, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivery of written notice of such termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage. Landlord shall notify Tenant if insurance proceeds received by Landlord are insufficient to complete the restoration of the Premises to the extent required by Landlord hereunder; within 30 days following such notice, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to terminate the Lease pursuant to this sentence then Tenant may void such termination by agreeing within 30 days following receipt of such notice to fund the cost to repair the damage. Upon the occurrence of a termination of this Lease pursuant to this Article 10, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any insurance proceeds received by Tenant with respect to the Existing Equipment, and out of any insurance proceeds received by Tenant for Tenant’s Alterations, Finish Work, or other improvements in the Premises, an amount equal to the unamortized Finish Work Allowance, amortized on a straight line basis over the initial term of the Lease, with interest at the rate of 9%.

10.4 Scope of Landlord’s Repairs. In the event Landlord elects or shall be obligated to repair or restore any damage or destruction to the Premises pursuant to this Article 10, Landlord shall not be obligated to restore or replace the Existing Equipment, Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Alterations, or the Finish Work, which shall be restored or replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by the Landlord to Tenant, or any other person, by reason of inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any damage or destruction, or any repair thereof, as is referred to in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11 CONDEMNATION

11.1 Entire Condemnation. In the event that the whole of the Premises shall be taken under the power of eminent domain or by any proceeding for taking for public or quasi-public use (a

30

 


 

Condemnation”), this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall automatically terminate as of the earlier of the date of the vesting of title or the date of dispossession of Tenant as a result of such taking.

11.2 Partial Condemnation.

11.2.1 Effect of Partial Condemnation. In the event that only a part of the Premises shall be taken by Condemnation and the remaining Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use without material interference with Tenant’s business operations and Tenant shall have reasonable, convenient access to and from the Premises, the Term shall expire as to that portion of the Premises condemned effective as of the date of the vesting of title in the condemning authority, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part of the Premises not so taken. In the event of a partial Condemnation of the Premises which results in a lack of reasonable, convenient access to and from the Premises or which results in insufficient space for Tenant to carry on its business without material interference with its business, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if Landlord cannot relocate Tenant to comparable space elsewhere in the Project following the effective date of the Condemnation.

11.2.2 Landlord’s Option to Terminate. In the event that a part of the Premises shall be subject to Condemnation, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date of such vesting of title, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within ninety (90) days following the date on which Landlord shall have received notice of the vesting of title in the condemning authority if in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: (a) a substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Premises (or any portion thereof) shall be necessary or appropriate, or (b) the portion of the Premises so condemned has the effect of rendering the remainder of the Premises uneconomic to maintain.

11.2.3 Landlord’s Repair Obligations. In the event that this Lease is not terminated in accordance with Section 11.2 hereof, Landlord shall, upon receipt of the award in condemnation, make all necessary repairs or alterations to the Building in which the Premises are located so as to constitute the remaining Premises a complete architectural unit to the extent feasible and permitted by Applicable Laws, but Landlord shall not be required to spend for such work an amount in excess of the amount received by Landlord as damages for the part of the Premises so taken. “Amount received by Landlord” shall mean that part of the award in condemnation which is free and clear to Landlord of any collection by Mortgagees and after payment of all costs involved in collection, including but not limited to attorney’s fees. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall restore all exterior signs, trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings and other installations of personalty of Tenant which are not taken to as near its former condition as the circumstances will permit. In the event of a partial taking, all provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

11.3 Temporary Taking. If there is a taking of the Premises for temporary use arising out of a temporary emergency or other temporary situation, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Tenant shall continue to comply with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, except to the extent compliance shall be rendered impossible or impracticable by reason of the taking, and Tenant shall be entitled to the award for its leasehold interest.

11.4 Condemnation Awards. Except as provided in the preceding Section 11.3, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award in any condemnation proceeding or other proceeding for taking for public or quasi‑public use, including, without limitation, any award made for the value of the leasehold estate created by this Lease and any claim related to the Existing Equipment. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award that may be made in such condemnation or other taking, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to same or any part thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant specifically for its relocation expenses or the taking of Tenant’s Property provided that such award does not diminish or reduce the amount of the award payable to Landlord. If this Lease terminates due to the terms of this Article 11, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, pari passu out of any award actually received by Landlord, an amount equal to the then-unamortized costs of the Finish Work (as reasonably evidenced to Landlord) to the extent such costs exceed the Finish Work Allowance. Such amortization shall be measured over the initial Term of the Lease.

31

 


 

11.5 Proration. In the event of a partial condemnation or other taking that does not result in a termination of this Lease as to the entire Premises, then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted in proportion to that portion of the Premises taken by such condemnation or other taking.

ARTICLE 12 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

12.1 Assignment and Subletting. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (any of the foregoing, a “Transfer”), in each case without Landlord’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent to a sublet of the Premises or an assignment of this Lease, provided that (a) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior written notice of such proposed transfer together with such related information as Landlord shall reasonably request, (b) no Event of Default under this Lease shall have occurred and be continuing, (c) in the case of an assignment or a sublease of more than 50% of the Premises, the financial worth and creditworthiness of the proposed transferee shall not be less than that of Tenant both as of the date of execution of this Lease and the date of such proposed Transfer, based upon audited financial statements or equivalent financial information, or in the case of a sublease of 50% of the Premises or less, the proposed sublessee has sufficient creditworthiness to perform the obligations under the sublease agreement; (d) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease and any assignee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for all such obligations; and (e) such transferee (in the event of an assignment) shall agree directly with Landlord to be bound by all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder pursuant to an assumption agreement satisfactory to Landlord, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay all Rent and other charges due under this Lease. If at any time or from time to time during the Term, Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (a "Transfer Notice") setting forth the terms of the proposed Transfer and the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant (each, a "Transferee"). Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord with the Transfer Notice an acceptable assumption agreement for Tenant's obligations under this Lease (in the case where the Transfer is a proposed assignment of this Lease) together with all relevant information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed Transferee to assist Landlord in making an informed judgment regarding the Transferee’s proposed use of the Premises (which use must be permitted by Applicable Laws), and the financial responsibility, creditworthiness, reputation, and business experience of the Transferee. The direct or indirect transfer of a controlling portion of or interest in the stock or partnership or membership interests or other evidences of equity interests of Tenant shall be treated as if such Transfer were an assignment of this Lease; provided that if equity interests in Tenant at any time are or become traded on a public stock exchange, the transfer of equity interests in Tenant on a public stock exchange shall not be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Section 12.1.

12.2 Landlord's Options. Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by written notice delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord's receipt of a Transfer Notice accompanied by the other information described in Section 12.1, to: (a) permit Tenant to Transfer the Premises; or (b) disapprove the Tenant's Transfer of the Premises and to continue the Lease in full force and effect as to the entire Premises; or (c) in the event of (i) a proposed assignment of the Lease or (ii) a sublease of all or substantially all (meaning at least 75%) of the Premises (taking into account all sublets in the aggregate) for the lesser of ten (10) years or for all or substantially all of the balance of the Term, terminate the Lease in its entirety as of the date set forth in Landlord's notice of exercise of such option, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days following the giving of such notice (a “Recapture”); provided, however, that Tenant may, prior to the delivery of a Transfer Notice, request in writing designating the affected area of the Premises, identifying the prospective subtenant or assignee, and providing such other information as Landlord may reasonably request, whether Landlord will exercise a Recapture of the Premises (a “Recapture Notice”), and Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it shall Recapture the Premises within ten (10) business days of receipt of the Recapture Notice (or if later, the receipt of such information). If Landlord approves of the proposed Transfer pursuant to Section 12.1 above, Tenant may enter into the proposed Transfer with such proposed Transferee subject to the following conditions: (i) the Transfer shall be on the same terms set forth in the Transfer Notice; and (ii) no Transfer shall be valid and no Transferee shall take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of the assignment, sublease or other instrument effecting the Transfer (in the form approved by Landlord) has been delivered to Landlord pursuant to which the Transferee shall expressly assume all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease

32

 


 

(provided that, for a subtenant, the rental obligations shall be governed by the terms of the applicable sublease).

If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease as provided above, Tenant shall have the right to rescind the Transfer Notice and void the Recapture Notice by giving Landlord written notice of such rescission (a “Rescission Notice”) with ten (10) business days after receipt of the Recapture Notice. Unless Tenant timely delivers a Rescission Notice, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises on the date set forth in Landlord's notice, and thereafter neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further liability with respect thereto, except with respect to those matters that expressly survive the termination of the Lease.

12.3 Additional Conditions. Tenant shall not offer to make, or enter into negotiations with respect to any Transfer to any party which would be of such type, character, or condition as to be inappropriate as a tenant for the Premises or Park, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable, good faith discretion. In addition, if there is any uncured Event of Default, or if Tenant is no longer the sole tenant in the Building, Tenant shall not offer to, make, or enter into negotiations with respect to any Transfer to: (a) any tenant in the Project or any entity owned by, or under the common control of, whether directly or indirectly, a tenant in the Project unless there is no competing and comparable space then available for leases therein; or (b) any bona fide prospective tenant with whom Landlord or its affiliates is then negotiating with respect to other space in the Project (provided that comparable space in the Project owned by Landlord or its affiliates is then available for lease), and Landlord may refuse its consent to any Transfer in violation of this sentence. Tenant agrees not to list or advertise the Premises for assignment or sublease, whether through a broker, agent or representative, or otherwise at a full service rental rate which is less than Landlord's current rate in the Project for new tenants, but nothing herein shall prohibit Tenant from privately offering for sublease, and subleasing space, for less than Landlord’s current rental rate.

12.4 No Release. Landlord's consent to a Transfer or any Transfer permitted without Landlord’s consent shall not release Tenant of Tenant's obligations under this Lease and this Lease and all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as the obligations of a principal (and not as the obligations of a guarantor or surety). From and after any assignment, the Lease obligations of the Transferee and of the original Tenant named in this Lease shall be joint and several. No acceptance of Rent by Landlord from or recognition in any way of the occupancy of the Premises by a Transferee shall be deemed a consent to such Transfer, or a release of Tenant from direct and primary liability for the further performance of Tenant's covenants hereunder. The consent by Landlord to a particular Transfer shall not relieve Tenant from the requirement of obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further Transfer. Each violation of any of the covenants, agreements, terms or conditions of this Lease, whether by act or omission, by any of Tenant's permitted Transferees, shall constitute a violation thereof by Tenant. In the event of a default by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor.

12.5 Transfer Profit. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount (the “Transfer Profit”) equal to fifty percent (50%) of any rent and other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of any Transfer (other than Permitted Transfers) which exceeds, in the aggregate: (a) the total of the remaining rent which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased) plus (b) the sum of any reasonable subtenant fit-up costs and/or allowances, brokerage commissions and attorneys' fees actually paid by Tenant in connection with such Transfer amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Transfer. Tenant shall pay such Transfer Profit to Landlord on a monthly basis within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, without affecting or reducing any other obligations of Tenant hereunder. Each such payment shall be sent with a detailed statement. Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant's books and records to verify the accuracy of the detailed statement.

12.6 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding the above, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent (a “Permitted Transfer”), but with no less than thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord, to (i) any person that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant (any of the foregoing, an “Affiliated Company”), or (ii) any entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated, or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets are

33

 


 

transferred (any of the foregoing, a “Successor Entity”); provided, however, that in any such event: (a) use of the Premises shall be for the Permitted Use; (b) in the event of any Permitted Transfer that is an assignment or sublet of more than 50% of the Premises to an Affiliated Company or any Permitted Transfer to a Successor Entity, the assignee or subtenant, as applicable, shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“Net Worth”) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization at least equal to the greater of (x) the Net Worth and such earnings of Tenant on the day that is three (3) months prior to the effective date of such Permitted Transfer, or (y) a Net Worth of not less than $300,000,000.00, and at least $150,000,000.00 in cash or cash equivalents (each computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), and, if such Transferee is a publicly traded company on a nationally recognized US stock exchange, a market capitalization of at least $300,000,000.00; and Landlord has been provided with financial statements or evidence otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of the same; (c) any such assignment under clauses (i) or (ii) above shall be for an independent business purpose and not a means to circumvent the provisions of this Article 12,; and (d) the purpose or result of such Transfer shall not be to liquidate or substantially reduce the net worth of Tenant or such assignee or subtenant. For the purposes of this Section 12.6, the term “control” shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of an entity and the ability to control the day-to-day operations of such entity whether through the board of directors or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, use of less than twenty-five (25%) percent of the Premises by companies, firms or other entities (each, a “Working Partnership”) (i) who are members of a group with whom Tenant has a contractual or other relationship providing for cooperative or collaborative research or development work, (ii) who have common founders and members of the executive team, (iii) whose rights to use the Premises are evidenced by a written, revocable license of less than a one-year term, and (iv) whose use of the Premises is not separately demised, shall not be a Transfer for the purposes of this Article 12 and shall be permitted without the necessity of obtaining Landlord’s consent thereto, but Tenant shall provide Landlord with prior written notice thereof (which notice shall include the number of square feet in occupancy by such entities and such other information reasonably required for financing, insurance and other risk management purposes).

 

ARTICLE 13 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

13.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “Event of Default”) hereunder:

13.1.1 Nonpayment of Base Rent or Additional Rent. Failure by Tenant to pay any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount, deposit, reimbursement or sum due and payable hereunder, and such failure continues for five (5) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant of such failure, which written notice shall be delivered to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.1 (provided that no such written notice and grace period shall be required more than two times in any 12-month period).

13.1.2 Certain Obligations. Failure by Tenant to maintain a Letter of Credit as and when required pursuant to Section 4.6 (“Security Deposit”), failure of Tenant to cure any liens within the 10 days required by Section 7.5 (“No Liens”), or a Transfer by Tenant without Landlord’s consent as and when required pursuant to Article 12 (“Assignment and Subletting”) of this Lease.

13.1.3 Other Obligations. Failure by Tenant to perform any non-monetary obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease other than those matters specified in Section 13.1.2, and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant of such failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences performance within such thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes the same to completion.

13.1.4 Assignment; Receivership; Attachment. (a) The making by Tenant of any arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iii) the

34

 


 

attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

13.1.5 Bankruptcy. The admission by Tenant in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due, the filing by Tenant of a petition in bankruptcy seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, the filing by Tenant of an answer admitting or failing timely to contest a material allegation of a petition filed against Tenant in any such proceeding or, if within forty-five (45) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant seeking any involuntary reorganization, or arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation by any of Tenant's creditors or such guarantor's creditors, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed.

13.1.6 Abandonment. Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant for a continuous period in excess of thirty (30) days (it being agreed merely vacating the Premises while continuing to pay Rent and perform Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease shall not, in and of itself, be deemed an abandonment of the Premises).

13.2 Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to any and all other rights or remedies available to Landlord in law or equity:

13.2.1 Notice to Quit. Landlord shall have the right to deliver written notice to Tenant to quit possession and occupancy of the Premises and to declare the Lease terminated. Upon Landlord’s termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and peaceably surrender the Premises, and all portions thereof, to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to receive all rental and other income of and from the same. At Landlord’s election, any written notice of default may also be designated a notice to quit (provided that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to deny Tenant the right to applicable cure periods set forth in Section 13.1, above).

13.2.2 Right of Re-Entry. Landlord shall have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and take possession thereof by summary proceeding, eviction, ejectment or otherwise and may dispossess all other persons and property from the Premises. Tenant’s property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section 13.2.2 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Tenant thereby waives all statutory rights, including without limitation the right to a notice to quit, notice before exercise of any prejudgment remedy, and any rights of redemption, all to the extent such rights may be lawfully waived.

13.2.3 Recovery of Rent and Damages. Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant all loss of Rent and other payments that Landlord may incur by reason of termination of the Lease, including, without limitation: (a) all Rent and other sums due and payable by Tenant as of the date of termination; (b) all Rent that would otherwise be payable for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Lease, as and when due, and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for the same; (c) all of Landlord’s then unamortized costs of special inducements provided to Tenant (including without limitation rent concessions, tenant construction allowances, rent waivers, above building standard leasehold improvements, and the like); (d) the costs of collecting amounts due from Tenant under the Lease and the costs of recovering possession of the Premises (including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs); (e) the costs of curing Tenant's defaults existing at or prior to the date of termination; (f) all “Reletting Expenses” (as defined below); and (g) all Landlord’s other reasonable expenditures arising from the termination. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such items, and the same shall be due and payable immediately from time to time upon notice from Landlord that an expense has been incurred, without regard to whether the expense was incurred before or after the termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as set in Section 2.2 of this Lease, Tenant shall not be liable for any of Landlord’s indirect or consequential damages arising from an Event of Default by Tenant.

13.2.4 Acceleration of Future Rentals. Following termination of this Lease, Landlord, at its written election, shall be entitled to receive as liquidated damages for all Rent that would

35

 


 

otherwise be due and payable pursuant to clause (b) of Section 13.2.3, above, an amount equal to: (x) a lump sum payment representing the then present value of the amount of Rent that would have been paid in accordance with this Lease for the remainder of the Term minus the then present value of the aggregate fair market rent and additional charges payable for the Premises for the remainder of the Term (if less than the Rent payable hereunder) estimated by Landlord as of the date of termination, and taking into account Landlord’s reasonable projections of vacancy and time required to re-lease the Premises; or (y) a lump sum payment equal to one year’s (or such lesser period as then remains in the Term) Base Rent at the rate applicable under the Lease at the time of such election. Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, such amount as final damages for Tenant's default with respect to the Rents payable for the remainder of the Term as described above. In the computation of present value, a discount at the then market discount rate as reasonably determined by Landlord shall be employed. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing calculations in this Section 13.2.4 constitute a reasonable forecast of the potential damages in the event of a breach by Tenant under this Lease.

13.2.5 Rents Due After Re-Entry by Landlord. If Landlord re-enters or otherwise takes possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease (but terminating only Tenant’s right of possession in the Premises), then the Lease and Tenant’s liabilities and obligations thereunder shall survive such action. In the event of any such termination of Tenant's right of possession, whether or not the Premises, or any portion thereof, shall have been relet, Tenant shall pay the Landlord a sum equal to the Rent and any other charges required to be paid by Tenant up to the time of such termination of such right of possession and thereafter Tenant, until the end of the Term, shall be liable to Landlord for and shall pay to Landlord: (a) the equivalent of the amount of the Rent payable under this Lease, less (b) the net proceeds of any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions hereof after deducting all of Landlord's Reletting Expenses. Tenant shall pay such amounts in accordance with the terms of this Section 13.2.5 as set forth in a written statement thereof from Landlord to Tenant (the “Deficiency”) to Landlord in monthly installments on the days on which the Base Rent is payable under this Lease, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant each monthly installment of the Deficiency as the same shall arise. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord upon demand the costs incurred by Landlord in curing Tenant's defaults existing at or prior to the date of such termination, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises and the Reletting Expenses. Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums that become due under the terms of this Section from time to time, and all reasonable costs and expenses of Landlord, including attorneys' fees and costs incurred in connection with such suits shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

13.2.6 Certain Terms Defined. For purposes of this Section 13.2.6, “Reletting Alterations” shall mean all repairs, changes, improvements, alterations or additions made by Landlord in or to the Premises to the extent deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord to prepare the Premises for the re-leasing following an Event of Default; and “Reletting Expenses” shall mean the reasonable expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with any re-leasing of the Premises following an Event of Default, including, without limitation, marketing expenses, brokerage commissions, attorneys' fees, the costs of Reletting Alterations, tenant allowances and other economic concessions provided to the new tenant.

13.3 Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults. If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any condition or covenant on Tenant's part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the provisions of this Lease, and such default continues beyond any applicable notice and cure period or Landlord reasonably determines that an emergency exists, the Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may, to the maximum extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws and after prior notice (except in the event of an emergency), remedy such default for the account and at the expense of the Tenant. If the Landlord makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including but not limited to reasonable attorney's fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligation incurred and costs, shall be paid upon demand to the Landlord by the Tenant as Additional Rent pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof and if not so paid with interest from its due date until paid at the lesser of the Default Rate per annum or the maximum legal rate that Landlord may charge Tenant.

13.4 Disposition of Tenant’s Property. In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 8.4 hereof, Landlord shall have the right to handle, remove, discard or store in a commercial warehouse or

36

 


 

otherwise, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, any of Tenant’s Property that is not removed by Tenant at the end of the Term. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges for such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control.

13.5 Reletting. In connection with any reletting of the Premises following an Event of Default, Landlord shall be entitled to grant such rental and economic concessions and other incentives as may be customary for similar space in Comparable Buildings. Subject to applicable law, Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or observe any instruction given by Tenant about such reletting or do any act or exercise any care or diligence with respect to such reletting or to the mitigation of damages. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may, after any termination of this Lease on account of an Event of Default of Tenant, relet the Premises, for any term(s), and may grant market concessions or free rent to the extent that Landlord considers reasonably advisable and necessary to relet the same, and may make such reasonable alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord in its reasonable judgment considers advisable or necessary for the purpose of reletting the Premises. The making of such alterations, repairs and decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. In no event shall Landlord be required to (i) solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenant for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises, (ii) relet the Premises before leasing other vacant space in the Project or to show the Premises on a priority basis, or (iii) lease the Premises for a rental less than the current fair market rent then prevailing for similar office space in Comparable Buildings.

13.6 No Accord and Satisfaction. Landlord may collect and receive any rent due from Tenant, and the payment thereof shall not constitute a waiver of or affect any notice or demand given, suit instituted or judgment obtained by Landlord, or be held to waive, affect, change, modify or alter the rights or remedies that Landlord has against Tenant in equity, at law, or by virtue of this Lease. No receipt or acceptance by Landlord from Tenant of less than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account for any due and unpaid stipulated rent; no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter or other writing accompanying any check or payment of rent to Landlord shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept and negotiate such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's rights to (a) recover the remaining balance of such unpaid rent, or (b) pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

13.7 Claims in Bankruptcy. Nothing herein shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain in proceeding for bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement or reorganization by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount is greater, equal to or less than the amount of the loss or damage that Landlord has suffered. Without limiting any of the provisions of this Article 13, if pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended, Tenant is permitted to assign this Lease in disregard of the restrictions contained in Article 12, Tenant agrees that adequate assurance of future performance by the assignee permitted under the Bankruptcy Code shall mean the deposit of cash security with Landlord in any amount equal to all Rent payable under this Lease for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall be held by Landlord, without interest, for the balance of the term as security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this Lease on the part of Tenant yet to be performed. If Tenant receives or is to receive any valuable consideration for such an assignment of this Lease, such consideration, after deducting therefrom (a) the brokerage commissions, if any, and other expenses reasonably designated by the assignee as paid for the purchase of Tenant's property in the Premises, shall be and become the sole exclusive property of Landlord and shall be paid over to Landlord directly by such assignee. In addition, adequate assurance shall mean that any such assignee of this Lease shall have a net worth indicating said assignee's reasonable ability to pay the Rent, and abide by the terms of this Lease for the remaining portion thereof applying commercially reasonable standards.

13.8 Waiver of Trial By Jury. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, BROUGHT BY EITHER AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, OR TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY SUMMARY PROCESS, EVICTION OR

37

 


 

OTHER STATUTORY REMEDY WITH RESPECT THERETO. EACH PARTY HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY, AND HAS RECEIVED THE ADVICE OF, LEGAL COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO THIS WAIVER.

13.9 Landlord Default. Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations under the terms of this Lease unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after notice by Tenant to Landlord (“Tenant Default Notice”) specifying the manner in which Landlord has failed to perform any such obligations (provided that if correction of any such matter reasonably requires longer than thirty (30) days and Landlord so notifies Tenant within thirty (30) days after such Tenant Default Notice is given together with an estimate of the reasonable time required for such cure, Landlord shall be allowed such longer period, but only if cure is begun within such thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecuted to completion).

13.10 Tenant Self-Help. In the event that Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of the applicable notice and cure, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy at law, equity, or under this Lease, Tenant may, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving its rights with regard to Landlord’s default, following ten (10) days’ written notice to Landlord and any Mortgagee, perform such obligation as an Alteration under this Lease and charge the reasonable third party cost thereof to Landlord; provided, however, that in the case of emergency or imminent threat to the safety of occupants in the Premises or material property damage within the Premises or to Tenant’s manufacturing operations, Tenant may make such emergency repairs upon such shorter notice to Landlord and any Mortgagee as may be reasonably practicable under the circumstances. All out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance of any such act by Tenant shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following invoice.

 

ARTICLE 14 SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT AND RIGHTS OF MORTGAGE HOLDERS

14.1 Subordination. This Lease and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder are, and shall be, subject and subordinate at all times to any mortgages or ground leases (each, a “Mortgage”) which may now exist or hereafter affect the Property, or any portion thereof, in any amount, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions of such Mortgages. This Section shall be self-operative and no further subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument that Landlord or the holder of any Mortgage or its assigns or successors in interest (each such holder, a “Mortgagee”) may reasonably request to evidence such subordination, on such Mortgagee’s standard form. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the subordination of this Lease to any future Mortgage shall be conditioned upon such Mortgagee entering into a commercially reasonable form of non-disturbance agreement with Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the form of non-disturbance agreement attached as Exhibit 14.1 is acceptable to Tenant for the purposes of this Section 14.1. Landlord represents that, as of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage or ground lease affecting the Property or any portion thereof.

14.2 Attornment by Tenant. In the event that any such first Mortgage is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, at the option of the Mortgagee or the grantee or purchaser in foreclosure, notwithstanding any subordination of any such lien to this Lease, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord at the option of such successor in interest. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, within ten (10) business days following delivery of request by Landlord, Mortgagee, or by Landlord's successor in interest and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, Mortgagee, or by Landlord's successor in interest, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to the lien of any such first Mortgage, which additional documents shall be satisfactory to Landlord, Mortgagee, and Landlord's successors in interest.

14.3 Limitation of Mortgagees' Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, no Mortgagee shall be obligated to perform or liable in damages for failure to perform any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease unless and until such Mortgagee shall foreclose such mortgage or otherwise acquire title to or succeed to the interest of Landlord in the Premises, and then shall only be liable for Landlord’s obligations arising or accruing after such foreclosure, succession or acquisition of title. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, no Mortgagee succeeding to the interest

38

 


 

of Landlord hereunder shall be (i) liable in any way to Tenant for any act or omission, neglect or default on the part of Landlord under this Lease, (ii) responsible for any monies owing by or on deposit with Landlord to the credit of Tenant (except to the extent any such deposit is actually received by such mortgagee or ground lessor), (iii) subject to any counterclaim or setoff which theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord, (iv) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease subsequent to such Mortgage, or by any previous prepayment of Rent for more than one (1) month in advance of its due date, which was not approved in writing by Mortgagee, (v) liable beyond such Mortgagee’s interest in the Property, or (vi) responsible for the payment or performance of any work to be done by Landlord under this Lease to render the Premises ready for occupancy by Tenant or for the payment of any tenant improvement allowance, provided that if Landlord shall not then have fully reimbursed Tenant amounts owed to Tenant from the Finish Work Allowance, and Mortgagee has not agreed to fund the same, Tenant shall, following at least 15 days’ prior written notice to such Mortgagee, have the right to deduct such then unpaid amounts properly due to Tenant from future payments of Base Rent hereunder (with interest accruing on the remainder at the Default Rate until Tenant has received the benefit of the entire Finish Work Allowance due to Tenant). Provided, nothing in clause (i), above, shall be deemed to relieve any Mortgagee succeeding to the interest of Landlord hereunder of its obligation to comply with the obligations of Landlord under this Lease from and after the date of such succession. Any such Mortgagee’s obligations and liabilities shall in any event be subject to, and holder shall have the benefit of, Section 19.15 hereof. Tenant agrees on request of Landlord to execute and deliver from time to time any reasonable agreement which may be necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 14.3. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 14.3 and any SNDA, the terms of the SNDA shall govern.

14.4 Estoppel Certificates. Each party agrees, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior written notice, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the date of each such modification), certifying the dates to which the Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent and other charges, if any, have been paid, stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the party providing such statement, the other party is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the party providing such statement may have knowledge, and such other factual information related to this Lease as the party requesting such statement may reasonably require, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom the party requesting such certificate may be dealing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant has approved a written estoppel certificate of Tenant in the form attached as Exhibit 14.4 or any other commercially reasonable form. It is intended that any such certificate of Tenant delivered pursuant to this Section 14.4 may be relied upon by Landlord and any prospective purchaser or the Mortgagee of any part of the Property.

14.5 Quiet Enjoyment. Upon Tenant paying the Base Rent and Additional Rent and performing all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, Tenant may peacefully and quietly enjoy the Premises during the Term as against all persons or entities lawfully claiming by or through Landlord (or by anyone claiming by superior title that the Building is in violation of the Project Documents or any covenants of record, each as of the Effective Date); subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease and to the rights of Landlord's Mortgagee. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant of quiet enjoyment, express or implied.

 

ARTICLE 15 NOTICES

15.1 Manner of Notice.

15.1.1 Notices; Addresses All notices, demands and other communications (“Notices”) permitted or required to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and sent by personal service, e-mail transmission (if a copy thereof is also sent on the same day by a nationally recognized overnight courier service), certified mail (postage prepaid) return receipt requested, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, to the following addresses or to such other address as either Landlord or Tenant may designate as its new address for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15.1:

If to Tenant: Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

Organogenesis Inc.

85 Dan Road

39

 


 

Canton, MA 02021

Attn: General Counsel

E-mail:

With a copy to: Foley Hoag LLP

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210

Attention: William R. Kolb, Esq.

E-mail:

 

And (with respect to payment defaults only):

E-mail:

 

If to Landlord: DIV Technology Way, LLC

c/o The Davis Companies

125 High Street, Suite 2111

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: Jon Needham

E-mail:

 

With copies to: The Davis Companies

125 High Street, Suite 2111

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail:

 

15.1.2 Delivery. Notices shall be deemed to have been given (a) when hand delivered (provided that delivery shall be evidenced by a receipt executed by or on behalf of the addressee if delivered by personal service) if personal service is used, (b) on the date of transmission if sent before 4:00 p.m. (Boston time) on a business day when e-mail transmission is used, (c) the sooner of the date of receipt or the date that is three (3) days after the date of mailing thereof if sent by postage pre-paid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and (d) one (1) day after being sent by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service (with delivery evidenced by written receipt) if overnight courier service is used.

ARTICLE 16 EXTENSION RIGHT

16.1 Right to Extend. Landlord grants Tenant the option to extend this Lease with respect to the entire Premises for two (2) additional periods of ten (10) years each (each, an “Extension Period”, and together, the “Extension Periods”) following the Expiration Date, as the same may have been extended pursuant to Article 17, below, subject to each and all of the following terms and conditions (the “Extension Option”):

16.1.1 No Assignment or Sublease. The Extension Option may not be exercised by, or assigned or otherwise transferred to any person or entity voluntarily or involuntarily, except the Tenant named in this Lease or an assignee of Tenant that is a Permitted Transferee. The parties hereto agree that if Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or subleases more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises to any one or more persons other than to a Permitted Transferee, this Extension Option shall terminate immediately without the need for any act or notice by either party to be effective.

16.1.2 Manner of Notice. Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord written notice (the “Extension Notice”) of the exercise of each Extension Option not later than eighteen (18) months prior to the Expiration Date, as it may have been previously extended by the exercise of the first Extension Option, time being of the essence with respect to the matters set forth in this Article 16. If an Extension Notice is not so delivered, Tenant’s Extension Option shall automatically expire.

16.1.3 Effect of Default. Tenant’s right to exercise the Extension Option shall be suspended at the election of Landlord during any period in which an Event of Default has occurred

40

 


 

and is continuing, but the period of time within which the Extension Option may be exercised shall not be extended. Notwithstanding Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the effective date of the Extension Option an Event of Default occurs under this Lease that is not cured within the applicable grace period, if any, Landlord shall have the right to cancel Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option by delivery of written notice to Tenant.

16.2 New Rent. The Annual Base Rent for each Extension Period shall be equal to the prevailing fair market rental rate for the Extension Period (such prevailing fair market rental rate, the “Market Rent”) for Tenant’s space based on comparable so-called “triple net” lease renewal transactions in comparable first-class laboratory/GMP buildings in the Greater Providence, RI and Southeastern, MA (inclusive of the Route 128 and 495 corridors east of Route 1) lab market (“Comparable Buildings”) as of the commencement of the Extension Period, taking into account all relevant market factors. During the Extension Periods the Additional Rent shall continue to be payable as provided in the Lease and all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease shall apply.

16.3 Market Rent Notice. If Tenant properly exercises an Extension Option, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice (the “Market Rent Notice”) of the rate of the Market Rent for the applicable Extension Period (as determined by Landlord in good faith) no later than the date that is 17 months prior to the Expiration Date. Tenant shall respond in writing to Landlord within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s delivery of its Market Rent Notice (the “Tenant Response Period”) whether Tenant (i) agrees with Landlord’s determination of Market Rent, or (ii) wishes to submit the determination of Market Rent to a dispute resolution proceeding in accordance with Section 16.4. Tenant’s failure to respond in a timely manner shall be deemed to be Tenant’s agreement with Landlord’s determination of Market Rent. If Tenant agrees with Landlord’s determination of Market Rent, or is deemed to agree, they shall execute an amendment to this Lease within fifteen (15) days thereafter confirming the Extension Period, the Annual Base Rent for the Extension Period, and any related terms and conditions.

16.4 Dispute. If Tenant timely elects pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph to determine Market Rent pursuant to this Section 16.4, the Market Rent shall be determined by the process as set forth below and Landlord and Tenant shall be bound by the results of the process described in Section 16.5. Notwithstanding the submission of the issue of Market Rent to such proceeding, if such Market Rent has not been established pursuant to Section 16.5 prior to the commencement of the applicable Extension Period, Annual Base Rent for the next ensuing year of the Term shall be paid at the Market Rent established by Landlord in its Market Rent Notice until the process is completed. If, upon completion of the process described in Section 16.5, it is determined that Market Rent is less or more than that set by Landlord, then an adjustment based upon such lower or greater rent shall be made based on the number of months therefor paid by Tenant. In no event shall the extension of the Term be affected by the determination of the Market Rent, such exercise of the Extension Option being fixed at the time at which Tenant delivers the Extension Notice.

16.5 Determination of Market Rent. When the terms of this Lease provide that Market Rent shall be determined by reference to this Section 16.5, the following procedures shall apply:

16.5.1 Selection of Arbitrators. Within fifteen (15) business days following the end of the Tenant Response Period, each of Tenant and Landlord shall choose a real estate broker who has at least fifteen (15) years’ commercial life science / GMP manufacturing leasing brokerage experience on behalf of large tenants and/or landlords in the Greater Providence, RI and Southeastern, MA (inclusive of the Routes 128 and 495 corridors east of Route 1) lab market (an “Advocate Arbitrator”) and shall notify the other party in writing of its selection. Within two (2) business days following appointment of their respective Advocate Arbitrators, each party shall notify the other of such appointment, which notice shall include the name and address of the appointed Advocate Arbitrator and a brief description of such Advocate Arbitrator’s experience and qualifications. If a party does not appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within such five (5) day period, the single Advocate Arbitrator appointed shall be the sole Advocate Arbitrator and shall establish the Market Rent for the Extension Term.

16.5.2 Decision by Advocate Arbitrators. Each Advocate Arbitrator shall make a determination of the Market Rent for the Premises using the guidelines described in Section 16.2,

41

 


 

above. If the two determinations differ by less than five percent (5%), the Market Rent shall be the mathematical average of the two determinations. If the two determinations differ by five percent (5%) or more, the Advocate Arbitrators shall mutually appoint a third Advocate Arbitrator who shall also be a broker meeting the qualifications above and who shall not have been engaged by either party during the three (3) year period immediately prior to his or her appointment (the “Neutral Arbitrator”). Within fifteen (15) business days after the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, the Neutral Arbitrator shall determine which of the two determinations by the Advocate Arbitrators reflects the Market Rent for the Premises for the Extension Period and shall notify Tenant and Landlord of such determination within three (3) days thereafter, which determination shall be final and binding upon Tenant and Landlord. The Neutral Arbitrator shall not have the discretion to modify or deviate from the two determinations by the Advocate Arbitrators.

16.5.3 Allocation of Expenses. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Advocate Arbitrator designated by such party, and one-half (1/2) of the expenses of the Neutral Arbitrator.

ARTICLE 17 ROOFTOP RIGHTS

17.1 Rooftop License. Landlord grants Tenant the appurtenant, non-exclusive license at no additional charge (other than to the extent costs are included in Operating Expenses), but otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, to use any portions of the roof or the mechanical penthouse of the Building not currently occupied by equipment or improvements, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval (the “Rooftop Installation Area”) to operate, maintain, repair and replace reasonable amounts of HVAC equipment, and a reasonable number of satellite dishes, microwave dishes, temporary microwave links, or other telecommunications equipment appurtenant to Tenant’s Permitted Use (and not for the benefit of any third party) (collectively, the “Rooftop Equipment”). Any electricity or natural gas consumed by the Rooftop Equipment shall be separately or check-metered by Tenant and Tenant shall pay all of such costs in the manner applicable to electricity to the Premises under the Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord grant to any third party right to use or occupy any portion of the roof of the Building.

17.2 Installation and Maintenance of Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall install Rooftop Equipment at its sole cost and expense, at such times and in such manner as Landlord may reasonably designate and in accordance with all of the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 8.3. Tenant shall not install or operate Rooftop Equipment until it receives prior written approval of the plans for such work in accordance with Section 8.3. Landlord may withhold approval if the installation or operation of Rooftop Equipment reasonably would be expected to damage the structural integrity of the Building, and Landlord may condition its approval of Rooftop Equipment upon Tenant’s structural re-enforcement of the applicable areas of the roof as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord to accommodate the Rooftop Equipment. If such work is required for Landlord to meet its obligations under this Lease (including with respect to the repair and maintenance of the roof), Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord as reasonably necessary to accommodate the installation or repair of any base Building equipment or Building systems or the re-roofing of the Building during the Term, and Tenant shall be responsible for any costs associated with working around, moving, or temporarily relocating Tenant’s Roof Equipment for the purposes of this sentence. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises in connection with such cooperation.

Tenant shall engage Landlord’s roofer and structural engineer before beginning any rooftop installations or material repairs of Rooftop Equipment, whether under this Article 17 or otherwise, and shall always comply with the roof warranty governing the protection of the roof and modifications to the roof. Tenant shall obtain a letter from Landlord’s roofer following completion of such work stating that the roof warranty remains in effect. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause a qualified employee or contractor to inspect the Rooftop Installation Area at least quarterly and as often as recommended by the manufacturer of any Rooftop Equipment and correct any loose bolts, fittings or other appurtenances on the Rooftop Equipment and, subject to Section 8.7, shall repair any damage to the roof caused by the installation or operation of Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall pay Landlord following a written request therefor, with the next payment of Base Rent, (i) all applicable taxes or governmental charges, fees, or impositions imposed on Landlord because of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Installation Area and (ii) the amount of any increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums as a result of the installation of Rooftop

42

 


 

Equipment. All Rooftop Equipment shall be (i) designed and installed in a manner consistent with a first-class office/laboratory building and in compliance with Applicable Laws, including F.C.C. or other regulations, and (ii) shall be screened to the extent required pursuant to Applicable Laws and matters of record.

17.3 Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws, Tenant agrees that the installation, operation, and removal of Rooftop Equipment shall be at its sole risk. Subject to Section 8.7, and to the maximum extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws, Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord and Landlord’s agents and employees against any liability, claim or cost, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the loss of life, personal injury, damage to property or any other loss or injury arising out of the installation, use, operation, or removal of Rooftop Equipment by Tenant or its employees, agents, or contractors, including any liability arising out of Tenant’s violation of this Article 17. Landlord assumes no responsibility for interference in the operation of Rooftop Equipment caused by other tenants’ equipment, or for interference in the operation of other tenants’ equipment caused by Rooftop Equipment, and Tenant hereby waives any claims against Landlord arising from such interference. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17.4 Removal of Rooftop Equipment. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.5, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove any Rooftop Equipment in accordance with the provisions of this Lease that Landlord has not instructed Tenant must remain by notice given at least five months prior to the Expiration Date (or thirty (30) days following any earlier termination of this Lease) and leave the Rooftop Installation Area in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear, casualty, condemnation, and Landlord’s maintenance, repair and replacement obligations excepted. If Tenant does not remove the Rooftop Equipment when so required (subject to the grace period set forth in Section 8.5, if applicable, for early termination of this Lease, which grace period shall cover removable of the Rooftop Equipment), Landlord may remove and dispose of it and charge Tenant for all costs and expenses incurred.

17.5 Interference by Rooftop Equipment. If Rooftop Equipment (i) causes physical damage to the structural integrity of the Building, (ii) materially interferes with any mechanical or other systems located at the Building installed prior to the installation of Rooftop Equipment, (iii) interferes with any other service provided by rooftop installations installed prior to the installation of Rooftop Equipment or (iv) is in excess of that permissible under Applicable Laws, including F.C.C. or other regulations (to the extent that such regulations apply) (each of (i) through (iv) above being a “Rooftop Interference”), Tenant shall within two (2) business days of notice of a claim of Rooftop Interference cooperate with Landlord or any third party making such claim to determine the source of the Rooftop Interference and effect a prompt solution at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Rooftop Equipment caused such interference or damage).

In the event Tenant disputes Landlord's allegation that Rooftop Equipment is causing a problem with the Building (including, but not limited to, the electrical, HVAC, and mechanical systems of the Building) and/or any other equipment in the Building, in writing delivered within two (2) business days of receiving Landlord's notice claiming such interference, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet to discuss a solution, and if within seven (7) days of their initial meeting Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve the dispute, then the matter shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions set forth below.

The parties shall direct the Boston office of the AAA to appoint an arbitrator who shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience in commercial real estate disputes and who shall not be affiliated with either Landlord or Tenant. Both Landlord and Tenant shall have the opportunity to present evidence and outside consultants to the arbitrator.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the expedited commercial real estate arbitration rules of the AAA insofar as such rules are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Lease (in which case the provisions of this Lease shall govern). The cost of the arbitration (exclusive of each party's witness and attorneys' fees, which shall be paid by such party) shall be borne equally by the parties.

Within ten (10) days of appointment, the arbitrator shall determine whether or not Rooftop Equipment is causing a problem with the Building and/or (to the extent prohibited above) any other equipment in the Building, and the appropriate resolution, if any. The arbitrator's decision shall be final and binding on the parties. If Tenant shall fail to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in resolving any such interference or if Tenant shall fail to commence implementation of the arbitrator's decision within ten (10) days after it is issued and thereafter diligently prosecute the same, Landlord may at any time thereafter,

43

 


 

until the issue is resolved, (i) declare an Event of Default and/or (ii) relocate the item(s) of Rooftop Equipment in dispute in a manner consistent with the arbitral decision.

17.6 Relocation of Rooftop Equipment. Based on Landlord’s reasonable determination that such relocation is necessary for Landlord to continue to meet its obligations to Tenant under this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to cause Tenant to relocate Rooftop Equipment located on the roof to comparably functional space on the roof by giving Tenant prior notice of such intention to relocate. If, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord on the space to which Rooftop Equipment is to be relocated, the timing of such relocation, and the terms of such relocation, then Landlord shall have the right to make all such determinations in its reasonable judgment. Landlord agrees to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of moving Rooftop Equipment to such other space (which costs shall be paid in the form of a rent credit or a cash payment, at Landlord’s election, made within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s invoice containing reasonable back-up evidencing such costs), taking such other steps necessary to ensure comparable functionality of Rooftop Equipment, and finishing such space to a condition comparable to the then condition of the current location of Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall arrange for the relocation of Rooftop Equipment within sixty (60) days after a comparable space is agreed upon or reasonably selected by Landlord, as the case may be. In the event Tenant fails to arrange for said relocation within the sixty (60) day period, Landlord shall have the right to arrange for the relocation of Rooftop Equipment at Landlord’s expense, all of which shall be performed in a manner designed to minimize interference with Tenant’s business.

 

ARTICLE 18 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER TO PURCHASE

18.1 General. In the event Landlord, during the Term (including any exercised Extension Period), wishes to sell its fee interest in the Premises, Tenant shall have a one-time right to purchase such fee interest subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

18.1.1 Notice of Intent to Sell. If Landlord decides to sell the Premises, Landlord shall deliver written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intent to sell the Premises, which notice shall include the cash purchase price and other terms upon which Landlord is willing to sell the Premises (“Notice of Intent to Sell”). If Tenant wishes to purchase the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice to Sell, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (“Offer Exercise Notice”) of its election to exercise its right to purchase the Premises within fifteen (15) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the Notice of Intent to Sell. Failure of Tenant to respond within such fifteen (15) business day period shall be deemed an election not to exercise Tenant’s right to purchase granted herein; provided that Tenant agrees to confirm such deemed waiver by executing a recordable written waiver and providing such further assurances thereof as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

If Tenant exercises its right to purchase the Premises pursuant to this Section 18.1, the purchase price shall be the price specified in the Notice of Intent to Sell and closing shall occur within the time frames set forth in the Notice of Intent to Sell (but if Tenant elects to exercise its rights hereunder such closing shall occur within ninety (90) days from the date of Tenant’s Offer Exercise Notice) and otherwise pursuant to the terms of this Article 18.

 

If a Notice of Intent to Sell is given and Tenant elects (or is deemed to have elected) not to purchase the Premises, then Landlord shall be free to sell the Premises to any other person or entity at a price not materially more favorable to the prospective purchaser than the price upon which Tenant shall have had the right to purchase the Premises. For purposes hereof, any purchase that is at a purchase price that is not less than ninety percent (90%) of the gross purchase price set forth in the Notice of Intent to Sell (taking into consideration adjustment of the transfer tax allocation set forth in the Notice of Intent to Sell, Landlord’s assumption of purchaser closing costs (other than de minimis amounts, such as recording fees) in a manner inconsistent with local custom and the value of any in-kind consideration in the nature of improvements or preferential/below-market seller financing that Landlord agrees to make on behalf of, or grant to, a purchaser as a condition to closing) shall be deemed not to be materially more favorable to the prospective purchaser. In the event of a proposed sale on terms that are materially more favorable to the prospective purchaser, Landlord shall be required to give Tenant another Notice of Intent to Sell, specifying the proposed terms of sale and to afford Tenant the opportunity, once again, to elect to purchase the Premises on the terms so specified, in accordance with the provisions hereof. If

44

 


 

Tenant wishes to purchase the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in such additional Notice of Intent to Sell, Tenant shall give Landlord an Offer Exercise Notice within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the Notice of Intent to Sell. Failure of Tenant to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed an election not to exercise Tenant’s right to purchase granted herein; provided that Tenant agrees to confirm such deemed waiver by executing a recordable written waiver and providing such further assurances thereof as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

18.1.2 No Other Right to Purchase. In no event shall Tenant have the right to purchase and, except as expressly permitted herein, Landlord shall not sell less than the entire Premises.

 

18.1.3 No Event of Default. If there is an Event of Default under this Lease on the date the Offer Exercise Notice is delivered to Landlord or at any time thereafter prior to closing, then, at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to purchase the Premises provided herein shall lapse and be of no further force or effect.

 

18.2 Termination of Rights. Provided Tenant has been afforded the rights granted to Tenant in this Article 18, Tenant’s right to purchase the Premises pursuant to Section 18.1 shall forever terminate automatically upon the consummation of a sale of the Premises to an unaffiliated third party purchaser. Tenant agrees to confirm the termination of its rights hereunder by executing a recordable, written termination and providing such further assurances thereof as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

18.3 Limitations on Right of First Offer.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be afforded the rights specified in Section 18.1 and shall not be entitled to purchase the Premises in the case of (i) a sale or other transfer to an affiliate of Landlord; (ii) any transfer or conveyance of title to the Premises or any interest therein or in Landlord as part of a group of assets marketed for sale, exchange or other disposition in a single or related series of transactions by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord provided the purpose of such grouping of assets is not to circumvent Tenant’s right specified in Section 18.1; (iii) any transfer of the Premises to an entity formed, or other restructuring of the ownership of Landlord’s interest, for the purpose of effectuating any initial public offering or sale of REIT shares; (iv) a transfer of the Premises in connection with a joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability company, or other similar transaction in material Landlord retains a material interest, or (v) any sale or transfer of ownership interests in Landlord or any entity that holds an interest in Landlord; provided, however, that any such transfer or conveyance shall not affect Tenant’s Right of First Refusal and any such succeeding Landlord shall comply with the provisions of this Article 18.

 

Nothing set forth in this Article 18 shall restrict or prevent Landlord from (a) making an assignment of its interest in this Lease for security, (b) admitting lenders or others as limited partners in the partnership which constitutes Landlord or (c) granting to lenders or others equity interests in the Premises or the partnership which constitutes Landlord; provided, however, that any such conveyance shall not affect Tenant’s Right of First Refusal and any such assignee or transferee shall comply with the provisions of this Article 18.

 

The rights of purchase set forth herein may be exercised by the original named Tenant and not by any assignee of Tenant other than a Transferee that is an assignee of this Lease pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. Such rights shall not be assignable by the original named Tenant to any third party nor, except as expressly provided in the preceding sentence, to any assignee, subtenant or successor-in-interest to Tenant. The parties hereto agree that if Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or subleases more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises to any one or more persons other than to a Permitted Transferee, the rights of purchase set forth herein shall terminate immediately without the need for any act or notice by either party to be effective.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant’s rights to purchase under this Article 18 shall not be applicable to a transaction involving the transfer of the Premises to a mortgagee-in-possession or a receiver of the Building, the Land or the Premises or a purchaser of the Building, the Land or the Premises at any foreclosure sale thereof, or a grantee of the Land, the Building or the Premises

45

 


 

under a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure nor shall the provisions of this Article 18 be binding upon any such mortgagee-in-possession or receiver or purchaser at foreclosure or grantee under a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, after a default by Landlord under any financing documents encumbering the Building, the Land or the Premises, as applicable, at any time during the Lease Term; provided, however, Tenant’s rights to purchase under this Article 18 shall be applicable to a subsequent transfer by a purchaser (other than the lender or its nominee) at a foreclosure sale or a grantee (other than the lender or its nominee) under a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Further, if the Land, the Building or the Premises is sold as a result of any mortgage financing secured thereby (e.g. a convertible mortgage or convertible securities) then Tenant’s rights under this Article 18 shall terminate and be of no force or effect.

 

 

ARTICLE 19 MISCELLANEOUS

19.1 Broker. Landlord and Tenant warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any broker, agent or finder in connection with this Lease, except JLL, Tenant’s broker, and Newmark, Landlord’s broker (together, the “Brokers”). Both parties hereto agree to protect, indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any and all expenses with respect to any compensation, commissions and charges claimed by any other broker, agent or finder with respect to this Lease or the negotiation thereof that is made by reason of any action or agreement by such party. Landlord shall pay a commission to the Brokers pursuant to separate written agreements between Landlord and the Brokers.

19.2 Building Name. The Building and the Project may be known by such name as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect, and Landlord shall have the right from time to time to change such designation or name without Tenant's consent upon prior written notice to Tenant.

19.3 Authority. If Tenant signs as a corporation, limited liability company, or a partnership, or other business entity Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing entity, that Tenant is duly qualified to do business in Rhode Island, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is duly authorized to do so and that no other signatures are necessary. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing covenants and warranties.

19.4 Interpretation. The words "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The words used in neuter gender include the masculine and feminine. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations under this Lease imposed on Tenant shall be joint and several. The captions preceding the articles of this Lease have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and such captions in no way define or limit the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease.

19.5 Modifications. Neither this Lease nor any term or provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, and no breach thereof shall be waived, altered or modified, except by a written instrument signed by the party against which the enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any right to change, waive, discharge, alter or modify, or terminate this Lease shall be subject to the prior express written consent of Landlord's Mortgagee to the extent required by Landlord’s financing documents and any subordination agreement entered into between Tenant and such Mortgagee.

19.6 Severability. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

19.7 Entire Agreement. Landlord’s employees, representatives and agents have no authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or undertaking in connection herewith. The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall be effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant. This Lease, including the Exhibits hereto, which are made part of this Lease, contain the entire agreement of the parties and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord's agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Property, the Project, or this Lease except as

46

 


 

expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses are or shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein.

19.8 No Merger. There shall be no merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof by reason of the fact that the same person may acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, this Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or any interest in this Lease or in such leasehold estate as well as the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.

19.9 Matters of Record. Subject to the provisions of Article 14, above, this Lease is subject and subordinate to all matters of record now existing or hereafter affecting the Property. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant easements and rights, make dedications, agree to restrictions and record maps affecting the Property as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, restrictions, and maps do not unreasonably interfere with the use of or access to the Premises by Tenant; and this Lease shall be subordinate to such instrument.

19.10 Bind and Inure. The terms, provisions, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, except as otherwise provided herein, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. If two or more individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations (or any combination of two or more thereof) shall sign this Lease as Tenant, the liability of each such individual, corporation, partnership or other business association to pay Rent and perform all other obligations hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several and failure of any one such entity to comply with the covenants of this Lease, or the breach of or default under any covenant or provision of this Lease by one such entity, shall be treated as a failure, breach or default, as applicable, of Tenant. All agreements, covenants and indemnifications contained herein or made in writing pursuant to the terms of this Lease by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed material and shall survive expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

19.11 Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver. No remedy or election by Landlord hereunder shall be deemed exclusive, but shall wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, but each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach thereof. No reference to any specific right or remedy shall preclude the exercise of any other right or remedy permitted hereunder or that may be available at law or in equity. No failure by Landlord to insist upon the strict performance of any agreement, term, covenant or condition hereof, or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial rent during the continuance of any such breach, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach, agreement, term, covenant or condition.

19.12 Tenant's Financial Statements. Unless Tenant is a publicly traded company, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, furnish Landlord annually, within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Tenant, copies of the balance sheets of Tenant, as at the close of such fiscal year, and statements of income and retained earnings of Tenant for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by Tenant's independent certified public accountants. Landlord shall keep Tenant’s financial statements provided by Tenant pursuant to this Section 19.12 confidential other than to Landlord’s officers, directors, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys, mortgagees, or prospective mortgagees, or purchasers or prospective purchasers of Landlord’s interest in the Building, provided that such recipients hold such information confidential. Tenant also agrees to furnish to Landlord within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written request therefor (which request shall not be made more than once in any fiscal year unless made in connection with a proposed sale, financing or re-financing of the Building, re-capitalization of Landlord, or following an Event of Default), copies of such financial statements identified above as are then available and financial statements for the then current fiscal year prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and on an unaudited basis certified as true and correct by such company’s chief financial officer.

19.13 Attorneys' Fees. If on account of any default by Tenant in Tenant's obligations under the terms of this Lease, it becomes necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ attorneys or other persons to enforce any of Landlord's rights or remedies hereunder, Tenant shall pay upon demand as Additional Rent hereunder all reasonable fees of such attorneys and other persons and all other costs of any kind so incurred. Where the phrase “attorneys’ fees,” “legal fees” or “legal expenses” or similar phrases are used,

47

 


 

such phrase shall specifically include the fees and expenses of the in-house legal staff of Landlord and its affiliates.

19.14 Landlord Approvals. Whenever Tenant is required to obtain Landlord’s consent hereunder, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys’ fees in order to review documentation or otherwise determine whether to give its consent. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s invoice for any such amounts within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of its invoice therefor. Any provision of this Lease which requires the Tenant to obtain Landlord’s consent to any proposed action by Tenant shall not be the basis for an award of damages or give rise to a right of setoff on Tenant’s behalf, but may be the basis for a declaratory judgment or injunction with respect to the matter in question.

19.15 Limitation on Liability.

19.15.1 Landlord's Liability. Tenant shall look only to Landlord’s estate in the Property (or the proceeds thereof) for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies with respect to any liability, default or obligation of Landlord under this Lease or otherwise regarding Tenant’s leasing, use and occupancy of the Premises pursuant hereto, including without limitation for the collection of any monetary obligation, judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord. Neither Landlord nor any of its members, stockholders, officers, directors, partners, trustees, beneficiaries or employees shall be personally liable hereunder, nor shall any of its or their property, other than the Property, be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s said remedies. Landlord shall not under any circumstances be liable for any special, indirect or consequential damages of Tenant, including lost profits or revenues. No owner of the Property shall be liable under this Lease except for breaches of Landlord’s obligations occurring while such party owns the Property.

19.15.2 Tenant’s Liability. None of Tenant’s members, stockholders, officers, directors, partners, trustees, beneficiaries or employees shall be personally liable hereunder. Tenant shall not under any circumstances be liable for any special, indirect or consequential damages of Landlord except with respect to the provisions of Section 2.2 and Section 7.6 of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that any monetary damages or penalties expressly and specifically set forth in this Lease, including without limitation in Section 13.2 of this Lease, are not special, indirect, or consequential damages.

19.16 Time of Essence. TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE with respect to the due performance of the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained; provided, however, that no delay or failure to enforce any of the provisions herein contained and no conduct or statement shall waive or affect any of Landlord's rights hereunder.

19.17 Confidentiality. Tenant agrees: (a) to treat the terms of the Lease, and the terms of any existing and future amendments and modifications to the Lease (the “Confidential Information”) as confidential during the term of this Lease and for the three (3) year period following the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease (the “Non-Disclosure Period”), (b) not to disclose, directly or indirectly, to any third party nor permit any third party to have access to any or all of such Confidential Information during the Non-Disclosure Period, including, without limitation, any Property tenants and any brokers (but excluding Tenant’s agents, attorneys and accountants, provided that any disclosures to the same are held subject to the provisions of this Section 19.17), and (c) to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any loss, cost, expense, damage and liability, including Landlord’s reasonable legal fees and expenses, resulting from Tenant’s breach of the foregoing confidentiality agreements. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant shall have the right to disclose such Confidential Information only to the extent that such disclosure is required by law (including any disclosure required by the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) or court order or by discovery rules in any legal proceeding. Tenant’s agreements and indemnity with respect to the Confidential Information shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

Landlord agrees not to disclose, directly or indirectly, to any third party, nor permit any third party to have access to, Tenant’s confidential, proprietary, or sensitive information, including trade secrets, in each case to the extent (i) provided to Landlord by Tenant in writing and denoted as confidential (collectively, “Tenant’s Confidential Information”), except in connection with litigation between the parties, as required pursuant to Applicable Law, or where such disclosure is reasonably required to Landlord’s consultants, lenders, purchasers, and investors (but only if Landlord informs such lenders or investors that such information is subject to the provisions of this paragraph). Landlord acknowledges that

48

 


 

the unauthorized disclosure by Landlord or any of Landlord’s employees, agents, or representatives of the Tenant’s Confidential Information may cause irreparable harm to Tenant and that Tenant shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief on account of any such disclosure. Furthermore, Landlord covenants that it will instruct its employees, contractors, agents and representatives of the provisions of this paragraph and require their compliance with the provisions hereof. Tenant’s Confidential Information shall exclude information available to the public, generally, and information obtained by Landlord from other sources that are not known by Landlord to be subject to similar confidentiality obligations.

 

19.18 Submission. Submission of this instrument for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease of the Premises, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until this Lease has been executed by both Landlord and Tenant and a fully executed copy has been delivered to each.

19.19 Governing Law. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Rhode Island.

19.20 OFAC List. Tenant represents and warrants that it is not listed, nor is it owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of any person or entity, on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury, or any other list of persons or entities with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with (“OFAC List”); provided that so long as Tenant’s shares of stock are publicly traded, Tenant makes no representation or warranty with respect to the ownership of any such shares of stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used, occupied or operated by or for the benefit of any person or entity that is on the OFAC List. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that as a condition to the requirement or effectiveness of any consent to any Transfer by Landlord pursuant to Section 12.1, Tenant shall cause the Transferee, for the benefit of Landlord, to reaffirm, on behalf of such Transferee, the representations of, and to otherwise comply with the obligations set forth in, this Section 19.20, and it shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse to consent to a Transfer in the absence of such reaffirmation and compliance. Tenant agrees that breach of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 19.20 shall at Landlord’s election be a default under this Lease for which there shall be no cure. This Section 19.20 shall survive the termination or earlier expiration of the Lease.

19.21 Rent Not Based On Income.

(a) It is intended that all Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord, which includes all sums, charges, or amounts of whatever nature to be paid by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, shall qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 512(b)(3) and 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (as amended, the “Code”) and the regulations thereunder (the “Tax Regulations”). If Landlord, in its sole discretion, determines that there is any risk that all or part of any Rent shall not qualify as “rents from real property” for the purposes of Sections 512(b)(3) or 856(d) of the Code and Tax Regulations, Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord by entering into such amendment or amendments to this Lease as Landlord deems necessary to qualify all Rent as “rents from real property”, provided, however, that any adjustments required under this Section shall be made so as to produce the equivalent (in economic terms) Rent as payable before the adjustment.

(b) Without limiting Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any Transfer, and regardless of whether Landlord shall have consented to any such Transfer, neither Tenant nor any other person having an interest in the possession, use, or occupancy of any portion of the Building shall enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession, assignment, or other transfer or agreement for possession, use, or occupancy of all or any portion of the Building which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy, or utilization based, in whole or in part, on the net income or profits derived by any person or entity from the space so leased, used, or occupied, and any such purported lease, sublease, license, concession, assignment, or other transfer or agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the Building. There shall be no deduction from the rental payable under any sublease or other transfer nor from the amount of the rental passed on to any person or entity, for any expenses or costs related in any way to the subleasing or transfer of such space.

19.22 Force Majeure. In the event either Landlord or Tenant shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act or obligation required under this Lease to be performed by such party by reason of Acts of God; unusually severe weather; fire, flood or other casualty; strikes, lockouts,

49

 


 

labor troubles, inability to procure labor, materials or equipment, failure of power; federal, state, county, municipal or other, governmental action or inaction, riots, insurrection, civil commotion, acts of terrorism, or war; restrictive federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental laws, orders or regulations; federal, state, county, municipal or other governmentally declared state of emergency or public health emergency; pandemic or epidemic, or other reason of a like nature not caused by such party (collectively, “Force Majeure”), then performance of such act or obligation shall be excused for the period of the delay, and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing Force Majeure shall not excuse or extend the time for performance for obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease or for Tenant’s obligations under Sections 2.2 and 8.6 of this Lease. Furthermore, in no event shall either party’s financial difficulty be deemed Force Majeure.

19.23 Net Lease. This Lease is intended by the parties hereto to be a so-called net lease throughout the Term and the Base Rent shall be received by Landlord net of all costs and expenses for Taxes, Operating Expenses and other Additional Rent, and free of cost, charge, offset, diminution or other deduction except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

19.24 Prohibition Against Recording. Landlord and Tenant agree not to record this Lease or any notice or memorandum of lease. In the event this Lease, a copy or any notice thereof shall be recorded by Tenant, then such recording shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant entitling Landlord to immediately terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence to the contrary, at the request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall execute a document in recordable form containing only such information as is necessary to constitute a memorandum of lease under Rhode Island General Laws §34-11-1. All costs of preparation and recording such memorandum shall be borne by the party requesting the execution of such memorandum of lease. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with an executed termination of the memorandum of lease in recordable form, which obligation shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

 

19.25 Counterparts; Signatures. This Lease may be executed in counterparts. All executed counterparts shall constitute one agreement, and each counterpart shall be deemed an original. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that delivery of an electronically executed signature page hereof by electronic transmission (including, without limitation, via electronically mailed .pdf or DocuSign) shall be legal and binding and shall have the same full force and effect as if an original of this Lease had been delivered. Landlord and Tenant (i) intend to be bound by the signatures on any document sent by electronic transmission (including, without limitation, via electronically mailed .pdf or DocuSign), (ii) are aware that the other party will rely on such signatures, and (iii) hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Lease based on the foregoing forms of signature.

19.26 Tax Incentives.

(a) Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant (at no expense or liability to Landlord) to pursue local, state and/or federal economic incentives in connection with the Finish Work and/or operations at the Premises (the “Incentives”); provided, however, Tenant shall not be permitted to pursue any such Incentive that would: (a) diminish or otherwise adversely affect the valuation of the Land or any portion thereof, or (b) would restrict or otherwise adversely affect the use or occupancy of the Property beyond the expiration of the Term. Any such Incentives shall belong to Tenant during the Term.

(b) Together with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a cash security deposit in the amount of One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($1,250,000.00) (the “Incentive Deposit Amount”) as security for Tenant’s rights under this clause. No later than December 2, 2024, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of Section 4.6.2 in the sum of the Incentive Deposit Amount as security for Tenant’s rights under this clause (such Letter of Credit being referred to as the “Incentive Deposit”) provided, Tenant’s failure to provide Landlord with a Letter of Credit as the Incentive Deposit by such date shall, at Landlord’s election, be a default under this Lease for which there shall be no cure (Tenant acknowledging that it is a material condition to this lease that Tenant provide the Letter of Credit as the Incentive Deposit). Upon receipt of the Incentive Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit, Landlord shall promptly return the cash Incentive Deposit Amount to Tenant. Tenant shall have the option to cancel this Lease if the Tax Stabilization Agreement,

50

 


 

and any other state incentives previously approved by Rhode Island Commerce Department that are contingent on approval of the Tax Stabilization Agreement, are not approved by the Town of Smithfield and the State of Rhode Island by March 31, 2025 (the “Outside Approval Date”), provided Tenant promptly and diligently pursues the same following the Effective Date. If Tenant elects to opt-out and cancel this Lease pursuant to the prior sentence, it shall provide written notice to Landlord within five (5) days of the Outside Approval Date, in which event (i) Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit representing the Incentive Deposit (or the cash held as the Incentive Deposit Amount, if applicable) in full and retain the same, (ii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord all additional rent due through the Outside Approval Date as a condition to such termination, (iii) Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit held by Landlord as a Security Deposit (to the extent not previously applied in accordance with this Lease) pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Lease to Tenant for cancellation, and (iv) this Lease shall terminate without recourse to either party. If the Incentives are approved on or before March 31, 2025, Tenant shall send Landlord written notice of the same, this clause (b) shall be null and void, and Landlord shall promptly return the Letter of Credit representing the Incentive Deposit to Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 20 SUSTAINABILITY

20.1 Sustainability. Tenant acknowledges that, if required by Applicable Laws or otherwise necessary to meet standards established by Applicable Laws, Landlord may implement Sustainability Practices (as defined below) with respect to the operation of the Building and, from time to time, modify the same and/or implement such additional Sustainability Practices as Landlord determines in its reasonable discretion to comply with Applicable Laws or meet standards established by Applicable Laws. Tenant agrees that, in such event, Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord and, to the extent reasonably practicable (and provided the same do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s business operations in the Premises or increase Tenant’s costs under the Lease by more than a de minimis extent), comply with the Sustainability Practices for the Building including, without limitation, matters addressing operations and maintenance, such as chemical use for cleaning supplies, indoor air quality, energy efficiency, reduction of GHGs, reduction of plastics, water efficiency, water quality, wellness, health safety, recycling programs, composting programs, exterior maintenance programs, transportation and occupant satisfaction surveys, sustainable procurement practices, and systems upgrades. Upon Tenant’s request, Tenant shall have the right to review with Landlord from time to time the Sustainability Practices for Landlord’s consideration in either reducing, increasing or otherwise changing the requirements imposed as part of the Sustainability Practices, to the extent permitted pursuant to Applicable Laws. “Sustainability Practices” shall mean GHG reduction, energy, water, and waste efficiency, and other environmental guidelines and environmentally sustainable practices of Landlord, as the same may be modified from time to time.

 

20.2 Reporting. Upon request, Landlord shall provide to Tenant the Building's annual ENERGY STAR score, once available. Tenant shall provide Landlord quarterly with energy usage, water consumption data, and such other information as is required to comply with the Sustainability Practices, including the total usage and charges that appear on electric, gas, water and other utility bills for the Premises. If Tenant utilizes separate services from those of Landlord to the extent permitted under the Lease, Tenant hereby consents to Landlord obtaining the information directly from such service providers and, upon ten (10) days after written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord and the service providers such commercially reasonable written releases as the service providers may request evidencing Tenant's consent to deliver the data to Landlord. Any information provided hereunder shall be held confidential unless aggregated and except for its limited use to evidence compliance with laws and any sustainability standards.

 

20.3 Green Power. To the extent required by the Sustainability Practices required by Applicable Laws or otherwise necessary to meet standards established by Applicable Laws, Tenant will, at Landlord’s direction, purchase the electricity to be used at in the Premises that is generated using low-impact, alternative energy sources or other sustainable sources permitted to be used in compliance with the Sustainability Practices. To achieve carbon neutrality, any GHG generating energy for equipment used in the Building may be offset by Landlord through the acquisition of carbon offsets, as an Operating Expense.

 

51

 


 

20.4 On Site Renewable Energy. To the extent any on-site energy generation or storage at the Building existing as of the Commencement Date results in any renewable energy credits or the like, Tenant shall have no right to any such credits resulting therefrom (even if Tenant uses such energy), which renewable energy credits Landlord may retain or assign in its sole discretion.

 

[remainder of page left intentionally blank – signatures on following page]

52

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

DIV TECHNOLOGY WAY, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By: /s/ Jonathan G. Davis

Name: Jonathan G. Davis

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

TENANT:

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC., a

Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Name: Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Title: President

 

 

ORGANOGENESIS INC., a

Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Name: Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Title: President

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lease]

 


 

Exhibit 10.36

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

Performance Share Award Agreement

Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants this Performance Share Award (this “Award”) to the Recipient named below. The terms and conditions of this Award are set forth in this Performance Share Award Agreement (this “Agreement”), consisting of this cover page, the Terms and Conditions on the following pages and the attached Exhibit A, and in the Plan. Any capitalized term that is used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to it the Plan.

Name of Recipient:

Target Number of

Performance Shares:

 

Maximum Number of

Performance Shares:

 

Grant Date:

 

Performance Period:

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

 

 

Performance Goals:

 

Catch-Up Performance Goal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The number of Performance Shares determined in accordance with Exhibit A to have been earned during the Performance Period will vest on the dates specified in Section 1.2 of the Terms and Conditions.

 

See Exhibit A.

 

See Exhibit A.

 

 

By signing below or otherwise evidencing acceptance of this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, the Recipient agrees to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan and acknowledges that the Recipient has received and reviewed these documents.

RECIPIENT: ORGANOGENSIS HOLDINGS INC.

 

_________________________ By: ____________________________

Name: Its:

1


 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

Performance Share Award Agreement

Terms and Conditions

ARTICLE I.

PERFORMANCE SHARES
Section 1.1
Award of Performance Shares. The Company hereby confirms the grant to the Recipient, as of the Grant Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, of an award of Performance Shares (the “Shares”) in an amount initially equal to the Target Number of Performance Shares specified on the cover page of this Agreement. The number of Shares that may actually be earned and become eligible to vest pursuant to this Award are specified in Exhibit A, but may not exceed the Maximum Number of Performance Shares specified on the cover page of this Agreement. Each Share that is earned as a result of the performance goals specified in Exhibit A having been satisfied and which thereafter vests represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Stock”).
Section 1.2
Vesting. Subject to paragraph (d) below, Performance Shares shall vest in cumulative installments as follows, conditioned upon the Recipient’s continued employment with or performance of services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of each Determination Date (as defined below):
(a)
With respect to calendar year [ ], a number of Performance Shares equal to the product of (x) thirty-three percent (33%) of the Target Number of Performance Shares, multiplied by (y) the applicable Performance Vesting Percentage determined in accordance with Exhibit A, shall vest on the applicable Determination Date;
(b)
With respect to calendar year [ ], a number of Performance Shares equal to the product of (x) thirty-three percent (33%) of the Target Number of Performance Shares, multiplied by (y) the applicable Performance Vesting Percentage determined in accordance with Exhibit A, shall vest on the applicable Determination Date;
(c)
With respect to calendar year [ ], a number of Performance Shares equal to the product of (x) thirty-four percent (34%) of the Target Number of Performance Shares, multiplied by (y) the applicable Performance Vesting Percentage determined in accordance with Exhibit A, shall vest on the applicable Determination Date; and
(d)
Subject to Section 1.5, in the event that the Company achieves the Catch-Up Performance Goal determined in accordance with Exhibit A, then any Catch-Up Shares (as defined in Exhibit A) shall vest on the Determination Date following the last year of the Performance Period.
Section 1.3
Adjustment of Performance Goals. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify any Performance Goal, including, without limitation, the Catch-Up Performance Goal, as the Administrator deems appropriate or equitable to reflect a change in the

2


 

Company’s business (including, without limitation, the Company’s acquisition of another business or company or the divestiture of a product), operations, corporate structure or capital structure, the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events and circumstances.
Section 1.4
Determination Date. At the end of each calendar year during the Performance Period, the Administrator shall determine the degree to which the performance goals for the applicable Performance Period have been satisfied and the number of Performance Shares that have been earned during such Performance Period as determined in accordance with Exhibit A, which determination shall occur on a date (the “Determination Date”) no later than the date that the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the calendar year during which the Performance Period ended.
Section 1.5
Change in Control. In the event that a Change in Control occurs during the Performance Period and the Recipient is employed with or performing services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Change in Control:
(a)
A number of Performance Shares shall vest equal to a number determined by the Administrator as the greater of (i) the achievement of the “Target Level” Performance Vesting Percentage with respect to the calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs, as specified in Exhibit A and (ii) the Company’s actual achievement of the Performance Goal for such year through the Change in Control.
(b)
In addition, a number of Performance Shares shall vest equal to the number of shares of Performance Shares that could vest with respect to each calendar year of the Performance Period following the calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs (if any) based on the achievement of the “Target Level” Performance Vesting Percentage with respect to each such year, as specified in Exhibit A.
(c)
The Recipient shall not be eligible to receive any Catch-Up Shares.
Section 1.6
Forfeiture of Performance Shares.
(a)
Any Performance Shares that do not vest in connection with a Change in Control pursuant to Section 1.5 shall thereupon automatically be forfeited as of such Change in Control, and the Recipient shall have no further right to or interest in or with respect to such Performance Shares.
(b)
Any Performance Shares that fail to vest as of the last Determination Date shall automatically and without further action be cancelled and forfeited, and the Recipient shall have no further right to or interest in or with respect to such unvested Performance Shares.
(c)
If the Recipient is no longer employed by, and is no longer providing service for, the Company or any Subsidiary, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, all unvested Performance Shares shall automatically and without further action be cancelled and forfeited, and the Recipient shall have no further right to or interest in or with respect to such unvested Performance Shares.

3


 

ARTICLE II.

MISCELLANEOUS
Section 2.1
No Voting Rights. The Recipient shall not have any right in, or with respect to, any of the shares of Stock issuable under this Award (including voting rights) unless and until the Performance Shares vest and are settled by issuance of shares of Stock to the Recipient.
Section 2.2
Non-Transferability. The award of Performance Shares is personal to the Recipient and shall not be transferable or assignable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported transfer or assignment shall be null and void.
Section 2.3
Settlement. Upon each vesting event in accordance with this Agreement, the Recipient shall receive within five business days of the vesting event one share of Stock for each vested Performance Share; provided, however, that the number of shares of Stock issued may be reduced by the number of shares of Stock sufficient to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligations set forth in Section 2.4 below.
Section 2.4
Withholding. Upon the settlement of vested Performance Shares pursuant to Section 2.3 above, the Company shall withhold from issuance a number of shares of Stock sufficient to satisfy the minimum Federal, state, local and/or payroll taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with regard to such settlement. In the alternative, the Recipient shall have the option to receive 100% of the vested shares of Stock provided that he or she obtains the Company’s consent approved in writing by an officer of the Company prior to the vesting date and subsequently provides the Company a cash payment equal to such taxes.
Section 2.5
Subject to Plan. This Agreement is and shall be subject in every respect to the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. The Recipient hereby accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and agrees that (a) in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and those of the Plan, the latter shall prevail, and (b) all decisions under and interpretations of the Plan by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Recipient and his or her heirs and legal representatives.
Section 2.6
Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company hereunder shall be deemed sufficient if addressed to the Company and delivered to the office of the Company, Organogenesis Holdings Inc., 85 Dan Road, Canton, MA 02021, attention of the President and CEO, or such other address as the Company may hereafter designate.

Any notice to be given to the Recipient hereunder shall be deemed sufficient if addressed to and delivered in person to the Recipient at his or her address furnished to the Company or when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Recipient at such address.

 

4


 

EXHIBIT A

PERFORMANCE GOALS AND PERFORMANCE PERIOD

5


img248015970_0.jpg

 

 

July 30, 2021

 

 

 

Robert Cavorsi

 

Dear Rob, Congratulations!

I am pleased to inform you that you have been recommended for a promotion and it has been approved.

 

Your new title will be Vice President, Strategy, and your new biweekly salary will be $12,115.39 which is $315,000 on an annualized basis. This promotion will be effective April 1, 2021. You will be eligible for merit review in 2022. Your annual target bonus is 35% of your base salary.

 

Thank you for the dedication and hard work that continues to contribute to Organogenesis' success.

 

 

ACCEPTED:

Sincerely,

/s/ Robert Cavorsi

Robert Cavorsi

7/30/2021

/s/ Ellen Bandera

Name

Date

Ellen Bandera

Manager, Talent Acquisition

 

 

Cc: Gary Gillheeney, Sr.

 

 

 

 

www.organogenesis.com

 


 

Exhibit 19.1

 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE POLICY

 

Updated April 19, 2023

 

CONTENTS

 

Page

 

I.

SUMMARY

1

II.

STATEMENT OF POLICIES PROHIBITING INSIDER TRADING

1

III.

EXPLANATION OF INSIDER TRADING

2

IV.

STATEMENT OF PROCEDURES PREVENTING INSIDER TRADING

6

V.

ADDITIONAL PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

9

VI.

RULE 10b5-1 TRADING PLANS, SECTION 16 AND RULE 144

11

VII.

EXECUTION AND RETURN OF CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

17

 

SCHEDULE I - INDIVIDUALS SUBJECT TO QUARTERLY TRADING BLACK-OUTS

 

ATTACHMENT A - SHORT-SWING PROFIT RULE SECTION 16(B) CHECKLIST

 

ATTACHMENT B - CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE POLICY

 

I. SUMMARY

Preventing insider trading is necessary to comply with securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) as well as that of all persons affiliated with the Company. “Insider trading” occurs when any person purchases or sells a security while in possession of inside information relating to the security. As explained in Section III below, “inside information” is information that is both “material” and “non-public.” Insider trading is a crime. The penalties for violating insider trading laws include imprisonment, disgorgement of profits, civil fines, and criminal fines of up to $5 million for individuals and $25 million for corporations. Insider trading is also prohibited by this Amended and Restated Insider Trading Compliance Policy (this “Policy”), and violation of this Policy may result in Company-imposed sanctions, including removal or dismissal for cause.

This Policy applies to all officers, directors and employees of the Company. Individuals subject to this Policy are responsible for ensuring that members of their households also comply with this Policy. This Policy also applies to any entities controlled by individuals subject to the Policy, including any corporations, partnerships or trusts, and transactions by these entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if they were for the individual’s own account. This Policy extends to all activities within and outside an individual’s Company duties. Every officer, director and employee must review this Policy. Questions regarding the Policy should be directed to the Company’s Chief Legal Officer (referred to in this Policy as the “General Counsel”).

II. STATEMENT OF POLICIES PROHIBITING INSIDER TRADING

No officer, director or employee shall purchase or sell any type of security while in possession of material, non-public information relating to the security, whether the issuer of such security is the Company or any other company.

Additionally, no officer, director or employee listed on Schedule I (as amended from time to time) shall purchase or sell any security of the Company during the period beginning on the 14th calendar day before the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company and ending upon completion of the second full trading day after the public release of earnings data for such fiscal quarter or during any other trading suspension period declared by the Company. For the purposes of this Policy, a “trading day” is a day on which national stock exchanges are open for trading.

These prohibitions do not apply to:

purchases of the Company’s securities from the Company or sales of the Company’s securities to the Company;

exercises of stock options or other equity awards or the surrender of shares to the Company in payment of the exercise price or in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligations in a manner permitted by the applicable equity award agreement, or

 


 

vesting of equity-based awards, that in each case do not involve a market sale of the Company’s securities (the “cashless exercise” of a Company stock option through a broker does involve a market sale of the Company’s securities, and therefore would not qualify under this exception); or

purchases or sales of the Company’s securities made pursuant to any binding contract, specific instruction or written plan entered into while the purchaser or seller, as applicable, was unaware of any material, non-public information and which contract, instruction or plan (i) meets all requirements of the affirmative defense provided by Rule 10b5-1 (“Rule 10b5-1”) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), (ii) was pre-cleared in advance pursuant to this Policy and (iii) has not been amended or modified in any respect after such initial pre-clearance without such amendment or modification being pre-cleared in advance pursuant to this Policy. For more information about Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, see Section VI below.

No officer, director or employee shall directly or indirectly communicate (or “tip”) material, non-public information to anyone outside the Company (except in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding the protection or authorized external disclosure of Company information) or to anyone within the Company other than on a need-to-know basis.

III. EXPLANATION OF INSIDER TRADING

“Insider trading” refers to the purchase or sale of a security while in possession of “material,” “non-public” information relating to the security.

“Securities” includes stocks, bonds, notes, debentures, options, warrants and other convertible securities, as well as derivative instruments.

“Purchase” and “sale” are defined broadly under the federal securities law. “Purchase” includes not only the actual purchase of a security, but any contract to purchase or otherwise acquire a security. “Sale” includes not only the actual sale of a security, but any contract to sell or otherwise dispose of a security. These definitions extend to a broad range of transactions, including conventional cash-for-stock transactions, conversions, the exercise of stock options, and acquisitions and exercises of warrants or puts, calls or other derivative securities.

It is generally understood that insider trading includes the following:

Trading by insiders while in possession of material, non-public information;

Trading by persons other than insiders while in possession of material, non-public information, if the information either was given in breach of an insider’s fiduciary duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; and

Communicating or tipping material, non-public information to others, including recommending the purchase or sale of a security while in possession of such information.

2

 

 


 

A. What Facts are Material?

The materiality of a fact depends upon the circumstances. A fact is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, sell or hold a security, or if the fact is likely to have a significant effect on the market price of the security. Material information can be positive or negative and can relate to virtually any aspect of a company’s business or to any type of security, debt or equity.

Examples of material information include (but are not limited to) information about dividends; corporate earnings or earnings forecasts; possible mergers, acquisitions, tender offers or dispositions; major new service offerings; important business developments such as major contracts or cancellation of major contracts, trial results, developments regarding strategic collaborators or the status of regulatory submissions; management or control changes; significant borrowing or financing developments including pending public sales or offerings of debt or equity securities; defaults on borrowings; bankruptcies; and significant litigation or regulatory actions. Moreover, material information does not have to be related to a company’s business. For example, the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that is expected to affect the market price of a security can be material.

A good general rule of thumb: When in doubt, do not trade.

B. What is Non-public?

Information is “non-public” if it is not available to the general public. In order for information to be considered public, it must be widely disseminated in a manner making it generally available to investors through such media as Dow Jones, Business Wire, Reuters, The Wall Street Journal, Associated Press, or United Press International, a broadcast on widely available radio or television programs, publication in a widely available newspaper, magazine or news web site, a Regulation FD-compliant conference call, or public disclosure documents filed with the SEC that are available on the SEC’s web site.

The circulation of rumors, even if accurate and reported in the media, does not constitute effective public dissemination. In addition, even after a public announcement, a reasonable period of time must lapse in order for the market to react to the information. Generally, one should allow one full trading day following publication as a reasonable waiting period before such information is deemed to be public.

C. Who is an Insider?

“Insiders” include officers, directors and employees of a company and anyone else who has material inside information about a company. Insiders have independent fiduciary duties to their company and its stockholders not to trade on material, non-public information relating to the company’s securities. All officers, directors and employees of the Company should consider themselves insiders with respect to material, non-public information about the Company’s business, activities and securities. Officers, directors and employees may not trade in the Company’s securities while in possession of material, non-public information relating to the Company, nor may they tip such information to anyone outside the Company (except in

3

 

 


 

accordance with the Company’s policies regarding the protection or authorized external disclosure of Company information) or to anyone within the Company other than on a need-to-know basis.

Individuals subject to this Policy are responsible for ensuring that members of their households also comply with this Policy. This Policy also applies to any entities controlled by individuals subject to the Policy, including any corporations, partnerships or trusts, and transactions by these entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if they were for the individual’s own account.

D. Trading by Persons Other than Insiders

Insiders may be liable for communicating or tipping material, non-public information to a third party (“tippee”), and insider trading violations are not limited to trading or tipping by insiders. Persons other than insiders also can be liable for insider trading, including tippees who trade on material, non-public information tipped to them or individuals who trade on material, non-public information that has been misappropriated.

Tippees inherit an insider’s duties and are liable for trading on material, non-public information illegally tipped to them by an insider. Similarly, just as insiders are liable for the insider trading of their tippees, so are tippees who pass the information along to others who trade. In other words, a tippee’s liability for insider trading is no different from that of an insider. Tippees can obtain material, non-public information by receiving overt tips from others or through, among other things, conversations at social, business, or other gatherings.

E. Penalties for Engaging in Insider Trading

Penalties for trading on or tipping material, non-public information can extend significantly beyond any profits made or losses avoided, both for individuals engaging in such unlawful conduct and their employers. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and Department of Justice have made the civil and criminal prosecution of insider trading violations a top priority. Enforcement remedies available to the government or private plaintiffs under the federal securities laws include:

SEC administrative sanctions;

Securities industry self-regulatory organization sanctions;

Civil injunctions;

Damage awards to private plaintiffs;

Disgorgement of all profits;

Civil fines for the violator of up to three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided;

4

 

 


 

Civil fines for the employer or other controlling person of a violator (i.e., where the violator is an employee or other controlled person) of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of profit gained or loss avoided by the violator;

Criminal fines for individual violators of up to $5,000,000 ($25,000,000 for an entity); and

Jail sentences of up to 20 years.

In addition, insider trading could result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal. Insider trading violations are not limited to violations of the federal securities laws. Other federal and state civil or criminal laws, such as the laws prohibiting mail and wire fraud and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), also may be violated in connection with insider trading.

F. Size of Transaction and Reason for Transaction Do Not Matter

The size of the transaction or the amount of profit received does not have to be significant to result in prosecution. The SEC has the ability to monitor even the smallest trades, and the SEC performs routine market surveillance. Brokers or dealers are required by law to inform the SEC of any possible violations by people who may have material, non-public information. The SEC aggressively investigates even small insider trading violations.

G. Examples of Insider Trading

Examples of insider trading cases include actions brought against corporate officers, directors, and employees who traded in a company’s securities after learning of significant confidential corporate developments; friends, business associates, family members and other tippees of such officers, directors, and employees who traded in the securities after receiving such information; government employees who learned of such information in the course of their employment; and other persons who misappropriated, and took advantage of, confidential information from their employers.

The following are illustrations of insider trading violations. These illustrations are hypothetical and, consequently, not intended to reflect on the actual activities or business of the Company or any other entity.

Trading by Insider

An officer of X Corporation learns that earnings to be reported by X Corporation will increase dramatically. Prior to the public announcement of such earnings, the officer purchases X Corporation’s stock. The officer, an insider, is liable for all profits as well as penalties of up to three times the amount of all profits. The officer also is subject to, among other things, criminal prosecution, including up to $5,000,000 in additional fines and 20 years in jail. Depending upon the circumstances, X Corporation and the individual to whom the officer reports also could be liable as controlling persons.

5

 

 


 

Trading by Tippee

An officer of X Corporation tells a friend that X Corporation is about to publicly announce that it has concluded an agreement for a major acquisition. This tip causes the friend to purchase X Corporation’s stock in advance of the announcement. The officer is jointly liable with his friend for all of the friend’s profits, and each is liable for all civil penalties of up to three times the amount of the friend’s profits. The officer and his friend are also subject to criminal prosecution and other remedies and sanctions, as described above.

H. Prohibition of Records Falsification and False Statements

Section 13(b)(2) of the 1934 Act requires companies subject to the Act to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit (1) any person from falsifying records or accounts subject to the above requirements and (2) officers or directors from making any materially false, misleading, or incomplete statement to any accountant in connection with any audit or filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors and other persons with access to the Company’s books and records from taking action that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.

IV. STATEMENT OF PROCEDURES PREVENTING INSIDER TRADING

The following procedures have been established, and will be maintained and enforced, by the Company to prevent insider trading. Every officer, director and employee is required to follow these procedures.

A. Pre-Clearance of All Trades by All Officers, Directors and Certain Employees

To provide assistance in preventing inadvertent violations of applicable securities laws and to avoid the appearance of impropriety in connection with the purchase and sale of the Company’s securities, all transactions in the Company’s securities (including without limitation, acquisitions and dispositions of Company stock, the exercise of stock options and the sale of Company stock issued upon exercise of stock options) by officers, directors and certain employees designated by the Company’s General Counsel from time to time (each, a “Pre-Clearance Person”) must be pre-cleared by the Company’s General Counsel. Pre-clearance does not relieve anyone of his or her responsibility under SEC rules.

A request for pre-clearance may be oral or in writing (including by e-mail), should be made at least two business days in advance of the proposed transaction and should include the identity of the Pre-Clearance Person, the type of proposed transaction (for example, an open market purchase, a privately negotiated sale, an option exercise, etc.), the proposed date of the transaction and the number of shares or other securities to be involved. The General Counsel shall have sole discretion to decide whether to clear any contemplated transaction. (The Chief Financial Officer shall have sole discretion to decide whether to clear transactions by the General Counsel or persons or entities subject to this policy as a result of their relationship with the

6

 

 


 

General Counsel.) All trades that are pre-cleared must be effected within five business days of receipt of the pre-clearance unless a specific exception has been granted by the General Counsel or the Chief Financial Officer, as applicable. A pre-cleared trade (or any portion of a pre-cleared trade) that has not been effected during the five business day period must be pre-cleared again prior to execution. Notwithstanding receipt of pre-clearance, if the Pre-Clearance Person becomes aware of material non-public information or becomes subject to a black-out period before the transaction is effected, the transaction may not be completed.

None of the Company, the General Counsel, the Chief Financial Officer or the Company’s other employees will have any liability for any delay in reviewing, or refusal of, a request for pre-clearance submitted pursuant to this Section IV.A. Notwithstanding any pre-clearance of a transaction pursuant to this Section IV.A, none of the Company, the General Counsel, the Chief Financial Officer or the Company’s other employees assumes any liability for the legality or consequences of such transaction to the person engaging in such transaction.

B. Black-Out Periods

Additionally, no officer, director or employee listed on Schedule I (as amended from time to time) shall purchase or sell any security of the Company during the period beginning on the 14th calendar day before the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company and ending upon completion of the second full trading day after the public release of earnings data for such fiscal quarter or during any other trading suspension period declared by the Company, except for:

purchases of the Company’s securities from the Company or sales of the Company’s securities to the Company;

exercises of stock options or other equity awards the surrender of shares to the Company in payment of the exercise price or in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligations in a manner permitted by the applicable equity award agreement, or vesting of equity-based awards that do not involve a market sale of the Company’s securities (the “cashless exercise” of a Company stock option through a broker does involve a market sale of the Company’s securities, and therefore would not qualify under this exception); and

purchases or sales of the Company’s securities made pursuant to any binding contract, specific instruction or written plan entered into while the purchaser or seller, as applicable, was unaware of any material, non-public information and which contract, instruction or plan (i) meets all requirements of the affirmative defense provided by Rule 10b5-1, (ii) was pre-cleared in advance pursuant to this Policy and (iii) has not been amended or modified in any respect after such initial pre-clearance without such amendment or modification being pre-cleared in advance pursuant to this Policy.

Exceptions to the black-out period policy may be approved only by the Company’s General Counsel or, in the case of exceptions for directors, the Board of Directors or Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

7

 

 


 

From time to time, the Company, through the Board of Directors, the Company’s General Counsel or Chief Financial Officer may recommend that officers, directors, employees or others suspend trading in the Company’s securities because of developments that have not yet been disclosed to the public. Subject to the exceptions noted above, all those affected should not trade in our securities while the suspension is in effect, and should not disclose to others that we have suspended trading.

C. Post-Termination Transactions

With the exception of the pre-clearance requirement, this Policy continues to apply to transactions in the Company’s securities even after termination of service to the Company. If an individual is in possession of material, non-public information when his or her service terminates, that individual may not trade in the Company’s securities until that information has become public or is no longer material.

D. Information Relating to the Company

1. Access to Information

Access to material, non-public information about the Company, including the Company’s business, earnings or prospects, should be limited to officers, directors and employees of the Company on a need-to-know basis. In addition, such information should not be communicated to anyone outside the Company under any circumstances (except in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding the protection or authorized external disclosure of Company information) or to anyone within the Company on an other than need-to-know basis.

In communicating material, non-public information to employees of the Company, all officers, directors and employees must take care to emphasize the need for confidential treatment of such information and adherence to the Company’s policies with regard to confidential information.

2. Inquiries From Third Parties

Inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about the Company should be directed to the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel at (781) 575-0775; or to their attention at:

Organogenesis Holdings Inc.

85 Dan Road

Canton, MA 02021

 

E. Limitations on Access to Company Information

The following procedures are designed to maintain confidentiality with respect to the Company’s business operations and activities.

All officers, directors and employees should take all steps and precautions necessary to restrict access to, and secure, material, non-public information by, among other things:

8

 

 


 

Maintaining the confidentiality of Company-related transactions;

Conducting their business and social activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of confidential information. Review of confidential documents in public places should be conducted so as to prevent access by unauthorized persons;

Restricting access to documents and files (including computer files) containing material, non-public information to individuals on a need-to-know basis (including maintaining control over the distribution of documents and drafts of documents);

Promptly removing and cleaning up all confidential documents and other materials from conference rooms following the conclusion of any meetings;

Disposing of all confidential documents and other papers, after there is no longer any business or other legally required need, through shredders when appropriate;

Restricting access to areas likely to contain confidential documents or material, non-public information;

Safeguarding laptop computers, tablets, memory sticks, CDs and other items that contain confidential information; and

Avoiding the discussion of material, non-public information in places where the information could be overheard by others such as in elevators, restrooms, hallways, restaurants, airplanes or taxicabs.

Personnel involved with material, non-public information, to the extent feasible, should conduct their business and activities in areas separate from other Company activities.

V. ADDITIONAL PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

The Company has determined that there is a heightened legal risk and/or the appearance of improper or inappropriate conduct if the persons subject to this Policy engage in certain types of transactions. Therefore, officers, directors and employees shall comply with the following policies with respect to certain transactions in the Company securities:

A. Short Sales

Short sales of the Company’s securities evidence an expectation on the part of the seller that the securities will decline in value, and therefore signal to the market that the seller has no confidence in the Company or its short-term prospects. In addition, short sales may reduce the seller’s incentive to improve the Company’s performance. For these reasons, short sales of the Company’s securities are prohibited by this Policy. In addition, as noted below, Section 16(c) of the 1934 Act absolutely prohibits Section 16 reporting persons from making short sales of the Company’s equity securities, i.e., sales of shares that the insider does not own at the time of sale, or sales of shares against which the insider does not deliver the shares within 20 days after the sale.

9

 

 


 

B. Publicly Traded Options

A transaction in options is, in effect, a bet on the short-term movement of the Company’s stock and therefore creates the appearance that an officer, director or employee is trading based on inside information. Transactions in options also may focus an officer’s, director’s or employee’s attention on short-term performance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives. Accordingly, transactions in puts, calls or other derivative securities involving the Company’s equity securities, on an exchange or in any other organized market, are prohibited by this Policy.

C. Hedging Transactions

Certain forms of hedging or monetization transactions, such as zero-cost collars and forward sale contracts, allow an officer, director or employee to lock in much of the value of his or her stock holdings, often in exchange for all or part of the potential for upside appreciation in the stock. These transactions allow the officer, director or employee to continue to own the covered securities, but without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When that occurs, the officer, director or employee may no longer have the same objectives as the Company’s other stockholders. Therefore, such transactions involving the Company’s equity securities are prohibited by this Policy.

D. Purchases of the Company’s Securities on Margin

Purchasing on margin means borrowing from a brokerage firm, bank or other entity in order to purchase the Company’s securities (other than in connection with a cashless exercise of stock options under the Company’s equity plans). Margin purchases of the Company’s securities are prohibited by this Policy. This prohibition means, among other things, that you cannot hold the Company’s securities in a “margin account” (which would allow you to borrow against your holdings to buy securities).

E. Director and Executive Officer Cashless Exercises

The Company will not arrange with brokers to administer cashless exercises on behalf of directors and executive officers of the Company. Directors and executive officers of the Company may use the cashless exercise feature of their equity awards only if (i) the director or officer retains a broker independently of the Company, (ii) the Company’s involvement is limited to confirming that it will deliver the stock promptly upon payment of the exercise price and (iii) the director or officer uses a “T+2” cashless exercise arrangement, in which the Company agrees to deliver stock against the payment of the purchase price on the same day the sale of the stock underlying the equity award settles. Under a T+2 cashless exercise, a broker, the issuer, and the issuer’s transfer agent work together to make all transactions settle simultaneously. This approach is to avoid any inference that the Company has “extended credit” in the form of a personal loan to the director or executive officer. Questions about cashless exercises should be directed to the General Counsel.

10

 

 


 

F. Partnership Distributions

Nothing in this Policy is intended to limit the ability of a venture capital partnership or other similar entity with which a director is affiliated to distribute Company securities to its partners, members or other similar persons. It is the responsibility of each affected director and the affiliated entity, in consultation with their own counsel (as appropriate), to determine the timing of any distributions, based on all relevant facts and circumstances and applicable securities laws.

VI. RULE 10b5-1 TRADING PLANS, SECTION 16 AND RULE 144

A. Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

1. Overview

Rule 10b5-1 will protect directors, officers and employees from insider trading liability under Rule 10b5-1 for transactions under a previously established contract, plan or instruction to trade in the Company’s stock (a “Trading Plan”) entered into in good faith and in accordance with the terms of Rule 10b5-1 and all applicable state laws and will be exempt from the trading restrictions set forth in this Policy. Persons entering into Trading Plans must act in good faith with respect to the Trading Plan throughout the duration of the Trading Plan. The initiation of, and any modification to, any such Trading Plan will be deemed to be a transaction in the Company’s securities, and such initiation or modification is subject to all limitations and prohibitions relating to transactions in the Company’s securities. Each such Trading Plan and each trading plan that does satisfy the requirements of Rule 10b5-1, and any modification thereof, must be submitted to and pre-approved by the Company’s General Counsel, or such other person as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time (the “Authorizing Officer”), who may impose such conditions on the implementation and operation of such plans as the Authorizing Officer deems necessary or advisable. However, compliance of a Trading Plan to the terms of Rule 10b5-1 and the execution of transactions pursuant to the Trading Plan are the sole responsibility of the person initiating the Trading Plan, not the Company or the Authorizing Officer.

Trading Plans do not exempt individuals from complying with Section 16 short-swing profit rules or liability.

Rule 10b5-1 presents an opportunity for insiders to establish arrangements to sell (or purchase) Company stock without the restrictions of trading windows and black-out periods, even when there is undisclosed material information. A Trading Plan may also help reduce negative publicity that may result when key executives sell the Company’s stock. Rule 10b5-1 only provides an “affirmative defense” in the event there is an insider trading lawsuit. It does not prevent someone from bringing a lawsuit.

A director, officer or employee may enter into a Trading Plan only when he or she is not in possession of material, non-public information, and only during a trading window period outside of the trading black-out period. Although transactions effected under a Trading Plan will not require further pre-clearance at the time of the trade, any transaction (including the quantity

11

 

 


 

and price) made pursuant to a Trading Plan of a Section 16 reporting person must be reported to the Company promptly on the day of each trade to permit the Company’s General Counsel to assist in the preparation and filing of a required Form 4.

The Company reserves the right from time to time to suspend, discontinue or otherwise prohibit any transaction in the Company’s securities, even pursuant to a previously approved trading plan, if the Authorizing Officer or the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines that such suspension, discontinuation or other prohibition is in the best interests of the Company. Any trading plan submitted for approval hereunder should explicitly acknowledge the Company’s right to prohibit transactions in the Company’s securities. Failure to discontinue purchases and sales as directed shall constitute a violation of the terms of this Section VI and result in a loss of the exemption set forth herein.

Officers, directors and employees may adopt Trading Plans with brokers that outline a pre-set plan for trading of the Company’s stock, including the exercise of options. Trades pursuant to a Trading Plan generally may occur at any time. However, Rule 10b5-1 and the Company requires a cooling-off period between the establishment of a Trading Plan and commencement of any transactions under such plan. For directors and officers of the Company, trading under a Trading Plan may not begin until the later of: (1) 90 days following the adoption or modification of a Trading Plan; or (2) two business days following the disclosure in certain periodic reports (Forms 10-Q, 10-K, 20-F or 6-K) of the Company’s financial results for the fiscal quarter in which a Trading Plan was adopted or modified (but not to exceed 120 days following plan adoption or modification). For all other persons (other than the Company), trading under a Trading Plan may not begin until 30 days after the adoption or modification of the Trading Plan. In addition, and except as otherwise permitted by Rule 10b5-1, an individual may not (1) have multiple outstanding Trading Plans or (2) during any 12-month period, enter into more than one single-trade Trading Plan. Please review the following description of how a Trading Plan works.

Pursuant to Rule 10b5-1, an individual’s purchase or sale of securities will not be “on the basis of” material, non-public information if:

First, before becoming aware of the information, the individual enters into a binding contract to purchase or sell the securities, provides instructions to another person to sell the securities or adopts a written plan for trading the securities (i.e., the Trading Plan).

Second, the Trading Plan must either:

specify the amount of securities to be purchased or sold, the price at which the securities are to be purchased or sold and the date on which the securities are to be purchased or sold;

include a written formula or algorithm or computer program for determining the amount, price and date of the transactions; or

12

 

 


 

prohibit the individual from exercising any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effect purchases or sales of the Company’s stock under the Trading Plan in question.

Third, the purchase or sale must occur pursuant to the Trading Plan and the individual must not enter into a corresponding hedging transaction or alter or deviate from the Trading Plan.

Trading Plans adopted by directors and officers of the Company are required to include representations by the director or officer certifying that the director or officer: (i) is not aware of material non-public information about the issuer or its securities and (ii) is adopting the Trading Plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5.

2. Termination and Amendments of Trading Plans

Termination or amendment of Trading Plans should occur only in unusual circumstances. Effectiveness of any termination or amendment of a Trading Plan will be subject to the prior review and approval of the Authorizing Officer. Once a Trading Plan has been terminated, the participant should wait at least 30 days before trading outside of a Trading Plan and 180 days before establishing a new Trading Plan (and, in any event, the participant must comply with the cooling-off period requirements described above in connection with the adoption or modification of a Trading Plan, including any modification of a Trading Plan deemed to be the termination of such plan and the adoption of a new plan as described below). You should note that termination of a Trading Plan can result in the loss of an affirmative defense for past or future transactions under a Trading Plan. You should consult with your own legal counsel before deciding to terminate a Trading Plan. In any event, you should not assume that compliance with the 180-day bar will protect you from possible adverse legal consequences of a Trading Plan termination.

A person acting in good faith may amend a prior Trading Plan so long as such amendments are made outside of a quarterly trading black-out period and at a time when the Trading Plan participant does not possess material, non-public information. A modification or change to a Trading Plan that impacts the amount, price, or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities (or a modification or change to a written formula or algorithm, or computer program that affects the amount, price, or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities) thereunder is deemed a termination of the original plan and the adoption of a new plan, subject to a new cooling-off period.

Under certain circumstances, a Trading Plan must be terminated. This may include circumstances such as the announcement of a merger or the occurrence of an event that would cause the transaction either to violate the law or to have an adverse effect on the Company. The Authorizing Officer or administrator of the Company’s stock plans is authorized to notify the broker in such circumstances, thereby insulating the insider in the event of termination.

13

 

 


 

3. Discretionary Plans

Although non-discretionary Trading Plans are preferred, discretionary Trading Plans, where the discretion or control over trading is transferred to a broker, are permitted if pre-approved by the Authorizing Officer.

The Authorizing Officer must pre-approve any Trading Plan, arrangement or trading instructions, etc., involving potential sales or purchases of the Company’s stock or option exercises, including but not limited to, blind trusts, discretionary accounts with banks or brokers, or limit orders. The actual transactions effected pursuant to a pre-approved Trading Plan will not be subject to further pre-clearance for transactions in the Company’s stock once the Trading Plan or other arrangement has been pre-approved.

4. Reporting (if Required)

If required, an SEC Form 144 will be filled out and filed by the individual/brokerage firm in accordance with the existing rules regarding Form 144 filings. A footnote at the bottom of the Form 144 should indicate that the trades “are in accordance with a Trading Plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 and expires ____.” For Section 16 reporting persons, Form 4s should be filed before the end of the second business day following the date that the broker, dealer or plan administrator informs the individual that a transaction was executed, provided that the date of such notification is not later than the third business day following the trade date. A similar footnote should be placed at the bottom of the Form 4 as outlined above.

5. Options

Exercises of options for cash may be executed at any time. “Cashless exercise” option exercises are subject to trading windows. However, the Company will permit same day sales under Trading Plans. If a broker is required to execute a cashless exercise in accordance with a Trading Plan, then the Company must have exercise forms attached to the Trading Plan that are signed, undated and with the number of shares to be exercised left blank. Once a broker determines that the time is right to exercise the option and dispose of the shares in accordance with the Trading Plan, the broker will notify the Company in writing and the administrator of the Company’s stock plans will fill in the number of shares and the date of exercise on the previously signed exercise form. The insider should not be involved with this part of the exercise.

6. Trades Outside of a Trading Plan

During an open trading window, trades differing from Trading Plan instructions that are already in place are allowed as long as the Trading Plan continues to be followed.

7. Public Disclosure

The Company may make a public announcement that Trading Plans are being implemented in accordance with Rule 10b5-1. It will consider in each case whether a public announcement of a particular Trading Plan should be made. It may also make public announcements or respond to inquiries from the media as transactions are made under a Trading

14

 

 


 

Plan. In addition, the Company will provide the disclosures required pursuant to Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K regarding the adoption or termination of trading plans (whether or not they satisfy the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 and including any modification of a trading plan deemed to be the termination of such plan and the adoption of a new trading plan) by directors and executive officers and the material terms of these plans including, without limitation: (i) the name and title of the director or officer adopting the plan; (ii) the date of adoption or termination of the plan; (iii) the duration of the plan; and (iv) the aggregate number of securities to be sold or purchased under the plan. The Company will also provide the disclosures required pursuant to Item 408(b) of Regulation S-K regarding this Policy and will file a copy of this Policy as an exhibit to its Annual Report on Form 10-K.

8. Prohibited Transactions

The transactions prohibited under Section V of this Policy, including among others short sales and hedging transactions, may not be carried out through a Trading Plan or other arrangement or trading instruction involving potential sales or purchases of the Company’s securities.

9. No Section 16 Protection

The use of Trading Plans does not exempt participants from complying with the Section 16 reporting rules or liability for short-swing trades.

10. Limitation on Liability

None of the Company, the Authorizing Officer or the Company’s other employees will have any liability for any delay in reviewing, or refusal of, a Trading Plan submitted pursuant to this Section VI.A. Notwithstanding any review of a Trading Plan pursuant to this Section VI.A, none of the Company, the Authorizing Officer or the Company’s other employees assumes any liability for the legality or consequences relating to such Trading Plan to the person adopting such Trading Plan.

B. Section 16: Insider Reporting Requirements, Short-Swing Profits and Short Sales (Applicable to Officers, Directors and 10% Stockholders)

1. Reporting Obligations Under Section 16(a): SEC Forms 3, 4 and 5

Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act generally requires all officers, directors and 10% stockholders (“insiders”), within 10 days after the insider becomes an officer, director, or 10% stockholder, to file with the SEC an “Initial Statement of Beneficial Ownership of Securities” on SEC Form 3 listing the amount of the Company’s stock, options and warrants which the insider beneficially owns. Following the initial filing on SEC Form 3, changes in beneficial ownership of the Company’s stock, options and warrants must be reported on SEC Form 4, generally within two days after the date on which such change occurs, or in certain cases on Form 5, within 45 days after fiscal year end. The two-day Form 4 deadline begins to run from the trade date rather than the settlement date. A Form 4 must be filed even if, as a result of balancing transactions, there has been no net change in holdings. Section 16 insiders are required to indicate in Form 4

15

 

 


 

and Form 5 filings whether a transaction reported on the applicable form was made under a trading plan intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1 and, if so, provide the date the plan was adopted. In certain situations, purchases or sales of Company stock made within six months prior to the filing of a Form 3 must be reported on Form 4. Similarly, certain purchases or sales of Company stock made within six months after an officer or director ceases to be an insider must be reported on Form 4.

2. Recovery of Profits Under Section 16(b)

For the purpose of preventing the unfair use of information which may have been obtained by an insider, any profits realized by any officer, director or 10% stockholder from any “purchase” and “sale” of Company stock during a six-month period, so called “short-swing profits,” may be recovered by the Company. When such a purchase and sale occurs, good faith is no defense. The insider is liable even if compelled to sell for personal reasons, and even if the sale takes place after full disclosure and without the use of any inside information.

The liability of an insider under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act is only to the Company itself. The Company, however, cannot waive its right to short swing profits, and any Company stockholder can bring suit in the name of the Company. Reports of ownership filed with the SEC on Form 3, Form 4 or Form 5 pursuant to Section 16(a) (discussed above) are readily available to the public, and certain attorneys carefully monitor these reports for potential Section 16(b) violations. In addition, liabilities under Section 16(b) may require separate disclosure in the Company’s annual report to the SEC on Form 10-K or its proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders. No suit may be brought more than two years after the date the profit was realized. However, if the insider fails to file a report of the transaction under Section 16(a), as required, the two-year limitation period does not begin to run until after the transactions giving rise to the profit have been disclosed. Failure to report transactions and late filing of reports require separate disclosure in the Company’s proxy statement.

Officers and directors should consult the attached “Short-Swing Profit Rule Section 16(b) Checklist” attached hereto as “Attachment A” in addition to consulting the General Counsel prior to engaging in any transactions (including bona fide gifts) involving the Company’s securities, including without limitation, the Company’s stock, options or warrants.

3. Short Sales Prohibited Under Section 16(c)

Section 16(c) of the 1934 Act prohibits insiders absolutely from making short sales of the Company’s equity securities. Short sales include sales of stock which the insider does not own at the time of sale, or sales of stock against which the insider does not deliver the shares within 20 days after the sale. Under certain circumstances, the purchase or sale of put or call options, or the writing of such options, can result in a violation of Section 16(c). Insiders violating Section 16(c) face criminal liability.

The General Counsel should be consulted if you have any questions regarding reporting obligations, short-swing profits or short sales under Section 16.

C. Rule 144 (Applicable to Officers, Directors and 10% Stockholders)

16

 

 


 

Rule 144 provides a safe harbor exemption to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for certain resales of “restricted securities” and “control securities.” “Restricted securities” are securities acquired from an issuer, or an affiliate of an issuer, in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving a public offering. “Control securities” are any securities owned by directors, executive officers or other “affiliates” of the issuer, including stock purchased in the open market and stock received upon exercise of stock options. Sales of Company securities by affiliates (generally, directors, officers and 10% stockholders of the Company) must comply with the requirements of Rule 144, which are summarized below. Because the Company was a “shell company” prior to the closing of the business combination, Rule 144 will be unavailable for approximately one year following the closing of the business combination. Please contact the Company’s General Counsel for additional information.

Current Public Information. The Company must have filed all SEC-required reports during the last 12 months.

Volume Limitations. Total sales of Company common stock by a covered individual for any three-month period may not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of Company common stock, as reflected in the most recent report or statement published by the Company, or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of such shares traded during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the requisite Form 144.

Method of Sale. The shares must be sold either in a “broker’s transaction” or in a transaction directly with a “market maker.” A “broker’s transaction” is one in which the broker does no more than execute the sale order and receive the usual and customary commission. Neither the broker nor the selling person can solicit or arrange for the sale order. In addition, the selling person or Board member must not pay any fee or commission other than to the broker. A “market maker” includes a specialist permitted to act as a dealer, a dealer acting in the position of a block positioner, and a dealer who holds himself out as being willing to buy and sell Company common stock for his own account on a regular and continuous basis.

Notice of Proposed Sale. A notice of the sale (a Form 144) must be filed with the SEC at the time of the sale. Brokers generally have internal procedures for executing sales under Rule 144 and will assist you in completing the Form 144 and in complying with the other requirements of Rule 144.

If you are subject to Rule 144, you must instruct your broker who handles trades in Company securities to follow the brokerage firm’s Rule 144 compliance procedures in connection with all trades. As noted above, because the Company was a “shell company” prior to the closing of the business combination, Rule 144 will be unavailable for approximately one year following the closing of the business combination. Please contact the Company’s General Counsel for additional information.

17

 

 


 

VII. EXECUTION AND RETURN OF CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

After reading this Policy, all officers, directors and employees should execute and return to the Company’s General Counsel the Certification of Compliance form attached hereto as “Attachment B.”

18

 

 


 

SCHEDULE I

 

INDIVIDUALS SUBJECT TO QUARTERLY TRADING BLACK-OUTS

 

 

All employees

 

 

 


 

ATTACHMENT A

 

SHORT-SWING PROFIT RULE SECTION 16(B) CHECKLIST

 

Note: ANY combination of PURCHASE AND SALE or SALE AND PURCHASE within six months of each other by an officer, director or 10% stockholder (or any family member living in the same household or certain affiliated entities) results in a violation of Section 16(b), and the “profit” must be recovered by Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (the “Company”). It makes no difference how long the shares being sold have been held or, for officers and directors, that you were an insider for only one of the two matching transactions. The highest priced sale will be matched with the lowest priced purchase within the six-month period.

Sales

 

If a sale is to be made by an officer, director or 10% stockholder (or any family member living in the same household or certain affiliated entities):

1. Have there been any purchases by the insider (or family members living in the same household or certain affiliated entities) within the past six months?

2. Have there been any option grants or exercises not exempt under Rule 16b-3 within the past six months?

3. Are any purchases (or non-exempt option exercises) anticipated or required within the next six months?

4. Has a Form 4 been prepared?

Note: If a sale is to be made by an affiliate of the Company, has a Form 144 been prepared and has the broker been reminded to sell pursuant to Rule 144?

Purchases And Option Exercises

 

If a purchase or option exercise for Company stock is to be made:

1. Have there been any sales by the insider (or family members living in the same household or certain affiliated entities) within the past six months?

2. Are any sales anticipated or required within the next six months (such as tax-related or year-end transactions)?

3. Has a Form 4 been prepared?

Before proceeding with a purchase or sale, consider whether you are aware of material inside information which could affect the price of the Company stock. All transactions in the Company’s securities by officers and directors must be pre-cleared by contacting the Company’s General Counsel.

 


 

ATTACHMENT B

 

CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

RETURN BY [ ]

 

TO: Lori Freedman, General Counsel
 

FROM:

 

RE: INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE POLICY OF ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

 

I have received, reviewed and understand the above-referenced Insider Trading Compliance Policy and undertake, as a condition to my present and continued employment (or, if I am not an employee, affiliation with) Organogenesis Holdings Inc., to comply fully with the policies and procedures contained therein.

I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that during the calendar year ending December 31, 20[__], I have complied fully with all policies and procedures set forth in the above-referenced Insider Trading Compliance Policy.

SIGNATURE DATE

 

TITLE

 


 

 

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF ORGANOGENESIS HOLDINGS INC.

NAME OF ORGANIZATION

JURISDICTION

Organogenesis Inc.

Delaware

Prime Merger Sub, LLC

Delaware

Organogenesis Switzerland GmbH

Switzerland

 


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-3 (No. 333-229003, 333-281392 and 333-283934) and Forms S-8 (No. 333-229601 and No. 333-268736) of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (the Company) of our reports dated February 27, 2025, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of the Company, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

February 27, 2025

 


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Organogenesis Holdings Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2025

/s/ Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 


 

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, David Francisco, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Organogenesis Holdings Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2025

/s/ David Francisco

David Francisco

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 


 

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Periodic Financial Report

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Each of the undersigned officers of Organogenesis Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) certifies, to his knowledge and solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2024 complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 27, 2025

/s/ Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Gary S. Gillheeney, Sr.

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Dated: February 27, 2025

/s/ David Francisco

David Francisco

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)